Modern English LEＳＳＯＮ　ＮＯ１

the main object of this first lesson is to enable the teacher

to get to know the students and the students to get to know

each other.

an oral approach

1 GETTING ACQUAINTED. PART1

Teacher Hello. I'm Mr.Smith.

Student I'm Miss Saito.

Teacher Nice to meet you, Miss Saito.

2 GETTING ACQUAINTED. PART2

(a) Two men

Student1 Hello. I'm Kenji Matsuo.

Student2 Nice to meet you, Mr.Matsuo.

My name's Osamu Kato.

Student1 Nice to meet you, Mr.Kato.

(b) Two women

Student3 Hello. I'm Yasuko Saito.

Student4 Nice to meet you, Miss Saito.

My name's Michiko Shimizu.

Nice to meet you Miss Shimizu.

(c) Man and women

Student5 Hello. I'm Hanako Sonoda.

Student6 Nice to meet you, Miss Sonoda.

My name's Koichi Hirose.

Student5 Nice to meet you, Mr.Hirose.

3 SELF INTRODUCTIONS

(a) My name's Yasuko Saito.

I live in Tokyo.

I go to school.

I like music and skiing.

(b) My name's Kenji Matsuo.

I live in Osaka.

I work for firm.

I like reading and golf.　

4 GETTING ACQUAINTED. PART3

Mr.Matsuo May I ask your name?

Miss Saito I'm Yasuko Saito.

Mr.Matsuo How do you do, Miss Saito?

I'm Kenji Matsuo.

Miss Saito I'm glad to know you, Mr.Matsuo.

Practice

S.1 May I ask your name?

S.2 I'm Hironobu Asukabe.

S.1 How do you do, Mr.Asukabe.

I'm Yasushi Yamamoto.

S.2 I'm glad to know you, Mr.Yamamoto.

5 SUBSTITUTION DRILLS

(a) Do you live near here?

Does he live near here?

Do they live near here?

Continue

1. she Does she live near here?

2. Yasuko 　 Does Yasuko live near here?

3. Kenji 　 Does Kenji live near here?

4. Miss Saito Does Miss Saito live near here?

5. Mr Matsuo Does Mr.Matsuo live near here?

6. you Do you live near here?

7. that boy Does that boy live near here?

8. that girl Does that girl live near here?

9. that gentleman Does that gentleman live near here?

10. that young lady Does that young lady live near here?

I live in Tokyo. What about you?

She lives in Tokyo. What about you?

She lives in Nagoya What about you?

Continue

1. We We live in Nagoya. What about you?

2. he He lives in Nagoya. What about you?

3. I I live in Nagoya. What about you?

4. Kenji Kenji lives in Nagoya What about you?

5. they They live in Nagoya What about you?

6. Sendai They live in Sendai. What about you?

7. Yasuko Yasuko lives in Sendai. What about you?

8. We We live in Sendai. What about you?

6 GETTING ACQUAINTED. PART 4

Mr.Matsuo Do you live near here, Miss Saito?

Miss Saito I live in Tokyo. What about you?

Mr.Matsuo I live in Osaka.

Practice

S1. Do you live near here, Mr Yamamoto?

S2. I live in Tokoname What about you?

S1. I live in Mihama Town.

7 SUBSTITUTION DRILLS

What do you do?

What does he do?

What does she do?

Continue

1. Yasuko What does Yasuko do?

2. Kenji What does Kenji do?

3. Miss Saito What does Miss Saito do?

4. Mr. Matsuo What does Mr. Matsuo do?

5. that girl What does that girl do?

6. that boy What that boy do?

7. that young lady What does that young lady do?

8. that gentleman What does that gentleman do?

I work for I.B.M.

He works for I.B.M.

We work for I.B.M.

Continue

1. a bank I work for a bank.

2. an oil company I work for an oil company.

3. an electric company I work for an electric company.

4. an office I work for in an office.

5. in a hospital I work for in a hospital.

6. in a restaurant I work for in a restaurant.

7. in a post office I work for in a post office.

8. at a university I work for at a university.

9. at home I work at home.

10. for a trading firm I work for a trading firm.

11. for myself I work for myself.

I go to high school.

He goes to high school.

He goes to the university.

Continue

1. they They go to the university.

2. a language institute They go to a language institute.

3. Miss Saito Miss Saito goes to a language institute.

4. that young lady That young lady goes to a language institute.

5. my sister My sister goes to a language institute.

6. law school My sister goes to law school.

7. medical school My sister goes to medical school.

8. that young man That young man goes to medical school.

9. my brother My brother goes to medical school.

10. junior high school My brother goes to junior high school.

11. my sisters My sisters go to junior high school.

12. senior high school My sisters go to senior high school.

13. Noriko Noriko goes to college.

14. college Noriko goes to college.

15. I I go to college.

(e) Teacher high school law school

S1 I go to high school. What about you?

S2 I go to law school.

Teacher Japan Airlines a hospital

S3 I work for Japan Airlines. What about you?

S4 I work in hospital.

Continue

1. the university I go to the university. What about you?

junior high school I go to junior high school.

2. a trading firm I work for a trading firm. What about you?

myself I work for myself.

3. I.B.M. an oil company I work for I.B.M. What about you?

I work for an oil company.

4. medical school; I go to medical school. What about you?

college I go to college.

5. high school I go to high school. what about you?

high school, too I go to high school, too.

8 GETTING ACQUAINTED. PART5

Miss Saito What do you do, Mr. Masuo?

Mr. Mastuo I work for an electric company.

What about you?

Miss Saito I go to high school.

Practice

S1 What do you do, Miss Kato?

S2 I stay at home. What about you?

S1 I go to the university.

S3 What do you do, Mr.Suzuki?

S4 I go to the university. What about you?

S3 I go to university, too.

S5 What do you do, Mr. Inoue?

S6 I work for a bank. What about you?

S5 I work for a trading firm.

LESSON 2

This lesson builds on the conversations practiced in Lesson 1 and ties them all together into a single dialogue which is to be mastered and acted out. This concludes the

introductory phase of the course in which the theme is getting acquainted, From Lesson 3, the standard format for the text is adopted.

1 THINGS WE LIKE

(a) I like music.

I like singing.

I like playing the guitar.

Continue

1. sports I like sports.

2. tennis I like tennis.

3. golf I like golf

4. animals I like animals

5. dogs I like dogs.

6. cats I like cats.

7. dressmaking I like dressmaking.

8. knitting I like knitting.

9. eating I like eating.

10. movies I like movies.

11. television I like television.

12. reading I like reading.

13. painting I like painting.

14. dancing I like dancing.

(b) What sort of things do you like?

What sort of things does he like?

What sort of things do they like?

Continue

1. she What sort of things does she like?

2. Yasuko What sort of things does Yasuko like?

3. Miss Saito What sort of things does Miss Saito like?

4. you What sort of things do you like?

5. Kenji What sort of things does Kenji like?

6. Mr.Matsuo What sort of things does Mr.Matsuo like?

(c) I like music and skiing.

She likes music and skiing.

They like music and skiing.

Continue

1. Yasuko Yasuko likes music and skiing.

2. Miss Saito Miss Saito likes music and skiing.

3. We We like music and skiing.

4. reading and golf We like reading and golf.

5. he He likes reading and golf.

6. Mr.Matsuo Mr. Matsuo likes reading and golf.

2.GETTING ACQUAINTED PART6

Mr. Matsuo May I ask your name?

Miss Saito I'm Yasuko Saito.

Mr. Matsuo How do you do, Miss Saito ? I'm Kenji Matsuo.

Miss Saito I'm glad to know you, Mr,Matsuo.

Mr. Matsuo Do you live near here?

Miss Saito I live in Tokyo. What about you?

Mr. Matsuo I live in Osaka.

Miss Saito What do you do?

Mr. Matsuo I work for am electric company. what about you?

Miss Saito I like music and skiing. What about you/

Mr. Matsuo I like reading and golf.

WH'S WHO?

TEACHER STUDENTS

1. Who's this young lady? That's Miss Saito.

2. Where does she live? She lives in Tokyo.

3. Does she work? No, she doesn't.

4. Does she go to school? Yes, she does.

5. What sort of things does She likes music and skiing.

she like?

6. Who's this gentleman? That's Mr.Sthmis.

7. Where does he live? He lives in handa.

8. Does he go to school? No, he doesn't.

9. Does he work? Yes, he does.

10. Where does he work? He works for an electric company.

11. What sort of things He likes reading and golf.

does he like?

LESSON 3

Contracted forms of the verb be in adjective and noun patterns, the indefinite article a

and an before nouns beginning with consonants and vowels, and short answers to que-

stions form the grammatical theme of this lesson. Several contrary adjective pairs are

introduced.

DIALOGUE: "HERE ON BUSINESS"

(Noriko is on the train on her way to college. She talks to Mr.Cole,an American busi-

nessmam in Japan, who is sitting opposite her.)

Noriko Excuse me. Are you an American?

Mr.Cole Yes, I am I'm from Newyork.

Noriko Are you a tourist?

Mr.Cole No, I'm not. I'm here on business.

You're a student, I suppose.

Noriko That's right. I go to college.

I'm studying English.

Mr.Cole Is it easy?

Noriko No, it isn't. It's very difficult.

Mr.Cole Well, Japanese is a hard language too.

ADJECTIVE PATTERNS. SUBSTITUTION

(a) Affirmative forms

I'm busy.

You're busy.

He's busy.

She's busy.

We're busy.

They're busy.

Mr.Cole's busy.

Noriko's busy.

Continue

1. I I'm busy.

2. hungry I'm hungry.

3. he He's hungry.

4. that boy That boy's hungry.

5. tired We're tired.

6. we We're tired.

7. you You're tired.

8. she She's tired.

9. Noriko Noriko's tired.

10. happy Noriko's happy.

11. they They're happy.

12. married They're married.

13. Mr.Cole Mr.Cole's married.

14. that man That man's married.

15. single That man's single.

16. I I'm single.

17. we We're single.

18. thirsty We're thirsty.

19. he He's thirsty.

20. they They're thirsty.

(b) Negative forms

I'm not busy.

You aren't busy.

He isn't busy.

She isn’t busy.

We aren't busy.

Mr.Cole isn't busy.

Noriko isn't busy.

continue

1. I I'm not busy.

2. hungry I'm not hungry.

3. he He isn't hungry.

4. that boy That boy isn't hungry.

5. tired That boy isn7t tired.

6. We We aren't tired.

7. you You aren't tired.

8. she She isn't tired.

9. Noriko Noriko isn't tired.

10. happy Noriko isn’t happy.

11. they They aren't happy.

12. married They aren't married.

13. Mr. Cole Mr. Cole isn't married.

14 that man That man isn't married.

15. single That man isn't single.

16. I I'm not single.

17. We We aren't single.

18. thirsty We aren't thirsty.

19. he He isn't thirsty.

20. they They aren't thirsty.

(c) Interrogative forms

Are you busy?

Is he busy?

Is she busy?

Are the busy?

Is Mr.Cole busy?

Is Noriko busy?

Continue

1. you Are you busy?

2. hungry Are you hungry?

3. he Is he hungry?

4. that boy Is that boy hungry?

5. tired Is that boy tired?

6. they Are they tired?

7. you Are you tired?

8. she Is she tired?

9. Noriko Is Noriko tired?

10. happy Is Noriko happy?

11. they Are they happy?

12. married Are they married?

13 Mr.Cole Is Mr. Cole married?

14 that man Is that man married?

15. single Is that man single?

16. you Are you single?

17. that lady Is that lady single?

18. thirst Is that lady thirsty?

19 he Is he thirst?

20. they Are they thirsty?

2 SIGULAR AND PLURAL. SUBSTITUTION

The class is interesting.

The classes're interesting.

The classes're important.

Continue

1. the class The class is important.

2. necessary The class is necessary.

3. it It's necessary.

4. the blackboard The blackboard's necessary.

5. useful The blackboard's useful.

6. the blackboards The blackboards're useful.

7. they They're useful.

8. important They're important.

9. the lessen The lesson's important.

10. easy The lesson's easy.

11. the lessens The lessons're easy,

12. difficult The lessons're difficult.

13. the exercise The exercise is difficult.

14. hard The exercise is hard.

15. the exercises The exercises’s hard.

16. long The exercises're long.

17. boring The exercises're boring.

18. it It's boring.

19.the book The book's boring.

20. the books The books're boring,

3 CONTRARY ADJECTIVES. Q&A

Teacher English - easy

S.1 Is English easy?

S.2 No, it isn't. It's difficult/hard.

Teacher the classes - boring

S.3 Are the classed boring?

S.4 No, the aren't. They're interesting.

Continue

1. that student-short Is that student short?

No, it isn't. he's tall.

2. Noriko -married Is Noriko married?

No, she isn't. She's single.

3. this pen-cheap Is this pen cheap?

No, it isn't. It's expensive.

4. this exercise-long Is this exercise long?

No, it isn't. It's short.

5. his pronunciation-bad Is his pronunciation bad?

No, it isn't. It's good .

6. the students-old Are the students old?

No, they aren't. they're young.

7. that bag-heavy Is that bag heavy?

No, it isn't. It's light.

8. these books-old Are these books old?

No, they aren't. they'er new.

9. the dictionary-small Is the dictionary small?

No, it isn't, It's big.

10. the weather-hot Is the weather hot?

No, it isn't. It's cold.

11. the exercises-hard Are the exercise hard?

No, they aren't. They're easy.

12. the desk - light Is the desk light?

No, it isn't. It's heavy.

13. the classroom-large Is the classroom large?

No, it isn't. It's small.

14. this notebook-new Is this notebook new?

No, it isn't. It's old.

15. Mr.Cole-single Is Mr.Cole single?

No, he isn't. He's married.

16. the lesson-interesting Is the lesson interesting?

No, it isn't, it's boring.

17. the girls-tall Are the girls tall?

No, they aren't. They're short.

18. your book-expensive Is your book expensive?

No, it isn't. It’s cheap.

19. the lesson-short Are the lesson short?

No, they aren't, They're long.

20. the teachers-young Are the teachers young?

No, they aren't. they're old.

4 A AND AN WITH NOUNS

(a)

before consonants Repetition

1. student-a student - I'm a student.

2. teacher - a teacher - You're a teacher.

3. doctor - a doctor - He's a doctor.

4. secretary - a secretary - She's a secretary.

5. blackboard- It' a blackboard.

(b) Before vowels Repetition

1. engineer - an engineer - I'm an engineer.

2. American - an American - You're an American.

3. actor - an actor - He's an actor.

4. actress - an actress - She's an actress.

5. ashtray - an ashtray - It's an ashtray.

5 NOUN PATTARNS. SUBSTITUTION

I'm a student.

He' a student.

Is he a student?

Are you a student?

Are you an office worker?

Is she an office worker?

She's an office worker.

She isn't an office worker.

I'm not an office worker.

Continue

1. Betty Betty isn't an office worker.

2. nurse Betty isn't a nurse.

3. I I'm not a nurse.

4. she She isn't a nurse.

5. affirmative She is a nurse/

6. English teacher She's an English teacher.

7. he He's an English teacher.

8. engineer He's an engineer.

9. you You're an engineer.

10. question Are you an engineer?

11. salesman Are you a salesman?

12. Mr. Cole Is Mr, Cole a salesman?

13.businesman Is Mr. Cole a businessman?

14, he Is he a businessman?

15. actor Is he an actor?

16. statement He's an actor.

17. artist He's an artist.

18. she She's an artist/

19. housewife She's a housewife.

20. negative She's not a housewife.

21. you You aren't a housewife.

22. I I'm not a housewife.

23. doctor I'm not a doctor.

24. he He isn’t a doctor.

25. (affirmative) He's a doctor.

6 SHORT ANSWERS TO QUESTIONS

Teacher Is this Miss Suzuki?(referring to a member of the class)

S.1 Yes, it is. / No, it isn’t.

Teacher Is she a teacher? (referring to the same person)

S.2 Yes, she is. /No, she isn’t.

Teacher Is this Mr.Saito?

S.3 Yes, it is. /No, it isn’t.

Teacher Is Your name Ueda?

S.4 Yes it is. / No, it isn’t.

Teacher Are you Miss Yamamoto?

S.5 Yes I am. No, I'm not.

Continue

1. Am I an engineer?

2. Am I a teacher?

3. Are you a teacher?

4. Is this an English class?

5. Is your name Goto?

6. Are you Mr.Yasuda?

7. Are you married?

8. Are you single?

9. Is Mr.Suga..married?

10. Is Miss．Asano a collage student?

11. Is Mr.Yamada. an office worker?

12. Are you a housewife?

13. Is this a dictionary?

14. Is it a textbook?

15. Are you tired, Misss.Kondou?

16. Is Miss.Hase. tired?

17. Are you hungry, Mr.Shmis?

18. Is Mr..Fuzii. hungry?

19. Is the class boring, Miss.Ina?

20. Is it easy?

21. Is it hard?

22. Is it interesting?

23. Are you a tourist, Mr.Banno?

24. Is Miss.Hirose. a tourist?

25. Is Miss.Wasedo .here on business?

26. Are you here on business?

27. Am I old?

28. Is Mr.Hayasi. young?

29. Is his book old?

30. Is my book new?

LESSON 4

This lesson give further practice on patterns with be with adjectives describing nation-

alities, colors, personal qualities and weather. Various nouns describing occupations are

introduced with Chart 1, and the lesson ends with a series of questions to practice short

answers.

1 NATINONALITIES

(a) Repetition

1. Georg is from the United States.

He's American.

2. Ann's from England. She's English.

3. Sally's from Canada. She's Canadian.

4. Tim's from Australia. He's Australian.

5. Colette's from France. He's French.

6. Hans is from Germany.　He's German.

7. Fernando's from Spain. He's Spanish.

8. Gina's from Italy. She's Italian.

9. Ivan's from Russia.　He’s Russian.

10. Jan's from Holland. He's Dutch.

11. Britt's from Sweden. She's Swedish.

12. Teresa's from Mexico. She's Mexican.

13. Pedro's from Brazil. He's Brazilian.

14. Indira's from India. She's Indian.

15. Mr.Chang's from China. He's Chinese.

16, Jomo's from Kenya. He's Kenyan.

(b) Question and answers

Teacher George is from the United States.

S.1 George is American, I suppose.

S.2 That's right. He’s from Baltimore.

Teacher Ann's from England.

S.3 Ann's English, I suppose.

S.4 That's right. She's from Liverpool.

Continue

1. Sally's from Canada. Sally's Canadian, I suppose.

That's right. She's from Vancouver.

2. Tim's from Australia. Tim's Australian. I suppose.

That's right. He's from Sydney.

3. Colette's from France. Colett's French, I suppose.

That's right. She's from Paris.

4. Haans is from Germany. Hans is German. I suppose.

That right. He's from Munich.

5. Femando's from Spain. Femando's Spanish. I suppose.

That's right. He’ from Barcelona.

6. Gina's from Italy. Gina's Italian. I suppose.

That's right. She's from Rome.

7. Ivan's from Rossia. Ivan's Russian. I suppose.

That's right. He’s from Moscow.

8. Jan's from Holland. Jan's Dutch, I suppose.

That's right. He's from Amsterdam.

9. Britt's from Sweden. Britt's Swedish, I suppose.

That's right. She's from Stockholm.

10. Teresa's from Mexico. Teresa's Mexican, I suppose.

That's right. She's from Mexico City.

11. Pedoro's from Brazil. Pedro's Brazilian, I suppose.

That's right. He7s from Rio de Janeiro.

12. Indira's from India. Indera's Indian, I suppose.

That's right. She's from New Delhi.

13. Mr.Chang's from Chain. Mr.Chang's Chines, I suppose.

that's right. He's from Peking.

14. Jomo's from Kenya. Jomo's Kenyan, I suppose.

That's right. He's from Nairobi.

PERSONAL QUALITIES,WEATHER,COLORS.

SUBSTITUTION

(a) Personal qualities

He's a nice young man.

He's an interesting young man.

He's a careful young man.

Continue

He's a clever young man.

He's a quiet young man.

He's a shy young man.

He's a boring young man.

He's an intelligent young man.

He's a handsome young man.

He's a pleasant young man.

He's a hardworking young man.

He's an honest young man.

He's a careful young man.

He's a generous young man.

He's a nervous young man.

(b) weather

It's a nice day.

It's a hot day,

It's a cold day.

Continue

It's a warm day.

It's a cool day.

It's a fine day.

It's a sunny day.

It's a cloudy day.

It's a wet day.

It's a humid day.

It's a windy day.

It's freezing day.

It's a beautiful day.

It's a wonderful day.

It's a terrible day.

(c) Colors

He's wearing a white shirt.

He's wearing a blue shirt.

He's wearing a yellow shirt.

He’s wearing a green shirt.

He's wearing a red shirt.

He's wearing a pink shirt.

He's wearing a black shirt.

He's wearing a orange shirt.

He's wearing a brown shirt.

He's wearing a gray shirt.

He's wearing a colorful shirt.

He's wearing a light blue shirt.

He's wearing a light green shirt.

He's wearing a dark brown shirt.

He's wearing dark blue shirt.

He's wearing dark Grey shirt.

He's wearing bright red shirt.

He's wearing bright yellow shirt.

WHAT COLOR IS IT?

3 Teacher What color are Mr. smith's shoes?

Student1 These're black.

Teacher What's color is your dress, Miss Tanaka?

Student2 It's dark blue.

Teacher What's color is Miss Kondou's purse?

Student3 It’s light brown.

Continue other objects.

4 INTROSUCTION TO CHART 1. OCCUPATIONS

(a) Repetition

1. Luise Cullen's a teacher.

2. John Bishop's a doctor.

3. Joe Richerds is an engineer.

4. Hellen Jonse is a housewife.

5. Bob Smith's a photographer.

6. Geoge Brown's a professional golfer.

7. Mary McBride's a nurse.

8. Larry King's a reporter.

9. Dave Jordan's a mechanic.

10. Sally Clark's a stewardess.

11. Susan Green's a secretary.

12. Sam Walton's a salesman.

(b) Questions

Teacher Picture 1

Student1 Is Louise Cullen a teacher?

Teacher Picture2

Student Is John Bishop a doctor?

Continue

3. Is Joe Richards an engineer?

4. Is Helen Jones a housewife?

5. Is Bob Smith a photographer?

6. Is George Brown a professional golfer?

7. Is Mary Mcbride a nurse?

8. Is Larry King a reporter?

9. Is Dave Jorden a mechanic?

10. Is Sally Clark a stewardess?

11. Is Susan Green a secretary?

12. Is Sam Walton a salesman?

5 WHAT NATIONALITY ARE YOU?

Teacher Mr. Cole's from the United States.

S.1 What nationality is Mr. Cole?

S.2 He's American.

S.1 Is he a tourist?

S..2 No, he isn't. He's here on Business.

Teacher You’re from England. (introducing S.4)

S.3 What nationality are you?

S.4 I'm English.

S.3 Are you a tourist?

S.4 No, 'm not. I'm here on business.

1. Teacher Sally's from Canada.

S.1 What nationality is Miss. Sally

S.2 She's Canadian.

s.1 Is she a tourist?

S.2 No, he isn’t. He's here on business.

2. Teacher Mr. Colette and I are from France.

s.1 What nationality are you?

S.2 We are French.

S.1 Are you a tourist?

S.2 No, We're not. We're here on business.

3. Teacher Your friends're from India.

s.1 What nationality are they?

S.2 They're an Indian.

S.1 Are they a tourist?

S.2 No, They're not. They're here on business.

4. Teacher Mr.Black and Tim are from Australia.

S.1 What nationality are they?

S.2 They're Australian.

S.1 Are they a tourist?

S.2 No, They’re not. They7re here on business.

5. Teacher Brtt's from Sweden.

S.1 What nationality is Miss Britt?

S.2 She's Swedish.

S.1 Is she a tourist?

S.2 No, she's not. She's here on business.

6 SHORT ANSWER TO QESTIONS

Teacher Are you busy?

S.1 Are you busy, Mr Smith?

S.2 Yes, I am.

Teacher Are these new books?

s.3 Are these new books, Miss Saito?

S.4 Yes, they are. No, they are not.

Teacher Are you an engineer?

S.5 Are you an engineer, Mr. Tanaka?

S.6 Yes, I am. No, I am not.

Continue

1. Is it a nice day today?

s.1 Yes, it is. No, it isn’t.

2. Are you a good cook, Miss Yosida?

s.1 Yes, I am. No I am not.

3. Are you a good skier, Mr. Yamamoto?

s.1 Yes, I am. No I am not.

4. Is Miss Watanabe a good cook?

s.1 Yes, she is. No she is not.

5. Is Mr. Sugie a good skier?

s.1 Yes, he is. No, he is not.

6. Are these dictionaries ?

s.1 Yes, they are. No, They are not.

7. Is your name Hanako?

s.1 Yes, I am. No I am not.

8. Is Mr. Takai wearing a hat?

s.1 Yes, he is. No, he isn't.

9. Are the classroom walls black?

s.1 Yes, they are. No, They are not.

10. Are you wearing black shoes?

s.1 Yes, I am. No, I am not.

11. Is Miss Kato wearing a yellow sweater/blouse?

s.1 Yes, she is. No, she is not.

12. Is the classroom dark?

s.1 Yes, It is. No, It is not.

13. Is sit cold today?

s.1 Yes, it is. No, it isn't.

14. Is it hot?

s.1 Yes, it is. No, it isn't.

15. Is it windy?

s.1 Yes, it is. No, it isn't.

16. Is it warm?

s.1 Yes, it is, No, it isn't.

17. Is it cool?

s.1 Yes, it is. No, it isn't.

18. Is it sunny?

s.1 Yes, it is. No, it isn't.

19. Is it cloudy?

20. Is Mr. Yano handsome?

21. Is Miss....a quiet girl?

22. Is the class boring?

23. Is it interesting?

24. Are the students Intelligent?

25. Are you tired?

26. Are you wearing a green shirt?

27. Is Mr. Yamada wearing a gray suit?

28. Are your books yellow?

29. Are the students here shy?

30. Are they hardworking?

LESSON 5

This is primarily a review lesson based on the material of Lesson1-4.Irregular plural

noun forms are introduced and alternative patterns with the verb be as illustrated by

the transformation;

This class is interesting.

This is an interesting class.

are practiced, with emphasis on the use or nonuse of the indefinite article. In this, as in every fifth lesson, the Workbook practice allows for four review dictation quizzes.

ADJECTIVE+NOUN PATTERNS.SUBSTITUTION

He's a good student.

You're a good student.

Are you a good student?

Is she a hardworking student?

Is she a hardworking girl?

Is she a nice girl?

Are they nice girl?

They're nice girl.

Betty's a nice girl.

Betty isn't a quiet girl.

Betty Isn't a tall girl.

1. Betty isn't a shy girl.

2. They aren't shy girls.

They aren't careful girls.

They aren't careful tethers.

They aren't careful children.

They are quiet child.

He's a quiet child.

He's an intelligent child.

She's an intelligent child.

She's an intelligent woman.

Is she an intelligent woman?

Is she a married woman?

Are they married woman?

Are they married men?

Is he a handsome man?

Is he a generous man?

He’s a generous man.

They're good housewives.

She's a good housewife.

She's a busy housewife.

She isn't a busy housewife.

　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　

CHAERT1 SHE'S A VERY GOOD TEACHER

S.1 Is Louise Cullen a good teacher ?

S.2 Yes, She's a very good teacher,

2. Teacher careful

S.3 Is Jon Bishop a careful doctor?

S.4 Yes, He's a very careful doctor.

3. Teacher clever

S.5 Is Joe Richards a clever engineer?

S.6 Yes. He's a very clever engineer.

Continue

4. busy Is Hellen Jones a busy housewife?

Yes. She's a very busy housewife.

5. skillful Is Bob Smith a skilful photographer?

Yes. He's a very skillful photographer.

6. well-known Is George Brown a well-known professional golfer?

Yes .He's a very well-known professional golfer.

7. kind Is Mary McBride a kind nurse?

Yes. She's a very knife nurse.

8. honest Is Larry King an Honest reporter?

Yes. He's a very Honest reporter.

9. fine Is Dave Jordan a fine mechanic?

Yes. He's a very fine mechanic.

10. nice Is Sally Clark a nice stewardess?

Yes. She's a very nice stewardess.

11. efficient Is Sussan Green an efficient secretary?

　　Yes. She's a very efficient secretary.

12. successful Is Sam Walton a successful salesman?

Yes. He's a very successful salesman.

3 CHART 1. QUESTIONS WITH NEGATIV ANSWERS

1.teacher nurse

s.1 Is Louise Cullen a nurse?

S.2 No, she isn’t a nurse. She's a teacher.

2. Teacher photographer

s.3 Is John Bishop a photographer?

S.4 No, he isn't a photographer. He’s a doctor.

3. Teacher mechanic

S.5 Is Joe Richards a mechanic?

S6. No, he isn't a mechanic. He's an engineer.

4. actress Is Helen Jones an actress?

No, she isn't an actress. She's a housewife.

5. artist Is Bob Smith an artist?

No, he isn't an artist. He's a photographer.

6. businessman Is George Brown a businessman?

No, he isn’t a businessman. He's a professional golfer.

7. housewife Is Mary McBride a housewife?

No, she isn't housewife. She's a nurse.

8. doctor Is Larry King a doctor?

No, he isn't a doctor. He's a reporter.

9. salesman Is Dave Jordan a salesman?

No, he isn't a salesman. He's a mechanic.

10. teacher Is Sally Clark a teacher?

No, she isn't a teacher. She’s a stewardess.

11. hairdresser Is Susan Green a hairdresser?

No, he isn't a hairdresser. She's a secretary.

12. movie director Is Sam Walton a movie director?

No, he isn't a movie director. He's a salesman.

4 ENGLISH IS EASY. IT'S AN EASY LANGUAGE

Teacher The students're good.

Students The students're good.

S.1 Are the students good?

S.2 Yes. They're good students.

Teacher Japanese is hard.

Students Japanese is hard.

S.3 Is Japanese hard?

S.4 Yes. It's a hard language.

Teacher The class is interesting.

Students The class is interesting.

S.5 Is the class interesting?

S.6 Yes. It's an interesting class.

S1. The Lesson's long. Is the Lesson long?

S2. Tokyo's expensive. Is Tokyo expensive?

Yes. It's an expensive city.

3. The secretary's busy. Is the secretary busy?

Yes. She's a busy secretary.

4. The classroom're small. Are the classrooms small?

Yes. They're small classrooms.

5. The bags’re heavy. Are the bags heavy?

yes. They're heavy bags.

6. Miss Saito's generous. Is Miss Saito generous?

Yes. She's generous girl/lady.

7. Mr. Smish's intelligent. Is Mr. Smish intelligent?

Yes. He's an intelligent boy/man.

8. Miss Saito's nice. Is Miss Saito nice?

Yes. She's a nice girl/lady.

9> Mr Smith's quiet. Is Mr. Smith quiet?

Yes. He's a quiet boy/man.

10. The room's dark. Is the room dark?

Yea. It's a dark room.

11. The school's new. Is the school new?

Yes. It’s a new school.

12. English is important. Is English Yes. It's an important language.

13. My grandfather's old. Is Your grandfather old?

Yes. He's an old man.

14. The books’re useful. Are the books useful?

Yes. They're useful books.

15. The students're hardworking. Are the students hardworking?

Yes. They're hardworking students.

5 WHAT COLOR IS IT?

Teacher Mr. Yada's shirt (one of the students)

S.1 What color is Mr Yamada's shirt?

S.2 It's white.

Teacher Miss Tanaka's bag

S.3 What color is Miss Tanaka's bag?

S.4 It's blue

Teacher our books

S.5 What color are our books?

S.6 They're red

Continue with clothes, possessions and classroom objects.

6 CONTORARY ASJECTIVS. Q&A

Teacher this class- boring

S.1 Is this class boring?

S.2 No, it isn't boring. It's interesting.

Teacher Mr. Sato's old (referring to one of the students)

S.3 Is Mr. Itida old?

S.4 No, he isn't old. He's young.

Teacher Miss Magallet's a poor student

S.5 Is Miss Magallet a poor student?

S.6 No, she isn't a poor student. She's a good student.

1. your bag - heavy Is your bag heavy?

No, it isn't heavy. It's light.

2. that - a cheap watch Is that a cheap swatch?

No, it isn’t a cheap watch. It's an expensive watch.

3. those-old shoes Are those old shoes?

No, they aren't old shoes. they're new shoes.

4. you-married Are you married?

No, I'm not marred. I'm single.

5. this-a large classroom Is this a large classroom?

No, it isn't a large classroom. It's a small classroom.

6. Mr. Kondo - a short man Is Mr. Kondo a sort man?

No, he isn't a short man. He's a tall man.

7. this- an easy lesson Is this an easy lesson?

No, it isn't an easy lesson. It's a difficult lesson.

8. Mr. Kato - a lazy man Is Mr. Kato a lazy man?

No, he isn't a lazy man. He's a hardworking man.

9. you- a good skier Are you a good skier?

No, I'm not a good skier. I'm a poor skier.

10. this room-hot Is this room hot?

No, it isn't hot. It's cold.

11. this lesson - short Is this lesson short?

No, it isn't short. It's long.

12. these question- easy Are these question easy?

No, they aren't easy. They're difficult.

7 QESTIONS ABOUT THE WEATHER

Teacher hot

S.1 Is it hot today?

S.2 Yes, it is .No, it isn't.

Teacher sunny

S.3 Is it sunny today?

S.4 Yes, it is.. No, it isn't.

1. Is it warm today?

Yes, it is. . No. it isn't.

2. Is it cold today?

Yes it is. No, it isn't.

3. Is it fine today?

Yes, it is. No it isn't.

4. Is it cloudy today?

Yes, it is. No, it isn't.

5. Is it wet today?

Yes it is. No, it isn't.

6. Is it windy today?

Yes, it is. No, it isn't.

7. Is it cold today?

Yes, it is. No, it isn't.

8. Is it humid today?

Yes, it is. No, it isn't.

9. Is it freezing today?

Yes, it is. No, it isn't.

LESSON 6

Forms of the auxiliary verb do are practiced with the verbs have, want and need. More contrary pairs of adjectives are introduced. Questions with what involving occupations

are practiced with Chart 1, and the lesson ends with questions eliciting short answers

using forms of do.

DIALOGE: "A GOOD STUDENT"

Ann Does Ken study English?

Bob Yes, he does.

Ann Does he use a tape recorder?

Bob Yes. He often uses a tape recorder.

Ann Does he ever watch TV?

Bob He sometimes watches the English programs.

Ann Does he ever miss class?

Bob No. He hardly ever misses class.

Ann He's a good student, isn’t he?

Bob You're right. He certainly is.

1 HAVE, WANT,NEED REPETITION

(a) Affirmative statements

1. I have a calendar.

2. He has an umbrella.

3. She has a sewing matching.

4. We have a telephone.

(b) Negative statements

1. I don't want an orange.

2. He doesn't want a camera.

3. She doesn't want a new bag.

4. They don't want a TV set.

(c) Questions 1. Do you need an eraser?

2. Does she need a suitcase?

3. Does he need a new coat?

4. Do they need an ashtray?

2 HAVE,WANT,NEED. SUSTITUTION

I have a calendar.

He has a calendar.

He has an umbrella.

He doesn't need an umbrella.

1. telephone He doesn't need a telephone.

2. they They don't need a telephone.

3. We We don't need a telephone.

4. she She doesn't need a telephone.

5. (affirmative) She needs a telephone.

6. sewing machine She needs a sewing matching.

7. I need a sewing matching.

8. want I want a sewing matching.

9. she She wants a sewing matching.

10. TV set She wants a TV set.

12. (question) Do they want a TV set?

13. you Do you want a TV set?

14. have Do you have a TV set?

15. he Does he have a TV set?

16. calendar Does he have a calendar?

17. we Do we have a calendar?

18.(statement) We have a calendar.

19. she She have a calendar.

20.(negative) She doesn't have a calendar/

21. I I don't have a calendar.

22. ashtray I don't have an ashtray.

24. he He has an ashtray.

25. (question) Does he have an ashtray?

26. suitcase Does he have a suitcase?

27. she Does she have a suitcase?

28. need Does she need a suitcase?

29.(statement) She needs a new bag.

30. new bag She needs a new bag.

31. eraser She needs an eraser.

32. (negative) She doesn't need an eraser.

33. I I don't need a telephone.

34. telephone I don't need a telephone.

35. have I don't have a telephone.

3 CONTRARY ADJECTIVES.Q&A

Teacher a soft chair-have

S.1 Do you have a soft chair?

S.2 No, I have a hard chair.

Teacher the wrong answer-have

S.3 Do you have the wrong answer?

S.4 No, I have the right answer.

1. loud music - like Do you like loud music?

No, I like soft music.

2. a thick book - have Do you have a thick book?

No, I have a thin book.

3. a dirty cup - want Do you want a dirty cup?

No, I want a clean cup.

4. dishonest people - like Do you like dishonest people?

No, I like honest people.

5. an early class - have Do you have an early class?

No, I have a late class.

6. a slow car - have Do you have a slow car?

No, I have a fast scar.

7. a noisy room - have Do you have a noisy room?

No, I have a quiet room.

8, mean people - like Do you like mean people?

No, I like kind people.

9. strong coffee - want Do you want strong coffee?

No, I want weak coffee.

10. thin people -like Do you like thin people?

No, I like fat people.

4 CHART 1. WHAT DOES HE DO?

(a) Repetition

1. Louise Cullen's a teacher. She teaches English.

2. Johon Bishop's a doctor. He examines patients.

3. Joe Richards is an engineer. He designs machines.

4. Helen Joes is a housewife. She looks after her family.

5. Bob Smitm's a photographer. He takes photographs.

6. George Brown's a professional golfer. He plays in tournaments.

7. Mary McBride's a nurse. She takes care of sick people.

8. Larry King's a reporter. He writes articles.

9. Dave Jordan's a mechanic. He repairs cars.

10. Sally Clark's a stewardess. She serves passengers.

11. Susan Green's a secretary. She types letters.

12. Sam Walton's a salesman. He sells air conditioners.

(b) Questions and Answers

Teacher Picture 1.

S.1 What does Louise Cullen do?

S.2 She's a teacher. She teaches English.

Teacher Picture 2.

S.3 What does John Bishop do?

S.4 He's a doctor. He examines patients.

3. What does Joe Richards do?

He's an engineer. He designs machines.

4. What does Helen Joes do?

She's a housewife. She looks after her family.

5. What does Bob Smith do?

He's a photographer. He takes photographs.

6. What does George Brown do?

He's a professional golfer. He plays in tournaments.

7. What does Mary McBride do? She's a nurse. She takes care of sick people.

8. What does Larry King do? He's a reporter. He writes articles.

9. What does Dave Jordan do? He's a mechanic. He repairs cars.

10. What does Sally Clak do? She's a stewardess. She serves passengers.

11. What does Susan Green do? She's a secretary. She types letters.

12. What does Sam Walton do? He's a salesman He sells air conditioners.

5 CHART 1. WHAT SORT OF THINGS DO THEY DO?

Teacher Picture 1

S.1 What sort of things do teachers do?

S.2 They normally teach.

Teacher Picture 2

S.3 What sort of things do doctors do?

S.4 They normally examine patients.

3. What sort of things do engineers do? They normally design machines.

4. What sort of things do housewives do? They normally look after their families.

5. What sort of things do photographers do? They normally take photographs.

6. What sort of things do professional golfers do? They normally play in tournaments.

7. What sort of things do nurses do? They normally take care of sick people.

8. What sort of things do reporters do? They normally write articles.

What sort of things do mechanics do? They normally repair cars.

10. What sort of things do stewardesses do? They normally serve passengers.

11. What sort of things do secretaries do? They normally type letters.

12. What sort of things do salesmen do? They normally sell things.

8 SHORT ANSWERS TO QUESTIONS

Teacher Do you ski?

S.1 Yes, I do./No, I don't.

Teacher Does Miss...ski?

S.2 Yes, she does,/No, she doesn't.

1. Do they play the piano? Yes, they do./No. they don't.

2. Does Miss Ito play piano? Yes she does./No, she doesn't.

3. Do we have a day off tomorrow? Yes, we do./No, we don't.

4. Do office workers have a day off tomorrow?

Yes, they do./No, they don't.

5. Does your school have a day off tomorrow?

Yes, we do./No, we don't.

6. Do you know my name? Yes, I do./No, I don’t.

7. Do I come from Australia? Yes, you do./No, You don't.

8. Do I speak English? Yes, You do. /No. you don't.

9. Do people in Australia speaks English? Yes, they do./No, they don't.

10. Do you know this young lady? Yes, I do./No, I don't.

11. Do you know where she comes from? Yes, I do./No,I don't.

12. Does Mr.Yamada know you? Yes, he does./No, he doesn't.

13. Does he know you telephone number? Yes, he does./No, he doesn't.

14. Do you come from Hokkaido? Yes, I do./No, I don’t.

15. Do they speak Japanese in Hokkaido? Yes, they do./No, they don't.

16.Do you sell cars? Yes, I do./No, I don't.

17. Does Mr.Yamamoto sell cars? Yes, he does./No, he doesn't.

18. Do car salesmen sell cars? Yes, they do./No, they don't.

19. Do you have a watch? Yes, I do./No, I don't.

20. Do I have a watch? Yes, you do./No, you don't.

21. Does Miss Asukabe have a watch? Yes, she does./No, she doesn't.

22. Does she know the time? Yes, she does. No, she doesn't.

23. Do Miss Hanada and I have a watch? Yes, they do. No, they don't.

24. Do we know the time? Yes, you do./No, you don't.

25. Do you think it's time to go home? Yes, I do. /No, I don't.

26. Do you drive? Yes, I do./No, I don't.

27. Do you smoke? Yes, I do./No, I don't.

28. Do children normally smoke? Yes, they do./No, then don't.

29. Do they drive? Yes, they do./No, they don't.

30. Do American children speak English? Yes, they do./No, they don't.

31. Do you work in an office? Yes, I do./No, I don't.

32. Do I work in an office? Yes, you do./No, you don't.

33. Does Mr. Sakata work in an office? Yes, he does./No, he doesn't.

34. Do office workers work in office? Yes, they do./No, they don't.

35. Do you need a car? Yes, I do./No, I don't.

LESSON 7

This lesson introduces frequency adverbs ever, always, usually, never,

etc. in both be and do patterns. As vocabulary, a number of common verb phrases and new adjectives are introduces. The lesson ends with a series of questions with ever to

be answered freely using appropriate

frequency adverbs.

1998.06.05

1 QESTONS WITH EVER.

(a) BE phrases. Substitution

Are you ever tired?

Are you ever sleepy?

Are you ever wrong?

1. hungry Are you ever hungry?

2. thirsty Are you ever thirsty?

3. angry Are you ever angry?

4. sorry Are you ever sorry?

5. he Is he ever sorry?

6. bored Is he ever bored?

7. nervous Is he ever nervous?

8. interested Is he ever interested?

9. satisfied Is he ever satisfied?

10. careless Is he ever careless?

11. they Are they ever careless?

12. carefree Are they ever carefree?

13. dishonest Are they ever dishonest?

14. depressed Are they ever depressed?

15. lazy Are you ever lazy?

16. free Are you ever free?

17. sick Are you ever sick?

18. shy Is shy ever sick?

19. worried Is shy ever worried?

20. lonely Is shy ever lonely?

21. you Are you ever lonely?

(b) DO phrases. Substitution

Do you ever study English?

Do you ever speak English?

Do you ever watch TV?

Continue

1. she Does she ever

2. listen to the radio Does she ever listen to the radio?

3. read the newspapers Does she ever read the newspaper?

4. write letters Does she ever write letters?

5. use a typewriter Does she ever use typewrite?

6. they Do they ever

7. miss class Do they ever miss class?

8. play games Do they ever play games?

9. eat fish Do they ever eat fish?

10. he Does he ever

11. drink milk Does he ever drink milk?

12. sing in the bath Does he ever sing in the bath?

13. you Do you

1. take a walk Do you ever take a walk?

15. take a trip Do you ever take a trip?

16. go to the movies Do you ever go to the movies?

17. they Do they ever

18. go for a drive Do they ever go for a drive?

19. do their homework Do they ever their homework?

20. you Do you ever

(c) BE and DO phrases. Q&A

Teacher Ken sometime watches TV.

S.1 Does Ken ever watch TV?

S.2 Yes. He sometimes watches TV.

Teacher He hardly ever misses class.

S.3 Does he ever miss class?

S.4 No. He hardly ever misses class.

Continue

1. Ann never drinks milk. Does Ann ever drink milk?

No. She never drinks milk.

2. I'm some times worried. Are you ever worried?

Yes. I'm sometimes worried.

3. Bob often plays golf. Does Bob ever play golf?

Yes. He often plays golf.

4. We always do our homework. Do you ever do your homework?

Yes. W always do your homework.

5. My mother's never angry. Is your mother ever angry?

No. She's never angry.

1998.07.06

6. My sister usually sings in the bath. Does your sister ever sing in the bath?

Yes. She usually sings in the bath.

7. I never eat fish. Do you ever eat fish?

No. I never eat fish?

8. I'm hardly ever wrong. Are you ever wrong?

No. I’m hardly ever wrong.

9. That man's often lazy. Is that man ever lazy?

Yes. He's often lazy.

10. That girl always speaks English. Does that girl ever speak English?

Yes. She always speaks English.

2 FREQENCY ADVERBS. SUBSTITUTION

I always do my homework.

I usually do my homework.

I'm usually careful.

1998/07/09

He's usually careful.

He never drinks milk.

They never drink milk.

Continue

1. hardly ever They hardly ever drink milk.

2. depressed They're hardly ever depressed.

3. she She's hardly ever depressed.

4. I I'm hardly ever depressed.

5. sometimes I'm sometimes depressed.

6. bored I'm sometimes depressed.

7. we We're sometimes bored.

8. write letters We sometimes write letters.

9. often We often write letters.

10. he He often writes letters.

11. go for a drive He often goes for a drive.

12. they They often go for a drive.

13. hardly ever They hardly ever go for drive.

14. free They're hardly ever free.

15. she She's hardly ever free.

16. take a trip She hardly ever takes a trip.

17. we We hardly ever take a trip.

18. always We always take a trip.

19. carefree We're always carefree.

20. he He's always carefree.

21. usually He's usually carefree.

22. satisfied He's usually satisfied.

23. they They're usually satisfied.

24. never They're never satisfied.

25. read the newspapers They never read the newspapers.

26. I I never read the newspapers.

27. she She never reads the newspapers.

28. sometimes She sometimes read the newspapers.

29. they They sometimes read the newspapers.

30. go to the movies They sometimes go to the movies.

31. hardly ever They hardly ever go to movies.

32. interested They're hardly ever interested.

33. you You're hardly ever interested.

34. miss class You hardly ever miss class.

35. he He's hardly ever miss class.

36. sorry He's hardly ever sorry.

37. they They're hardly ever sorry.

38. shy They're hardly ever shy.

39. I I'm hardly ever shy.

40.she She's hardly ever shy.

1998/07/12

3 CHART 1. DOES HE EVER ....? YES,HE OFTEN DOES

1. S.1 Does Miss Cullen ever teach English?

S.2 Yes, she often does.

2. S.3 Does Dr, Bishop ever examine patient?

S.4 Yes, he often does.

3. S.5 Does Mr. Richards ever design machines?

S.6 Yes, he often does.

Continue

4. Does Mrs. Jones ever look after her family? Yes, she often does.

5. Does Mr. Smith ever take photographs? Yes, he often does.

6. Does Mr. brown ever play in tournaments? Yes, he often does.

7. Does Miss McBride ever take care of sick people? Yes. she often does.

8. Does Mr.King ever write article? Yes, he often does.

9. Does Mr.Jordan ever repair cars? Yes, he often does.

10. Does Miss Clark ever serve passengers? Yes, she often does.

11. Does Miss. Green ever type letters? Yes, she often does.

12. Does Mr.Walton ever sell air conditioner? Yes, he often does.

4 CONTRARY ADJECTIVES. Q&A

Teacher busy

S.1 Are those peop1e always busy?

S.2 No. They're sometimes free.

Teacher happy

S.2 Are those people always happy?

S.4 No. They're sometime depressed.

Continue

1. careful Are those people always careful?

No. They're sometimes caress.

2. right Are those people always right?

No. They're sometimes wrong.

3. healthy Are those people always healthy?

No. They're sometime sick.

4. intelligent Are those people always intelligent?

No. They're sometimes stupid.

5. interested Are those people always interested?

No. They're sometimes bored.

6. interesting Are those people always interesting?

No. They're sometimes boring.

7. generous Are those people always generous?

No. They're sometimes selfish.

8. hardworking Are those people always hardworking?

No. They're sometimes lazy.

9. carefree Are those people always carefree?

No. they're sometimes worried.

10. honest Are those people always honest?

No. They're sometimes dishonest.

5 FREE ANSWERS TO QUESTIONS WITH EVER

Answer the questions as in the examples with always, usually, often, sometimes, hardly ever, or never; whichever is most appropriate.

Teacher eat rice

S.1 Do you ever eat rice?

S2. Yes, I always eat rice.

Teacher satisfied

S.3 Are you ever satisfied?

S.4 Yes, I usually satisfied.

Teacher take a walk

S.5 Do you ever take a walk?

S.6 Yes, I often take a walk.

Teacher sleepy

S.7 Are you ever sleepy?

S.8 Yes, I sometimes sleepy.

Teacher miss class

S.9 Do you ever miss class?

S.10 No. I hardly ever miss class.

Teacher bored

S,11 Are you ever bored?

S.12 No. I'm never bored.

Continue

1. Do you ever speak Japanese? Yes, I always speak Japanese.

2. Are you ever worried? No. I'm never worried.

3. Do you ever listen to the radio? Yes. I often listen to the radio.

4. Are you ever lonely? No. I'm hardly ever lonely.

5. Do you ever use a typewriter? Yes. I sometimes use a typewriter.

6. Are you ever depressed? Yes. I'm usually depressed.

7. Are you ever nervous? No. I'm hardly ever nervous.

8. Do you ever do your homework? Yes. I often do my homework.

9. Are you ever sick? Yes ,I'm usually sick.

10. Do you ever go for a drive? Yes. I often go for drive.

11.Are you ever interested? No. I'm hardly ever interested.

12. Do you ever drink milk? Yes. I often drink milk.

13. Are you ever careless? No. I'm never careless.

14. Do you ever take a trip? Yes. I often take a trip.

15. Are you ever angry? No. I'm never angry.

16. Do you ever play tennis? Yes. I often play tennis.

17. Are you ever free? Yes. I’m always free.

18. Do you ever read the newspaper? Yes. I usually resd the newspapers.

19. Are you ever lazy? No. I'm never lazy.

20. Do you ever sing in the bath? Yes. I often sing in the bath.

21. Do you ever watch TV? Yes. I often watch TV.

22. Do you ever speak English? Yes. I often speak English.

23. Are you ever wrong? No. I'm never wrong.

24. Do you ever write letters? No. I never write letters.

25. Are you ever dishonest? No. I'm never dishonest.

LESSON 8

This lesson begins with practice on the demonstrative pronounces this, that, those and on

personal pronouns in object position. Chart 2, which illustrates various objects and the

containers in which they can be kept, is then introduced. Finally, the Present Progressive

Tense is practiced.

DIALOGUE: "MAJORING IN ECONOMICS"

Ann Is Ken majoring in English?

Bob No. He's majoring in economics.

Ann Really? Does he like economics?

Bob Yes. He says it's very interesting.

Ann This is his bookcase, I suppose.

Bob That's right.

Ann I don't see any economics books in it.

Bob That's because he keeps them at school.

Ann Oh, I see.

1 THIS,THAT,THESE,THOSE

Teacher shirt-this

Students This is a shirt. These're shirts.

Teacher (question)

Students Is this a shirt? Are these shirts?

Teacher (negative)

Students This isn't a shirt. These aren't shirts.

Teacher eraser-that

Students That's an eraser. Those're erasers.

Teacher (question)

Students Is that an eraser? Are those erasers?

Teacher (negative)

Students That isn't an eraser. Those aren't erasers.

Continue

1. bed-this This is a bed. These're beds.

(question) Is this a bed? Are these beds?

(negative) This isn't a bed. These aren't beds.

2. ring-that That's a ring. Those're rings.

(question) Is that a ring? Are those rings?

(negative) That isn't a ring. Those aren't ring.

3. ashtray-this This is an ashtray. These're ashtray.

(question) Is this an ashtray? Are these ashtrays?

(negative) This isn't an ashtray. These aren't ashtrays.

4.ticket-that That's a ticket. Those're tickets.

(qustion) Is that a ticket? Are those tickets?

(negative) That isn't a tickets. Those aren't tickets.

5. envelope-this This is an envelope. These're envelopes.

(question) Is this an envelope? Are these envelopes?

(negative) This isn't an envelope. These aren't envelope.

6. machine-that That's a machine. Those're machines.

(question) Is that a machine? Are those machines?

(negative) That isn't a machine. Those aren't machines.

2 PERSONAL PRONOUN FORMS

(a) Repetition

1. I have my books with me.

2. Do you have your sister with you?

3. He doesn't have his pen with him.

4. She doesn't have her children with her.

5.　We have our umbrellas with them?

6. Do they have their raincoats with them?

7. John and I have our friends with us.

8. Do you and Mary have your tickets with you?

9. Do your friends have their suitcases with them?

(b) Substitution

I have my books with me.

Mary has her books with her.

Does he have his books with him?

He has his books with him.

He doesn't have his books with him.

Continue

1. We We don't have our books with us.

2. they They don't have their books with them.

3. Carol Carol doesn't have her books with her.

4.(affirmative) Carol has her books with her.

5.Bob and I Bob and I have our books with us.

6. the girls The girls have their books with them.

7.(question) Do the girls have their books with them?

8. you Do you have your books with you?

9. Mr.Cole Does Mr.Cole have his books with him?

10.(statement) Mr.Cole has his books with him.

11.(negative) Mr.Cole doesn't have his books with him.

12. I I don't have my books with me.

13. the children The children don't have their books with them.

14. she She doesn't have her books with her.

15. Bob and Mary Bob and Mary have their books with them.

16. (affirmative) Bob and Mary have their books with them.

17. we We have our books with us.

(c) Questions and answers

Teacher Do you know that man?

S.1 Yes. I know him.

Teacher Do you see those women?

S.2 Yes. I see them.

Teacher Do you like that girl?

S.3 Yes. I like her.

Continue

1. Do you need that book? Yes. I need that.

2. Do you see those men? Yes. I see them.

3. Do you know that woman? Yes. I know them.

4. Do you understand these words? Yes. I understand them.

5. Are you using these pencils? Yes. I am using them.

6. Are you using this ashtray? Yes. I am using this.

7. Are you enjoying this class? Yes. I'm enjoying this.

8. Do you know tat girl? Yes. I know her.

9. Do you understand me? Yes. I understand you.

10. Do you know Mr....and me? Yes. I know him and you.

11. Do you know my name? Yes. I know your name.

12. Do you know his name? Yes. I know his name.

13. Do you know her name? Yes. I know her name.

14. Do you know their names? Yes. I know their names.

15. Do you hear me? Yes. I hear you.

16. Do you see me? Yes. I see you.

1998/07/20

3 INTRODUCTION TO CHART 2. OBJECT CHART

(a) Repetition

1. This is a because. These're books.

2. This is a cupboard. These're dishes.

3. This is a closet. These're clothes.

4. This is a drawer. These're shirts.

5. This is a refrigerator. These're vegetables.

6. This is a locker. These're work clothes.

7. This is a cabinet. These're records.

8. This is a toolbox. These're tools.

This a safe. These're valuable.

(b) Questions and answers

1. S.1 What's that thing in Picture 1?

S.2 It's a bookcase.

S.3 What're those things in Picture 1?

S.4 They7re books.

2. S5 What's that thing in Picture 2?

S.6 It's a cupboard.

S.7 What're those things in Picture 2?

S.8 They're dishes.

Continue as above with the remaining pictures.

4 CHART2. HE KEEPS HIS BOOKS IN THAT BOOKCASE

Teacher picture 1

S.1 He keeps his books I that bookcase.

Teacher Picture 2

S.2 She keeps her dishes in that cupboard.

Continue

3. They keep their clothes in that closet.

4. He keeps his shirts in that drawer.

5. She keeps her vegetables in that refrigerator.

6. He keeps his work clothes in that locker.

7. They keep their records in that cabinet.

8. He keeps his tools in that toolbox.

9. They keep their valuables in that safe.

5 CHART 1. WHAT'S HE DOING?

Teacher Picture 1

S.1 What's Miss Cullen doing?

S.2 She's teaching English.

Teacher Picture 2

S.3 What's Dr. Bishop doing?

S.4 He's examining a patient.

Teacher Picture 3

S.5 What's Mr. Richards doing?

S.6 He's designing a machine.

Continue

4. What's Mrs. Jones doing? She's looking after her family.

5. What's Mr.Shmith doing? He's taking photographs.

6. What's Mr.Brown doing? He's playing in a tournament.

7. What's Miss Mcbride doing? She's taking care of a sick person.

8. What's Mr.King doing? He's writing an article.

9. What's Mr.Jordan doing? He's repairing a car.

10. What's Miss Clark doing? She's serving a passenger.

11. What's Miss Green doing? She's typing a letter.

12. What's Mr.Walton doing? He's selling an air conditioner.

6 SHORT ANSWERS TO QESTIONS

TEACHER STUDENTS

Are you sleeping? No, we aren't.

Are we singing? No, we aren't,

Are we leaning English? Yes, we are.

Am I speaking Japanese? No, you aren't.

Is Miss Smith smoking? No, she isn't.

Continue

1. Am I writing on the blackboard? No. you aren't.

2. Are you reading a letter? Yes, We are.

3. Is Mr. Yamada using a dictionary? Yes, he is.

4. Is Miss Kondo drinking tea? No, she isn't.

5. Are we having lunch? No, we aren't.

6. Are you sitting on the table? Yes, we are.

7. Are the girls sitting on the floor? Yes, they are.

8. Am I dancing? Yes. you are.

9. Are we listening to music? No, you aren't.

10. Is Mrs. Green cooking dinner? No. she isn't.

11. Are Mr.Sato and Mr.Adams playing golf? No, they aren't.

12. Are you using a vacuum cleaner? Yes, we are.

13. Am I using a vacuum cleaner? Yes, You are.

14. Is Miss Saito looking at the ceiling? Yes, she is.

15. Is she looking at a newspaper? Yes, she is.

16. Are we looking at newspaper? No. they aren't.

17. Is mr. Honda looking at Miss Elizabes? No, he isn't.

18. Is he smiling? Yes, he is.

19. Am I laughing? Yes, you are.

20. Are you answering questions? Yes. they are.

21. Am I asking questions? No, you aren't.

22. Are we practicing Italian? No, they aren't.

23. Are we practicing English? No, they aren't.

24. Is Miss Yamamoto telling a story? Yes, she is.

25. Is Mr. Takeda sleeping? Yes, he is.

26. Is he standing up? Yes, he is.

27. Is he sitting down? No, he isn't.

28. Is Miss Yamano majoring in economics? No, she isn't.

29. Is she speaking English? No, she isn't.

30. Are you getting tired? No, we aren't.

7 ANSWERS TO OR QUESTIONS

Teacher Are you answering questions or telling a story?

S.1 I'm answering questions.

Teacher Are the people in this class studying English or playing card?

S.2 They're studying English.

Teacher Is Miss Muto talking or listening?

S.3 She's listening.

Continue

1. Are you working or going to school?

I'm going to school.

2. Are you going to school or staying at home?

I'm staying at home.

3. Are we holding a meeting or having a class?

We are holding a meeting.

4. Are the students here learning English or teaching Japanese?

They're learning English.

5. Is Mr. sakaki sleeping or listening?

He's listening.

6. Are you reading a newspaper or answering questions?

We're reading a newspaper.

7. Is Miss go to having supper or having a class?

She's having supper.

8. Am I teaching a class or selling books?

You're selling books.

9. Are you driving these days or taking the train?

We're taking the train.

10. Are you getting up early these days or sleeping late.

We're getting up early these days.

LESSON 9

The use of some and any and of the Pronoun one corresponding to a noun with the

indefinite article are the new grammatical features of this lesson. Subjects of academic

study and more pairs of contrary adjectives are introduced.

1998/07/25

1 SUBJECTS OF STUDY

(a) Substitution drill

He's majoring in history.

He's majoring in physics.

continue

1. English literature He's majoring in English literature.

2. biology He's majoring in biology.

3. chemistry He's majoring in chemistry.

4. sociology He's majoring in sociology.

5. psychology He's majoring in psychology.

6. art He's majoring in art.

7. education He's majoring in education.

8. Spanish He's majoring in Spanish.

9. chemical engineering He's majoring in chemical engineering.

10. architecture He's majoring in architecture.

11. philosophy He's majoring in philosophy.

12. electronics He's majoring in electronics.

13. civil engineering He's majoring in civil engineering.

15. commerce He's majoring in commerce.

16. business administration He's majoring in business administration.

17. accounting He's majoring in accounting.

18. political science He's majoring in political science.

19. journalism He's majoring in journalism.

20. linguistics He's majoring in linguistics.

21. the classics He's majoring in the classics.

22. music He's majoring in music.

(b) Conversation practice

S.1 What are you majoring in?

S.2 I'm majoring in philosophy.

S.1 Really? Do you like music?

S2. Yes, It's very interesting.

or: No, It isn't very interesting.

2 CHART 2. WHERE DO YOU KEEP THEM?

1. S.1 Where do you keep your books?

S.2 I keep them in that bookcase.

2. S.3 Where do you keep your dishes?

S.4 I keep them in that cupboard.

3. S.5 Where do you keep your clothes?

S.6 I keep them in that closet.

Continue

4. Where do you keep your shirts?

I keep them in that drawer.

5. Where do you keep your vegetables?

I keep them in that refrigerator.

&. Where do you keep your clothes?

I keep them in that locker.

7. Where do you keep your records?

I keep them in that cabinet.

8. Where do you keep your tools?

I keep them in that toolbox.

9. Where do you keep your valuables?

I keep them in that safe.

3. CONTRARY ADJENTIVES. Q&A

Teacher the Ginza - a narrow street

S.1 Is the Ginza a narrow street?

S.2 No, It's a wide street.

Teacher that motorcycle safe?

S.3 Is that motorcycle safe?

S.4 No, It's dangerous.

Continue

1. Japan - a poor country Is Japan a poor country?

No, It's a rich country.

2. Mt. Fuji - a low mountain Is Mt. Fuji a low mountain?

No, It's a high mountain.

3. your father - fat Is your father fat?

No, He's thin.

4. your shoes - wet Are your shoes wet?

No, They're dry.

5. the window - open Is the window open?

No, It's closed.

6. Switzerland - a flat country Is Switzerland a flat country?

No, It's a mountainous country.

7. you - depressed Are you depressed?

No, I'm happy.

8. those students – carefree Are those students carefree?

No, they're worried.

9. he - a mean man Is he a mean man?

No, He's a kind man.

10. she - a single woman Is she a single woman?

No, She's a married woman.

11. he - a boring person Is he a boring person?

No, He's an interesting person.

12. your glass - full Is your glass full?

No, It's empty.

13. that - a cheerful song Is that a cheerful song?

No, It’s a sad song.

14. he - a dishonest salesman Is he a dishonest salesman?

No, He's an honest salesman.

15. that - a noisy air conditioner Is that a noisy air conditioner?

No, It's a quiet air conditioner.

4 CHART 2. SOME AND ANY

(a) SOME in affirmative sentences

1. S.1 I have some books in the bookcase.

2. S.2 I have some dishes in the cupboard.

3. S.3 I have some clothes in the closet.

Continue with the remaining items of the chart.

(b) ANY in negative sentences

1. S.1 I don't keep your books in that bookcase.

2. S.2 I don't keep any dishes in that cupboard.

3. S.3 I don't keep any clothes in that closet.

Continue with the remaining items of chart.

5 CHART 2. SOME AND ANY IN CONNECTED SENTENCES

(a) ANY

1. S.1 I have a bookcase, but I don't have any books.

2. S.2 I have a cupboard, but I don't have any dishes.

3. S.3 I have a closet, but don't have any clothes.

Continue with the remaining items of the chart.

6. SOME OR ANY IN ANSWERS TO QUESTIONS

Teacher Do you want any peanuts?

S.1 Yes, I want some.

S.2 I don't want any.

Teacher Are you learning any new words?

S.3 Yes, I'm learning some.

S.4 I'm not learning any.

Continue

1. Do you have any friend?

Yes, I want some.

I don't want any.

2. Do you know any stories?

Yes, I know some.

I don't know any.

3. Are you making any mistakes?

Yes, I'm making some.

I'm not making any.

4. Do you see any pictures in the room?

Yes, I see some.

I don't see any.

5. Do you have any books?

Yes, I have some.

I don't have any.

6. Are you writing any words?

Yes, I'm writing some.

I'm not writing any.

7. Do you keep any valuables at home?

Yes, I keep some.

I don't keep any.

8. Do you need any new clothes?

Yes, I need some.

I don't need any.

9. Are you missing any classes?

Yes, I'm missing some.

I'm not missing any.

10. Do you have any cigarettes?

Yes, I have some.

I don't have any.

11. Do you use any tools?

Yes, I use some.

I don't use any.

12. Do you see any children here?

Yes, I see some.

I don't see any.

13. Do you know any nice restaurants?

Yes, I know some.

I don't know any.

14. Do you need any stamps?

Yes, I need some.

I don't need any.

15. Do you have any questions?

Yes, I have some.

I don't have any.

7.IT,THEM OR ONE IN ANSWERS TO QUESTIONS

Teacher Do you want this book?

S.1 Yes, I want it./ No, I don't want it.

Teacher Do you know these people?

S.2 Yes, I know them./No, I don't know them.

Teacher Do you need a coat?

S.3 Yes, I need one./No, I don't need one.

Continue

1. Do you have an umbrella?

Yes, I have it./No, I don't have it.

2. Do you understand these sentences?

Yes, I understand it./No, I don't understand it.

3. Are you using a pen?

Yes, I'm using it./No, I'm not using it.

4. Do you do your homework?

Yes, I do it./No, I don't do it.

5. Do you know these students?

Yes, I know them./No, I don't them.

6. Do you need a car?

Yes, I need it./No, I don't need it.

7. Do you like this class?

Yes, I like it./No. I don't like it.

8. Are you enjoying the lesson?

Yes, I'm enjoying it./No, I'm not enjoying it.

9. Do you see the blackboard?

Yes, I see it./ No. I don't see it.

10. Do you have a dog?

Yes, I have it./No. i don't have it.

11. Do you see the pictures?

Yes, I see it./No. I don't see it.

12. Do you have a telephone at home?

Yes, I have it./No. I don't have it.

13. Do you have a stereo set?

Yes, I have it./No, I don't have it.

14. Are you wearing a ring?

Yes, I'm wearing It./No, I'm not wearing it.

15, Do you want a rest?

Yes, I want it./No I don't want it.

16. Are you answering a question?

Yes, I'm answering it./No. I'm not answering it.

LESSON 10

This lesson reviews the structures and vocabulary introduced in Lessons 6 to 9.

ADVERBS OF FREQUENCY. SUBSTITUTION

I always read the newspapers.

He always reads the newspapers.

He doesn't always read the newspapers.

He doesn't always answer the questions.

He always answers the questions.

Does he always answer the questions?

Does he often answer the questions?

Does he often take a vacation?

He often takes a vacation.

Continue

1. we We often take a vacation.

2. go to the movies We often go to the movies.

3.(negtive) We don't often go to the movies.

4. she She don't often go to the movies.

5. make mistakes She doesn't often make mistakes.

6.(affirmative) She often makes mistakes.

7. usually She usually makes mistakes.

8. sleep late She usually sleeps late.

9.(question) Does she usually sleep late?

10.you Do you ever sleep late?

11. ever Do you ever sleep late?

12.write letters Do you ever write letters?

13. your father Does your father ever write letters?

14. sometimes Does your father sometimes write letters?

15. get tired Does your father sometimes get tired?

16. the students Do the students sometimes get tired?

17.(statement) The students sometimes get tired.

18. speak English The students sometimes speak English.

19.always The students always speak English.

20. the teacher The teacher always speaks English.

21. usually The teacher usually speaks English.

22.get up early The teacher usually get up early.

23. we We usually get up early.

24.(negative) We don't usually get up early.

25. often We don't often get up early.

26. sleep in class She don't often sleep in class.

27.she She doesn't often sleep in class.

28. wear a ring She doesn't often wear a ring.

29. usually She doesn't usually wear a ring.

30. I I don't usually wear a ring.

2 CONTRARY ADJECTIVES. Q&A

Teacher take a short walk

S.1 Are you taking a short walk?

S.2 No, I'm taking a long walk.

Teacher have a good time

S.3 Are you having a good time?

S.4 No, I'm having a bad time.

Teacher drive anew car

S.5 Are you driving a new car?

S.6 No, I'm driving an old car.

Continue

1. sit on a hard chair Are you siting on a hard chair?

No, I'm siting on a soft chair.

2. listen to loud music Are you listening to loud music?

No, I'm listening to soft music.

3. study the wrong lessen Are you studying the wrong lesson?

No, I'm studying the right lesson.

4.red a thick book Are you reading a thick book?

No, I'm reading a thin book.

5. take the fast train Are you taking the fast train?

No, I'm taking the slow train.

6. take the early train Are you taking the early train?

No, I'm taking the late train.

7. use a dirty cup Are you using a dirty cup?

No, I'm using a clean cup.

8. live in a noisy place Are you living in a noisy place?

No, I'm living in a quiet place.

9.work for a mean boss Are you working for a mean boss?

No, I'm working for a kind boss.

10. drink weak coffee Are you drinking weak coffee?

No, I'm drinking strong coffee.

11. speak poor English Are you speaking poor English?

No, I'm speaking good English.

12. visit a sick person Are you visiting a sick person?

No, I'm visiting a healthy person.

13. ask a stupid question Are you asking stupid question?

No, I'm asking an intelligent question.

14. teach a bored student Are you teaching a bored student?

No, I'm teaching an interested student.

15. do a selfish thing Are you doing a selfish thing?

No, I'm doing a generous thing.

16. sing a new song Are you singing a new song?

No, I'm singing a old song.

17. teach lazy students Are you teaching lazy students?

No, I'm teaching hardworking students.

18. live on a narrow street Are you living on a narrow street?

No, I'm living a wide street.

19. drive a dangerous car Are you driving a dangerous car?

No, I'm driving a safe car.

20. visit a rich family Are you visiting a rich family?

No, I'm visiting a poor family.

21.work in a high building Are you working in a high building?

No, I'm working in a low building.

22. use a wet towel Are you using a wet towel?

No, I'm using a dry towel.

23. write a sad song Are you writing a sad song?

No, I'm writing a cheerful song.

24. go to a flat country Are you going to a flat country?

No, I'm going to a mountainous country.

25. hold an empty glass Are you holding an empty glass?

No, I'm holding a full glass.

3 CHART 1. THE PROGRESSIVE TENSE.Q&A

1. Take a rest

S.1 Is Miss Cullen taking a rest now?

S.2 No, she isn't taking a rest. She's teaching English.

2. Teacher have lunch

S.3 Is Dr.Bishop having lunch now?

S.4 No, he isn't having lunch. He's examining a patient.

3. Teacher paint a picture

S.5 Is Mr.Richards painting a picture now?

S.6 No, he isn't painting a picture. He's designing a machine.

Continue

4. have a drink Is Mrs.Jone having a drink now?

No, she isn't having a drink. She's looking for after her family.

5. play games Is Mr. Smish playing games now?.

No, he isn't playing games. He's taking photographs.

6. give a golf lesson Is Mr.Brown giving a golf lesson now?

No, he isn't giving a golf lesson. He's playing in a tournament.

7. visit a friend Is Miss McBride visiting a friend now?

No, she isn't visiting a friend. She's taking care of a sick person.

8. write a letter Is Mr.King writing a letter now?

No, he isn't writing a letter. He's writing an article.

9. take a nap Is Mr.Jordan taking a nap now?

No, he isn't taking a nap. He's repairing a car.

10. cook dinner Is Miss Clark cooking dinner now?

No, she isn't cooking dinner. She's serving a passenger.

11. take a trip Is Miss Green taking a trip now?

No, she isn't taking a trip. She's typing a letter.

12. buy a house Is Mr.Walton buying a house now?

No, he isn't buying a house. He's selling an air conditioner.

4 ADVERBS OF FREQENCY. Q&A

1998/07/27

Teacher miss class

S.1 Do you ever miss class?

S.2 No. I hardly ever miss class.

Teacher lonely

S.3 Are you ever lonely?

S.4 Yes. I'm sometimes lonely.

Teacher go for a drive

S.5 Do you ever go for a drive?

S.6 Yes. I often go for a drive.

Continue

1. play the piano Do you ever play piano?

No, I hardly ever play piano.

2. take a vacation Do you ever take a vacation?

No, I hardly ever take a vacation.

3. late Are you ever late?

Yes, I'm sometimes late.

4.memorize the dialogue Do you ever memorize the dialogue?

No, I hardly ever memorize the dialogue.

5. depressed Are you ever depressed?

Yes, I'm sometimes depressed.

6. bored Are you ever bored?

Yes, I'm sometimes bored.

7. listen to the radio Are you ever listening to the radio?

No, I hardly ever listening to the radio.

8. selfish Are you ever selfish?

No, I hardly ever selfish.

9. read the newspaper Do you ever read the newspaper?

No, I hardly ever read the newspaper.

10. write letters Do you ever write letters?

No, I hardly ever write letters.

11. use a typewriter Do you ever use a typewriter?

No, I hardly ever use a typewriter.

12. early Are you ever early?

Yes, I sometimes early.

13. play tennis Do you ever play tennis?

No, I hardly ever play tennis.

14. careless Are you ever careless?

Yes, I sometimes careless.

15. angry Are you ever angry?

Yes, I sometimes angry.

16. eat rice Do you ever eat rice?

No, I hardly eat rice.

17. sing in the bath Do you ever sing in the bath?

No, I hardly ever sing in the bath.

18. satisfied Are you ever satisfied?

Yes, I sometimes satisfied.

19. sick Are you ever sick?

Yes, I sometimes sick.

20. take a walk Do you ever take a walk?

No, I hardly ever take a walk.

21. wrong Are you ever wrong?

Yes, I sometimes wrong.

22. go to the movies Do you ever go to the movies?

No, I hardly ever to to the movies.

23. do your homework Do you ever do your homework?

No, I hardly ever do my homework.

24. enjoy this class Do you ever enjoy this class?

No, I hardy ever enjoy this class.

25. worried Are you ever worried?

Yes, I sometimes worried.

26. ask a question Do you ever ask a question?

No, I hardly ask a question.

27. buy stamps Do you ever buy stamps?

No, I hardly ever buy stamps.

28. dishonest Are you ever dishonest?

Yes, I sometimes dishonest.

29. take a trip Do you ever take a trip?

No, I hardly ever take a trip.

30. cook dinner Do you ever cook dinner?

No, I hardly ever cook dinner.

31. get tired Do you ever get tired?

No, I hardly ever get tired.

32. carefree Are you ever carefree?

Yes, I sometimes carefree.

33. sleep in class Do you ever sleep in class?

No, I hardly sleep in class.

34. make a mistake Do you ever make a mistake?

No, I hardly ever make mistake.

35. get up early Do you ever get up early?

No, I hardly ever get up early.

36. interested Are you ever interested?

Yes, I sometimes interested.

37. take a train Do you ever take a train?

No, I hardly ever take a train.

38. sleep late Do you ever sleep late?

No, I hardly ever sleep late.

39. sorry Are you ever sorry?

Yes, I sometimes sorry.

40. tired Are you ever tired?

Yes, I sometimes tired.

41. wear a hat Do you ever wear a hat?

No, I hardly ever wear a hat.

42. get up late Do you ever get up late?

No, I hardly ever get up late.

5 PRONOUNS IN ANSWERS TO QUESTIONS

Teacher Do you have a bag?

S.1 Yes, I have one./ No, I don't have one.

Teacher Do you needs that bag?

S.2 Yes, I need it./ No, I don't need it.

Teacher Do you want these bag?

S.3 Yes, I want them./ No. I don't want them.

Teacher Do you have any bags?

S.4 Yes, I have some./ No, I don't have any.

Teacher Do you like Mr. Sato?

S.5 Yes, I like him.

Teacher Do you know me?

S.6 Yes, I know you.

Teacher Are you taking a rest?

S.7 No, I'm not taking one.

1. Are you listening to the radio? No, I'm not listening one.

2. Are you singing a song? No, I'm not singing one.

3. Do you have a teacher? Yes, I have one. /No. I don't have one.

4. Do you know the teacher? Yes, I know him.

5. Do you have any friend? Yes, I have some. /No. I don't have any.

6. Do you know that student? Yes, I know him.

7. Do you know these student? Yes, I know them.

8. Are you buying any tickets? No, I'm not buying any.

9. Do you need a tickets? Yes, I need it./No, I don't need it.

10. Do you want the tickets? Yes, I want them. /No I don't want any.

11. Do you have the tickets? Yes, I have them. /No, I don't have any.

12.Are we holding a meeting? No, We're not holding one.

13. Do you play any games? Yes, I play some. /No, I'm not play any.

14.Are you writing a letters? No, I'm not writing one.

15. Are you reading the letters? No, I'm not reading one.

16. Do you understand the words? Yes, I understand them.

No, I don't understand them.

17. Are you missing any classes? No, I'm not missing them.

18. Do you understand me? Yes, I understand you.

19. Are you using a telephone? No, I'm not using it.

20. Do you have an eraser? Yes, I have it. /NO, I don't have it.

21. Are you making any mistakes? NO, I'm not making any.

22. Are you answering the questions? No, I'm not answering any.

23. Do you understand the dialogues? Yes, I understand then.

No, I don't understand any.

24. Are you wearing a ring? No, I don't wearing it.

25. Do you need a rest? Yes, I need it, /No. I don't need it.

1998/08/01

LESSEON 11

The past tense of the verb be and of regular verbs with the auxiliary form did is intro-duced and practiced with contrary adjective pairs and with Chart 3 respectively. Short

answers to questions in the past tense are also practiced, as well as days, months, sea-

sons, years and dates.

DIALOGUE: "A GOOD TIME AT THE PARTY"

Helen Good morning Brian.

Braian Hello Helen, How was the party last night?

Did you have a good time?

Helen Yes, It was a lot of fan.

Brian What about Carrol? Was she there?

Helen Yes, She enjoyed it a lot too.

Bay the way, I didn't see you. Where were you?

Brian Me? Oh I stayed at home.

Helen Why didn't you go?

Braian I wasn't invited. That's why.

1 PAST TENSE OF BE. SUBSTITUTION

The party was a lot of fun.

The party was enjoyable.

Was the party enjoyable?

The concert was enjoyable.

The concert wasn't enjoyable.

The concert wasn't interesting.

The concerts weren't interesting.

Continue

1. the teachers The teachers weren't interesting.

2. satisfied The teachers weren't satisfied.

3. I I wasn't satisfied.

4. Brian Braian wasn't satisfied.

5. invited Braian wasn't invited.

6. (affirmative) Braian was invited.

7. we We were invited.

8. worried We were worried.

9. she She was worried.

10. (question) Was she worried?

11.interested Was she interested?

12. you Were you interested?

13. comfortable Were you comfortable?

14. the guests Were the guests comfortable?

15. important Were the guests important?

16. (statement) The gusts were important.

17. that man That man was important.

18. generous That man was generous.

19. those women Those woman were generous.

20. nervous Those woman were nervous.

21. I I was nervous.

22. (negative) I wasn't nervous.

23. shy I wasn't shy.

24. you You weren't shy.

25. that student That student wasn't shy.

2 CONTRARY ADJECTIVES. Q&A

Teacher free - the boss

S.1 Was the boss free?

S.2 No. He was busy.

Teacher boring - the movie

S.3 Was the movie boring?

S.4 No. It was interesting.

Teacher stupid - the boys

S.5 Were the boys stupid?

S.6 No. They were intelligent.

Continue

1. repressed - your mother Was your mother depressed?

No. She was happy.

2. loud - the radio Was the radio loud?

No. It was quiet.

3. dangerous - the road Was the road dangerous?

No. It was safe.

4. honest - those men Were those men honest?

No. they were dishonest.

5. narrow - the street Was the street narrow?

No. It was wide.

6. thick - the toast Was the toast thick?

No. It was thin.

7. fat - your coach Was your coach fat?

NO. He was thin.

8. careless - the drivers Were the drivers careless?

No. They were careful.

9. old - your landlady Was your landlady old?

No. She was young.

10. slow - the runners Were the runners slow?

No. They were fast.

11. late - your friends Were your friends late?

No. They were early.

12.interested - Mr.Jacson Was Mr.Jacson interested?

No. He was bored.

13. lazy - the students Were the students lazy?

No. They were hardworking .

14. busy - the secretary Was the secretary busy?

No. She was free.

15. really sick - your father Was your father really sick?

No. He was healthy.

3 INTRODUCTION TO CHART 3. PAST TENSE

(a) Repetition

1. He listened to the radio this morning.

2. They played cards yesterday.

3. She practiced the piano last Sunday.

4. He memorized the dialogue yesterday evening.

5. He visited some relatives last week.

6. She washed the dishes this afternoon.

7. They watched television last night.

8. He worked yesterday afternoon.

9. She typed a report a few hours ago.

10. They got together with some friends last night.

11. She ironed the clothes last Monday.

12. They attended a conference last month.

(b) Question

1. Teacher this morning

S.1 Did he listen to the radio this morning?

2. Teacher yesterday

S.2 Did they play cards yesterday?

3. Teacher Did she practice the piano last Sunday?

Continue

4. yesterday evening Did he memorize the dialogue yesterday evening?

5. last week Did he visit some relatives last week?

6. this afternoon Did she wash the dishes this afternoon?

7. last night Did they watch television last night?

8. yesterday afternoon Did he work yesterday afternoon?

9. a few hours ago Did she type a report a few hours ago?

10. last night Did thy get together with some friends last night?

11. last Monday Did she iron the clothes last Monday?

12. last month Did they attend a conference last month?

(c) Negative sentences

1. Teacher last night

S.1 He didn't listen to the radio last night.

2. Teacher this morning

S.2 They didn't play cards this morning.

3. Teacher yesterday

S.3 She didn't practice the piano yesterday.

Continue

$. this after noon He didn't memorize the dialogue this afternoon.

5. last Tuesday He didn't visit some relatives last Tuesday.

6. today She didn't wash the dishes today.

7. this morning They didn't watch television this morning.

8. last Saturday He didn't work last Saturday.

9. the week before last She didn't type a report the week before last.

10. the day before yesterday The didn't get together with some friends

the day before yesterday. .

11. yesterday afternoon She didn't iron the clothes yesterday afternoon.

12. last summer The didn't attend a conference last summer.

4 SHORT ANDWERS TO QUESTIONS

Teacher Did you study English yesterday?

S.1 Yes, I did. /No. I didn't.

Teacher Were you sick last week?

S.2 Yes I was. /No, I wasn't.

Teacher Do you play the guitar?

S.3 Yes, I do. ? No, I don't.

Teacher Are you a good skier?

S.4 Yes, I am./No, I’m not.

Continue

1. Did you have breakfast this morning? Yes, I did./No, I didn't.

2. Was the homework easy? Yes, It was./No, It wasn't.

3. Were you absent last week? Yes, I was./No，I wasn't.

4. Are you sleep today? Yes, I am./No, I'm not..

5. Did you take a trip last summer? Yes, I did./No. I didn't.

6. Do you usually read the newspapers? Yes. I am./No. I'm not.

7. Do you often go to the movies? Yes, I do. /No. I don't.

8. Were you in Tokyo on business last month? Yes, I was./No. I wasn't.

9. Did you write any letters last Sunday? Yes, I did./No, I didn't.

10. Did you miss class last week? Yes, I did. /No, I didn't.

11.Was it cold last winter? Yes, It was./No. It wasn't.

12. Do you sometimes go for a drive? Yes, I do./No, I don't.

13. Did you have a cup of coffee this morning?

Yes, I did./No, I didn't.

14. Do you usually drink coffee? Yes, I do./No, I don't.

15. Are you a coffee drinker? Yes, I am./No. I'm not.

16. Were you in Europe last year? Yes, I was./No, I was not.

17. Did you sing in the bath yesterday evening?

Yes, I did./No, I didn't.

18. Are you a good cook? Yes, I am./No. I am not.

19. Do you enjoy parties? Yes, I do./No, I don't.

20. Did you go to a party last month? Yes, I did./No, I didn't.

5 DAY,MONTHS,SEASONS,YERS AND DATES

(a) Birthdays and ages

S.1 When's your birthday, Mr.Satou?

S.2 It's on September 15th.

S.1 What year were you born?

S.2 I was born in 1958.

S.1 So you're 40 years old.

S.2 That's right.

The students take turns at practicing the above conversation, putting in real years and

dates. Ladies, of course need not tell truth.

(b) Free answers to questions

Teacher Is today Sunday?

S.1 No, it isn't.

Teacher What day is it?

S.2 It's Monday.

Teacher What day was yesterday?

S.3 It was Sunday.

Continue

1. What day is tomorrow? It's Saturday.

2. What day was the day before yesterday? It was Sunday.

3. What month is this? It's April.

4. What's the date today? It's August 12th 1998.

5. What was the date yesterday? It was August 11th 1998.

6. What's the date tomorrow? It's August 13th 1998.

7. What year is this? It's 1998.

8. What year was it ten years ago? It was 1988.

9. What season is this? It's summer.

10. What season do you like most? I like summer.

11. What date is Christmas day? It's December 25th.

12. What was the date last Friday? It was August 7th.

13. What month do you like most? I like August.

14. Is March in winter? No, it's spring.

!5. What season is March in? It's spring.

LESSON 12

This lesson is mainly devoted to practice an the past tense of selected irregular verbs

introduces in frequently used verb phrases. The interrogative words who, what, where

and when are also practiced.

1 TRANSFORMATION TO PAST TENSE.

Teacher He's having a good time.

Students He's having a good time.

Teacher last night

S.1 He had a good time last night.

Teacher They understand the lesson.

Students They understand the lesson.

Teacher last Tuesday

S.2 They understood the lesson last Tuesday.

Continue

1. I'm speaking English now.

(yesterday) I spoke English yesterday.

2.She's reading the paper. She read the paper this morning.

(this morning)

3. I'm writing a letter. I wrote a letter yesterday afternoon.

(yesterday)

4. He's eating a sandwich. He ate a sandwich about ten minutes ago.

(about ten minutes ago)

5. She always drinks milk with her lunch.

(yesterday) She drank milk with her lunch yesterday.

6. They're singing in class. They sang in class last Thursday.

(last Thursday)

7. They're taking a short walk. They took a short walk the day before yesterday.

(the day before yesterday)

8. We're going for a drive. We went for drive the week before last.

(the week before last)

9. I7m doing my homework. I did my homework yesterday evening.

(yesterday evening)

10. She's coming to see us. She came to see us last summer.

(last summer)

11. She's buying a sewing machine. She bought a sewing machine a long time ago.

(a long time ago)

12.He always forgets his books. He always forgot his books yesterday.

(yesterday)

13. He keeps his work clothes in this locker.

(last year) He kept his work clothes in this locker last year.

14. I see a calendar on the desk.

(this morning) I saw a calendar on the desk this morning.

15. The students're sitting down now.

(a few minutes ago) The students sat down a few minute ago)

16. The teacher's standing up. The teacher stood up a few seconds ago.

( a few seconds ago)

17. She's teaching office workers now.

(last year) She taught office workers last year.

18. He's wearing a bright yellow sweater.

(yesterday) He wore a bright yellow sweater yesterday.

19. Mr.Brown is giving a golf lesson.

( a short time ago) Mr.Brown gave a golf lesson a short time ago.

20. He always meets his girlfriend here.

(yesterday evening) He met his girlfriend here yesterday evening.

2 CHERT 1. WHAT DID HE DO?

1. S.1 What did Miss Cullen do yesterday?

S.2 She taught English.

2. S.3 What did Dr.Bishop do yesterday?

S.4 He examined a patient.

3. S.5 What did Mr. Richards do yesterday?

S.6 He designed a machine.

Continue

4. What did Mrs.Jones do yesterday? She looked after her family.

5. What did Mr.Smith do Yesterday? He took some photographs.

6. What did Mr.brown do yesterday? He played in a tournament.

7. What did Miss Mcbride do yesterday? She took care of a sick person.

8. What did Mr.King do yesterday? He wrote an article.

9. What did Mr.Jordan do yesterday? He repaired a car.

10. What did Miss Clark do yesterday? She served some passengers.

11. What did Miss Green do yesterday? She typed a letter.

12. What did Mr.Walton do yesterday? He sold an air conditioner.

3 CHERT 2. WHERE DID YOU PUT MY THINGS?

1. S.1 Where did you put my book?

S.2 I put them in that bookcase.

". S.3 Where did you put my dishes?

S.4 I put them in that cupboard.

Continue

3. Where did you put my clothes? I put them in that closet.

4. Where did you put my shirts? I put them in that drawer.

5. Where did you put my vegetables? I put them in that refrigerator.

6. Where did you put my work clothes? I put them in that locker.

7. Where did you put my records? I put them in that cabinet.

8. Where did you put my tools? I put them in that toolbox.

9. Where did you put my valuables? I put them in that safe.

4 CHART 3. QUESTIONS WITH WHEN

1. Teacher this morning

S.1 When did he listen to the radio?

S.2 He listened to the radio this morning.

2. Teacher yesterday

S.3 When did they play cards?

S.4 They played cards yesterday.

3. Teacher last Sunday

S.5 When did she practice the piano?

S.6 She practices the piano last Sunday.

Continue

4. the week before last When did he memorize the dialogue?

He memorized the dialogue the week before last.

5. yesterday evening When did he visit some relatives?

He visited some relatives yesterday evening.

6. this afternoon When did she wash the dishes?

She washed the dishes this afternoon.

7. last night When did they watch television?

They watched television last night.

8. the day before yesterday When did he work?

He worked the day before yesterday.

9. a few hours ago When did she type a report?

She typed a report a few hours ago.

10. last night When did they get together with some friend?

They got together with some friends last night.

11. last Wednesday When did she iron the clothes?

She ironed the clothes last Wednesday.

12. last January When did they attend a conference?

They attended a conference last January.

5 WHO,WHAT,WHERE, WHEN. Q&A

Teacher I had a sandwich about an hour ago.

Students I had a sandwich about an hour ago.

Teacher what

S.1 What did you have?

S.2 I had a sandwich.

Teacher when

S.1 When did you have it?

S.2 About an hour ago.

Teacher I spoke to Brian this morning.

Students I spoke to Brian this morning.

S.3 Who did you speak to?

S.4 I spoke to Brian.

Teacher When

S.3 When did you speak to him?

S.4 This morning.

Continue

1. I went to Kyushu last month.

Where Where did you go?

I went to Kyushu.

When When did you go there?

Last month.

2. I ate some doughnut this morning.

What What did you eat?

I ate some doughnut.

when When did you eat them?

this morning.

3. I sat in the corner a few minutes ago.

where Where did you sit?

I sat in the corner.

when When did you sit there?

A few minutes ago.

4. I wore a red sweater last winter.

what What did you wear?

I wore a red sweater.

when When did you wear it?

Last summer.

5. I stayed in a hotel last summer.

where Where did you stay at?

I stayed in a hotel.

when Last summer.

6. I took my little sister last night.

who(m) Who did you take?

I took my little sister.

when When did you take her?

Last night.

7. I got together with some friends last Saturday evening.

who(m) Who did you get together with?

I got together with some friends.

when When did you get together with them?

Last Saturday evening.

8. I went to see my uncle a few days ago.

who(m) Who did you go to see?

I went to see my uncle.

when When did you go to see him?

A few days ago.

9. I spoke to some tourists last weekend.

who(m) I spoke to some tourists.

when When did you speak to them?

Last weekend.

10. I drank a cup of coffee this morning.

what What did you drink?

I drank a cup of coffee.

when When did you drink it?

This morning.

11. I forgot my books the day before yesterday.

what What did you forget?

I forgot my books.

when When did you forget them?

The day before yesterday.

12. I sang some folk songs the week before last.

what What did you sing?

I sang some folk songs.

when When did you sing them?

The week before last.

13.I met Dr. Bishop a long time ago.

who(m) Who did you meet?

I met Dr. Bishop.

when When did you meet him?

A long time ago.

14. I read a sports magazine a few hours ago.

what What did you read?

I read a sports magazine.

when When did you read it?

A few hours ago.

1998/08/16

6 WHERE AND WHEN. CONVERSATON

(a) WHERE WERE YOU?

Teacher at the party - stay at home

S.1 I didn't see you at the party yesterday.

Where were you?

S.2 Me? Oh, I stayed at home.

Teacher at the ballpark - busy

S.3 I didn't see you at the ballpark yesterday.

Where were you?

S.4 Me? Oh, I was busy.

Continue

1. at the library - I didn't see you at the library yesterday.

study at home Where were you?

Me? Oh, I studied at home.

2. at the picnic - I didn't see you at the picnic yesterday.

sick in bed Where were you?

Me? Oh, I was sick in bed.

3. at the office - I didn't see you at the office yesterday.

Attend a conference Where were you?

Me? Oh, I attended a conference.

4. at the club - go to I didn't see you at the club yesterday.

see some friends Where were you?

Me? Oh,, I went to see some friends.

5. at the coffee shop - I didn't see you at the coffee shop yesterday.

go to the movies Where were you?

Me? Oh, I went to the movies.

6. at the language- I didn't see you at the language institute yesterday.

institute Where were you?

have a date Me? Oh, I had a date.

7. at the meeting - I didn't see you at the meeting yesterday.

work late Where were you?

Me? Oh, I worked late.

8. at the dance - I didn't see you at the dance yesterday.

tired Where were you?

Me? Oh, I was tired.

(b) WHEN WAS THE LAST TIME?

Teacher play tennis - last Saturday

S.1 Do you ever play tennis?

S.2 Yes. I often do.

S.1 When was the last time?

S.2 Last Saturday, as a matter of fact.

Teacher study in the library – yesterday morning

S.3 Do you ever study in the library?

S.4 Yes. I often do.

S.3 When was the last time?

S4. Yesterday morning, as a matter of fact.

Continue

1. go to concerts - the week before last

Do you ever go to concerts?

Yes. I do often.

When was the last time?

The week before last, as matter of fact.

2. have lunch in a restaurant - this afternoon

Do you ever have lunch in a restaurant?

Yes. I often do.

When was the last time?

This afternoon, as matter of fact.

3. take a walk - the day before yesterday

Do you ever take a walk?

Yes. I often do.

When was the last time.

The day before yesterday, as matter of fact.

4. watch documentaries - last night

Do you ever watch documentaries?

Yes. I often do.

When was the last time?

Last night, as matter of fact.

5. play cards with your father - yesterday

Do you ever play cards with your father?

Yes, I often do.

When was the last time?

Yesterday, as matter of fact.

6. go to parties - a few days ago

Do you ever go to parties?

Yes. I often do.

When was the last time?

A few days ago, as matter of fact.

7. read comic books - this morning

Do you ever read comic books?

Yes. I often do.

When was the last time?

This morning, as matter of fact.

8. take a trip - last month

Do you ever take a trip?

Yes. I often do.

When was the last time?

Last month, as matter of fact.

LESSON 13

The lesson contains two substitution drills on the use of the present

tense with time adverbial expressions denoting that an action occurs

periodically. The future form going to is then introduced and practiced

with adverbs expressing future time. the lesson ends with a series of

what time questions to be answered freely.

1998/08/17

DIALOGE: "SUNDAY GOLF"

(Two young businessmen are talking about golf on thier way home from

the office.)

Mark I usually play about once a month. What about you?

Frank I play every Sunday.

Mark Even when it rain?

Frank Yes, even when it rain. I never miss a game on Sundays.

Mark Where do you go?

Frank The Dale Country Club. Do you know it?

Mark Yes. I was there once. It's a nice course.

You're going to play next Sunday, I suppose.

Frank I certainly am. Listen! Why don't you come with me?

Mark I'd be delighted. What time shall we make it?

Frank Let's meet at the clubhouse at 1:30 in the afternoon.

Mark That's a bit late, isn't it?

Frank I know. But I'm busy until then.

1 PRESENT TENSE WITH ADVERBS OF TIME. SUBSTITUTION

I go home every day.

I take a shower every day.

I take a shower every evening.

My father takes a shower every evening.

My father watches TV every evening.

Continue

1. come to home late My father comes home late every evening.

2. every Saturday My father comes home late every Saturday.

3. go for a drive My father goes for a drive every Saturday.

4. my family and I My family and I go for a drive every Saturday.

5. once a month My family and I go for a drive once a month.

6. I I go for a drive once a month.

7. get a haircut I get a haircut once a month.

8. every two months I get a haircut every two months.

9. go to the movies I go to the movies every two months.

10. my sister My sister goes to the movies ever tow months.

11. ever weekend My sister goes to the movies every weekend.

12. meet her boyfriend My sister meets her boyfriend every weekend.

13. every other day My sister meets her boyfriend every other day.

14. get up late My sister gets up late every other day.

15. I I get up late every other day.

2 MORE ON ADVERBS OF TIME. SUBSTITUTION

I usually have dinner at six thirty.

I usually catch the bus at six thirty.

I usually get home at six thirty.

I sometimes get home at six thirty.

My father sometimes gets home at six thirty.

My father sometimes gets home late at night.

Continue

1. have a drink My father sometimes has a drink late at night.

2. often My father often has a drink late night.

3. before dinner My father often has a drink before dinner.

4. change(clothes) My father often changes before dinner.

5. I I often change before dinner.

6. watch the news on TV I often watch the news on TV before dinner.

7. always I always watch the news on TV before dinner.

8. go for a walk I always go for a walk before dinner.

9. in the afternoon I always go for a walk in the afternoon.

10. On Sundays I always go for a walk on Sundays.

11. go to church I always go to church on Sundays.

12. take a rest I always take a rest on Sundays.

13. never I never take a rest on Sundays.

14. sometimes I sometimes take a rest on Sundays.

15. go skiing I sometimes go skiing on Sundays.

16. on weekends I sometimes go skiing on weekends.

17. my father My father sometimes goes skiing on weekends.

18. go to work My father sometimes goes to work on weekends.

19. go fishing My father sometimes goes fishing on weekends.

20. always My father always goes fishing on weekends.

21. on national holidays My father always goes fishing on

national holidays.

22. play golf My father always plays golf on national holidays.

23. in spring My father always plays golf in spring.

24. in May My father always plays golf in May.

25. on Saturday My father always plays golf on Saturday

morning.

3 CHART 1. THE FUTURE FORM GOING TO. REPETITION

1998/08/19

1. She's going to teach English.

2. He's going to examine a patient.

3. He's going to design a machine.

4. She's going to look after her family.

5. He's going to take some photographs.

6. He's going to play in a tournament.

7. She's going to care of a sick person.

8. He's going to write an article.

9. He's going to repair a car.

10. She's going to serve the passengers.

11. She's going to type a letter.

12. He's going to sell an air conditioner.

4 FUTURE TIME ADVERBS. SUBSTITUTION

I'm going to buy an umbrella tomorrow.

She's going to buy umbrella tomorrow.

She's going to come home late tomorrow.

She's going to come home late next week.

Is she going to come home late nex week?

Is she going to attend class next week?

Are they going to attend class next week?

They're going to attend class next week.

They aren't going to attend class next week.

Continue

1. go abroad They aren't going to abroad next week.

2. next Thursday The aren't going to go abroad next Thursday.

3. he He isn't going to go abroad next Thursday.

4. get a part-time job He isn't going to get part-time job next

Thursday.

5. (affirmative) He's going to get a part-time job next Thursday.

6. I I'm going to get a part-time job next Thursday.

7. the week after next I'm going to get a part-time job the week after next.

8. graduate I'm going to graduate the week after next.

9. Bob Bob's going to graduate the week after next.

10.( question ) Is Bob going to graduate the week after next?

11. be busy Is Bob going to be busy the week after next?

12. you Are you going to be busy the week after next?

13. this evening Are you going to be busy this eveninng?

14. leave at 6:30 Are you going to leave at 6:30 this evening?

15. the plane Is the plane going to leave at 6:30 this evening?

16. (statement) The plane's going to leave at 6:30 this evening.

17. we We're going to leave at 6:30 this evening.

18. soon We're going to leave soon.

19. go to bed We're going to go to bed soon.

20. I I'm going to go to bed soon.

21. late tonight I'm going to go to bed late tonight.

22. (negative) I'm not going to go to bed late night.

23. he He's not going to go to bed late night.

24. get up early tomorrow morning

He isn't going to get up early tomorrow morning.

25. they They aren't going to get up early tomorrow morning.

26.(affirmative) They're going to get up early tomorrow morning.

27. next Sunday They're going to get up early next Sunday.

28. get married They're going to get married next Sunday.

29. in two weeks They're going to get married in two weeks.

30. (question) Are they going to get married in two weeks?

5 CHART3. WHEN IS HE GOING TO...?

1998/08/24

1. S.1 When is he going to listen to the radio?

2. S.2 When are they going to play cards?

3. S.3 When is she going to practice the piano?

Continue

4. When is he going to memorize the dialogue?

5. When is he going to visit some relatives?

6. When is she going to wash the dishes?

7. When are they going to watch television?

8. When is he going to work?

9. When is she going to type a report?

10. When are they going to get together with some friends?

11. When is she going to iron the clothes?

12. When are they going to attend a conference?

6 FREE ANSWERS TO QUESTIONS WITH WHAT TIME?

(Give short answers and add some comment freely. The answers given are only

examples.)

Teacher What time did you get up this morning?

S.1 At 8 o'clock. Then I had breakfast.

Teacher What time do you usually go to bed?

S.2 At 11:30. Or some times 12:00.

Teacher What time are you going to have a supper this evening?

S.3 At 7 o'clock, I think.

Continue

1. What time do you usually have breakfast? I don't have breakfast.

2. What time did you leave home this morning? At 9:00. I was late.

3. What time are you going to come here next week?

At 6:00. I came at 6:00 today, too.

4. What time did you finish school/work yesterday?

About 7:00. Then I had supper.

5. What time are you going to take a bath tonight?

I don't know. Maybe at 8:30.

6. What time do you usually have lunch? At 12:00 or 12:30.

7. What time do you usually get up on Sundays? About 8:00. Then I go to church.

8. What time are you going to do your homework this evening

Homework? Do we have homework?

9. What time did you get home yesterday? At 9:00. I was really tired.

10. What time do you usually catch the train in the morning? About 8:10. Today

I missed the train.

11. What time are you going to watch TV this morning? I'm not going to watch TV.

12. What time does your father usually get home?

At 7:00,ususally. Sometime at 8 o'clock.

13. What time did he get home yesterday? At 7:30 or so.

14. What time does this class begin? At 7:30. It's a 90-minute class.

16. What time is it now? Time to finish!

LESSON 14

The lesson begins with a substitution exercise on the four tenses introduced so far.

Then, just as the previous lesson was largely devoted to adverbial expressions denoting place and position. For this purpose Chart 4, Which illustrates many of these adverbial, is introduced here

and practices intensively. The use of can and can't is then practiced

and the lesson ends with an exercise on sentence word order.

1998/08/31

TENSE VARIATIONS. SUBSTITUTION

I watched TV yesterday.

I often watch TV.

She often watches TV.

She's hungry now.

She isn't hungry now.

She isn't going to be hungry tonight.

She isn't going to wash the dishes tonight.

I'm not going to wash the dishes tonight.

Continue

1. last night I didn't wash the dishes last night.

2. you You didn't wash the dishes last night.

3. (affirmative) You washed the dishes last night.

4. late You were late last night.

5. he He was late last night.

6. (question) Was he late last night?

7. you Were you late last night?

8. every morning Are you late every morning?

9. go to school Do you go to school every morning?

10. he Does he go to school every morning?

11. (statement) He goes to school every morning.

12. now He's going to school now.

13. we We're going to school now.

14. usually We usually go to school.

15. answer the questions We usually answer the questions.

16. last week We answered the questions last week.

17. now We're answering the questions now.

18. tomorrow We're going to answer the questions tomorrow.

19. I I'm going to answer the questions tomorrow.

20. (negative) I'm not going to answer the questions tomorrow.

21. attend class I'm not going to attend class tomorrow.

22. on Sundays I don't attend class on Sundays.

23. last Sunday I didn't attend class last Sunday.

24. (affirmative) I attended class last Sunday.

25. twice a week I attend class twice a week.

26. she She attends class twice a week.

27.(question) Does she attend class next week?

28. next week Is she going to attend class next week?

29. now Is she attending class now?

30. last week Did she attend class last week?

2 INTRODUCTION TO CHART 4.

ADVERBS OF PLACE AND POSITION

1998/09/01

(a) Repetition

1. The glass on the table is full.

The glasses on the shelf are empty.

2. The room over the garage is noisy.

The rooms on the third floor are quiet,

3. The children in the park are healthy.

The child in the hospital is sick.

4. The dishes beside the sink is dirty.

The dishes in the cupboard are clean.

5. The girl behind the counter are happy.

The girl at the window is depressed.

6. The student at the desk is hardworking.

The students around the table are lazy.

7. The windows at the back of the house are open.

The window at the side of the house is closed.

8. The chair in the corner is comfortable.

The chairs along the wall are uncomfortable.

9. The woman at the door is elderly.

The women at the gate are young.

(b) Questions with WHERE

1998/09/03

(b) Questions with WHERE

1. S.1 Where's the full glass?

S.2 It's on the table.

S.3 Where're the empty glass?

S.4 They're on the shelf.

2. S.5 Where's the noisy room?

S.6 It's over the garage.

S.7 Where're the quiet rooms?

S.8 they're on the third floor.

Continue

3. Where're the healthy children? They're in the park.

Where's the sick child? He's in the hospital.

4. Where's the dirty dish? It's beside the sink.

Where're the clean dishes? They're in the cupboard.

5. Where're the happy girls? They're behind the counter.

Where's the depressed girl? She's at the window.

6. Where's the hardworking student? He's at the disk.

Where're the lazy students? They're around the table.

7. Where're the open windows? They're at the back of the house.

Where's the closed window? It's at the side of the house.

8. Where's the uncomfortable chair? It's in the corner .

Where's the young women? She's at the door.

9. Where's the elderly woman? She's at the door.

Where're the young women? They're at the gate.

(c) YES/NO questions

Teacher Is the noisy room over the bank?

S.1 No. It's never the garage.

Teacher Are the uncomfortable chairs on the third floor?

S.2 No. They're along the wall.

Teacher Is the hardworking student at the desk?

S.3 yes. he is.

Continue

1.Are the clean dishes beside the sink? No. They're in the cupboard.

2. Is the closed window at the side of the house?

Yes, it is.

3. Are the quiet rooms at the side of the house?

No. They're on the third floor.

4. Are the healthy children at the zoo?

No. they're in the park.

5. Are the young women around the table? No. They're at the gate.

6. Are the open windows at the back of the house? yes. they are.

7. Is the comfortable chair at the side of the house?

No. It's in the corner.

8. Is the dirty dish in the sink? No. It's beside the sink.

9. Is the full glass beside the sink? No. It's on the table.

10. Is the sick child at the gate? No. He's in the hospital.

11. Are the empty glasses in the cupboard? No. They're on the shelf.

12. Are the lazy students at the gate? No. They're around the table.

13. Is the elderly woman at the door? Yes. she is.

14. Is the depressed girl behind the counter? No. She's at the window.

15. Are the happy girls behind the counter? Yes, they are.

3 CAN AND CAN'T

1998/09/05

(a) Repetition

1. Can you swim?

2. Can she play the piano?

3. We can understand English now.

4. I can type my homework.

5. Can you come to the party next week?

6. I'm sorry, but I can't go.

7. He can't drive.

8. They can't make it to class on time.

9. I'm sorry, I can't help you.

10. She can't come to the party.

(b) Short answers to questions

Teacher ride a bicycle

S.1 Can you ride a bicycle?

S.2 Yes, I can.

Teacher fly a plane

S.3 Can you fly a plane?

S.4 No, I can't.

Continue

1. speak English well Can you speak English well? Yes, I can.

2. come here tomorrow Can you come here tomorrow? No, I can't.

3. drive Can you drive? Yes, I can.

4. swim Can you swim? Yes, I can.

5. play tennis Can you play tennis? No, I can't.

6. make a cake Can you make a cake? No, I can't.

7. cook dinner Can you cook dinner? No, I can't.

8. answer this question Can you answer this question? Yes, I can.

9. play golf Can you play golf? No, I can't.

10. go to Europe next summer Can you go to Europe next summer?

No, I can't.

11. always do your homework Can you always do your homework?

Yes, I can.

12. come to call next week Can you come to call next week?

Yes, I can.

13. use a typewriter Can you use a typewriter? Yes, I can.

14. avoid mistakes Can you avoid mistakes? No, I can't.

15. hear me Can you hear me? Yes, I can.

16. understand me Can you understand me? Yes, I can.

17. speak German Can you speak German? Yes, I can .

18. repair cars Can you repair cars? No, I can't.

19. take good photographs Can you take good photographs?

Yes, I can.

20. play the violin Can you play the violin? No, I can't.

4 CHART 3. WORD ORDER AND SENTENCE EXPANTION

1. Teacher (question-present tense)

Students Does he listen to the radio?

Teacher usually

Students Does he usually listen to the radio?

Teacher in the morning

Students Does he usually listen to the radio in the morning?

Teacher in the car

Student Does he usually listen to the radio in the car in the morning?

Continue

2. (statement-past tense) They played cards.

in the clubhouse They played cards in the clubhouse.

yesterday afternoon They played cards in the clubhouse yester-

day afternoon.

at the country club They played cards in the clubhouse at the

country club yesterday. afternoon.

3. (negative-future tense) She isn't going to practice the piano.

at home She isn't going to practice the piano at

home.

next week She isn't going to practice the piano at

home next week.

4. (statement-present tense) He memorizes the dialogue.

usually He usually memorizes the dialogue.

in Classroom B He usually memorizes the dialogue in Class-

room B.

on Thursdays He memorizes the dialogue in Classroom B on Thursday.

5. (question-past tense) Did he visit some relatives?

in Chicago Did he visit some relatives in Chicago?.

for an hour or two Did he visit some relatives in Chicago for an hour or two?

last Sunday Did he visit some relatives in Chicago for

an hour or two last Sunday?

6. (negative-present tense) She doesn't wash the dishes.

usually She doesn't usually wash the dishes.

immediately dinner She doesn't usually wash the dishes immediately

after dinner.

on Sundays She doesn't usually wash the dishes immediately

after dinner on Sundays.

7. (statement-future tense) They're going to watch television.

tonight They're going to watch television tonight.

at 10 o'clock They're going to watch television at 10

o'clock tonight.

in the living room They're going to watch television in the

living room at 10 o'clock tonight.

8. (negative-past tense) He didn't work.

in the factory He didn't work in the factory.

last week He didn't work in the factory last week.

in Washington He didn't work in the factory in Washington last week.

LESSON 15

This lesson reviews the structures and vocabulary introduced in Lessons11 to 14.

1 TENSE VARIATIONS. COMBINATION

Combine these time expressions and verbs into sentences with 'I' as subject.

Teacher yesterday evening - come home late

S.1 I came home late yesterday evening.

Teacher every other day - change (clothes)

S.2 I change every other day.

Teacher tomorrow night - go to a party

S.3 I'm going to a party tomorrow night.

1998/09/08

Continue

1. last night - have a good time I had a good time last night.

2. every tow weeks - play golf I play golf every two weeks.

3. the day after tomorrow - be absent I'm going to be absent the day

after tomorrow.

4. every April - take a trip I take a trip every April.

5. last fall - leave school I left school last fall.

6. attend English class - twice a week I attend English class twice

a week.

7. next April - graduate I'm going to graduate next April.

8. last Wednesday - get a haircut I got a haircut last Wednesday.

9. three times a day - take this medicine I take this medicine three times a day.

10. the week after next - be in London I'm going to be in London

the week after next.

11. the day before yesterday - miss class I missed class the day before yesterday.

12. now - have dinner I'm having dinner now.

13. in a few days - go abroad I'm going to go abroad in a few days.

14. on Mondays - always depressed I'm always depressed on Mondays.

15. an hour and a half ago - have a drink I had a drink an hour and

a half ago.

16. in a few minutes - go home I'm going to go home in a few minutes.

17. on New Year's day - always stay at home I always stay at home on

New Year's say.

18. before dinner - always wash my hands I always wash my hands

before dinner.

19. the week before last - go skiing I went skiing the week before last.

20. on national holidays - sometimes go for a drive

I sometimes go for drive on national holidays.

2 IRREGULAR PAST TENSE AND PRONOUN FORMS

Answer all questions affirmatively.

Teacher go to the concert - yesterday

S.1 Did you go to the concert?

S.2 Yes, I went to it yesterday.

Teacher buy a magazine - last week

S.3 Did you buy a magazine?

S.4 Yes, I bought one last week.

Teacher meet some friends - yesterday evening

S.5 Did you meet some friend?

S.6 Yes, I met some yesterday evening.

Continue

1. eat any doughnuts- Did you eat any doughnuts?

this morning Yes, I ate some this morning.

2. have a cup of coffee- Did you have a cup of coffee?

before class Yes, I had one before class.

3. wear your gloves - Did you wear your gloves?

last Sunday Yes, I wore them last Sunday.

4. read the evening paper - Did you read the evening newspaper?

Yes, I read it last night.

5. see a good program - Did you see a good program?

last night Yes, I saw one last night.

1998/09/17

6. come to the school party - Did you to the school party last year?

last year Yes, I came the party last year.

7. write any letters - Did you write any letters?

last weekend Yes, I wrote some last weekend.

8. take a trip - Did you take s trip?

last summer Yes, I took one last summer.

9. forget your books - Did you forget your book?

last week Yes, I forgot them last week.

10. do your homework - Did you do your homework?

yesterday evening Yes, I did it yesterday evening.

11. drink a cup of tea - Did you drink a cup of tea?

this morning Yes, I drank one this morning.

12. teach the children - Did you teach the children?

a few days ago Yes, I taught them a few days ago.

13. sing any songs - Did you sing any song?

at the party Yes, I sang some at the party.

14. keep a dog - Did you keep a dag?

last year Yes, I kept one last year.

15. get any presents - Did you get any presents?

last year Yes, I got some last year.

16 sit on that chair- Did you sit on that chair?

last week Yes, I sat on it last week.

17. give a speech- Did you give a speech?

at the conference Yes, I gave one at the conference.

18. leave your books here- Did you leave your books here?

yesterday Yes, I left them here yesterday.

19. speak English- Did you speak English?

tow years ago Yes, I spoke it two years ago.

20. put your books here- Did you put your books here?

yesterday afternoon Yes, I put them here yesterday afternoon.

1998/09/21

3 SHALL WE ...?AND LET'S...

(a) Chart 3

1. Teacher watch TV

S.1 Shall we watch TV?

S.2 No. Let's listen to the radio.

2. Teacher read our books

S.3 Shall we read our books?

S.4 No. Let's play cards.

3. Teacher study English

S.5 Shall we study English?

S.6 No. Let's practice the piano.

Continue

4. read magazines Shall we read magazines?

No. Let's memorize the dialogue.

5. write a report Shall we write a report?

No. Let's visit some relatives.

6. go for a walk Shall we go for a walk?

No. Let's wash the dishes.

7. go to bed Shall we go to bed?

No. Let's watch television.

8. go to the movies Shall we go to movies?

No. Let's work.

9. go for a drive Shall we go for a drive?

No. Let's type our reports.

10. memorize the dialogue Shall we memorize the dialogue?

No. Let's get together with some friends.

11. wash the dishes Shall we wash the dishes?

No. Let's iron the clothes.

12. work in the office Shall we work in the office?

No. Let's attend the conference.

(b) Questions with OR and free answers

Teacher go to school - stay at home

S.1 Shall we go to school or stay at home?

S.2 Let's stay at home.(free answer)

Teacher take a bus - take a taxi

S.3 Shall we take a bus or a taxi?

S.4 Let's take a bus.(free answer)

Continue

1. watch TV- go to bed Shall we watch TV or go to bed?

Let's go to bed.

2. Work - take a rest Shall we work or take a rest?

Let's take a rest.

3. cook dinner - go to a restaurant

Shall we cook dinner or go to a restaurant?

Let's cook dinner.

4. play tennis - play golf Shall we play tennis or play golf?

Let's play golf.

5. go to Kyoto - go to Nara Shall we go to Kyoto or go to Nara?

Let's go to Kyoto.

6. have a some sandwiches - have some doughnuts

Shall we have some sandwiches or have some doughnuts?

Let's have some doughnuts.

7. meet at the club - go together

Shall we meet at club or go together?

Let's meet at the club.

8. have a party - have a picnic

Shall we have a party or

have a picnic?

Let's have a picnic.

9. telephone - write a letter

Shall we telephone or write a letter?

Let's telephone.

10. take a walk - go for drive

Shall we take a walk or go to drive?

Let's take a walk.

11. study English - play cards

Shall we study English or play cards?

Let's play cards.

12. watch TV - listen to the radio

Shall we watch TV or listen to the radio?

Let's listen to the radio.

13. speak Japanese - speak English

Shall we speak Japanese or speak English?

Let's speak English.

14. stand up - sit down

Shall we stand up or sit down?

Let's sit down.

15. listen to records - go to the movies

Shall we listen to records or go to the movies?

Let's listen to records.

4 WHAT TIME SHALL WE MAKE IT? CONVERSATION

1998/09/22

Teacher have dinner

S.1 Why don't we have dinner together?

S.2 I'd be delighted What time shall we make it?

S.1 Let's meet at (name of local restaurant) at (time).

S.2 Fine.

Teacher play tennis

S.3 Why don't we play tennis together?

S.4 I'd be delighted. What time shall we make it?

S.3 Let's meet at (name of local tennis club) at (time).

S.4 Fine.

Continue

1. go to the art gallery Why don't we go to the art gallery?

I'd be delighted. What time shall we make it?

Let's meet at Sugimoto gallery at 10:30 a.m.

Fine.

2. go for a drive Why don't we go for a drive?

I'd be delighted. What time shall we make it?

Let's meet at my house at 12 o'clock.

Fine.

3. have a cup of coffee Why don't we have a cup of coffee?

I'd be delighted. What time shall we make it?

Let's meet at Ikoi coffee shop at 3 o'clock.

Fine.

4. go shopping Why don't go shopping?

I'd be delighted. What time shall we make it?

5. play chess Let's meet at Your house at 11 o'clock.

Fine.

6. take a walk Why don't we take a walk?

I'd be delighted. What time shall we make it?

Let's meet at beach at 6:00 a.m.

Fine.

7. go to the movies Why don't go to the movies?

I'd be delighted. What time shall we make it?

Let's meet at Corona at 11:30 a.m.

Fine.

8. play golf Why don't play golf?

I'd be delighted. what time shall we make it?

Let's meet at Tita country at 1:20 p.m.

Fine.

9. go to the zoo Why don't go to the zoo?

I'd be delighted. What time shall we make it?

Let's meet at Higashiyama zoo at 10.00 a.m.

Fine.

10. go fishing Why don't go fishing?

I'd be delighted. What time shall we make it?

Let's meet at Toyohama beach at 6:30 p.m.

5 SENTENCE EXPANSION

Teacher We had a good time.

S.1 We had a good time.

Teacher last Sunday

S.2 We had a good time last Sunday.

Teacher playing golf

S.3 We had a good time playing golf last Sunday.

Teacher at the Dale Country Club

S.4 We had a good time playing golf at the Dale Country Club

last Sunday.

continue

1. I'm going to buy a present. I'm going to buy a present.

at Daimaru I'm going to buy a present at Daimaru.

for my parents I'm going to buy a present for my

parents at Daimaru

tomorrow afternoon I'm going to buy a present for my

parents at Daimaru tomorrow afternoon.

2. I do my homework. I do my homework.

always I always do my home work.

after supper I always do my homework after supper.

in my room I always do my homework in my room

after supper.

3. I heard the news. I heard the news.

half an hour ago I heard the news half an hour ago.

on the rasio I heard the news on the radio half

an hour ago

in the office I heard the news on the radio in the

office half an hour ago .

4. She's going to buy a sweater. She's going to buy a sweater.

at the new boutique She's going to buy a sweater

at the new boutique.

bright yellow She's going to buy a bright yellow

sweater at the new boutique.

the day after tomorrow She's going to buy a bright yellow

sweater at the new boutique the day

after tomorrow.

5. I met an old friend. I met an old friend.

last month I met an old friend last month.

at an international I met an old friend at an

conference international conference last month.

in New York I met an old friend at an international

conference In Newyork last month.

6. Why don't we go? Why don't we go?

for drive Why we don't we go for a drive?

in the country Why don't we go for drive in the country?

together Why don't we go for drive together in the

country?

the day after tomorrow Why don't we go for a drive together

in the country the day after tomorrow?

6 FREE ANSWERS TO QUESTIONS

Teacher Did you get up at 6 o'clock this morning?

S.1 Did you get up at 6 o'clock this morning Mr. Sato?

S.2 N0, I didn't get up at 6 o'clock.

S.1 What time did you get up then?

S.2 I got up at 7 o'clock.

Teacher Are you going to go to Hong Kong next Sunday?

S.3 Are you going to go Hong Kong next Sunday Miss Yosida?

S.4 No, I'm not going to go to Hong Kong.

S.3 Where are you going to go then?

S.4 I'm going to go to America.

Continue

1. Did you go to the movies with your grandmother?

Did you go to the movies with your grandmother Mr. Yamamoto?

No, I didn't go to the movies with my grandmother.

Who did you go with then?

I went with my mother.

2. Did you buy a box of matches at the boutique?

Did you buy a box of matches at the boutique Ms. Goto?

No, I didn't buy a box of matches at the boutique.

What did you buy then?

I bought a clothes.

3. Did you take a trip to Hokkaido yesterday?

Did you take a trip to Hokkaido yesterday Ms. Honda?

No, I didn't take a trip to Hokkaido yesterday.

When did you take a trip to Hokkaido then?

I took a trip to Hokkaido last week.

4. Do students usually ride horses to school?

Do students usually ride horses to school Mr. Kato?

No, I don't usually ride horses to school.

What do they usually ride then?

We usually ride a bus.

5. Are you going to write a novel next week?

Are you going to write a novel next week Ms. Hasimoto?

No, I don't going to write novel next week.

What are you going to write then?

I'm going to write novel 2 weeks later.

6. Can you visit the emperor tomorrow?

Can you visit the emperor tomorrow Mr. Ito?

No, I can't visit emperor tomorrow.

Who can you visit then?

I can visit preumister.

7. Are you living in Karuizawa now?

Are you living in Karuizawa now Miss Ono?

NO, I'm not living in Karuizawa now.

Where are you living then?

I'm living in Tokyo.

8. Did you speak to the president yesterday?

Did you speak to the president yesterday Miss. Asukabe ?

No, I don't speak to the president yesterday.

Who did you speak to then?

I spoke to vice president.

9. Can you give a speech at the party?

Can you give a speech at the party Mr. Nagano?

No, I can't give a speech at the party.

What can you do then?

I can sing a song.

10. Are you going to go to bed at 9 o'clock tonight?

Are you going to go to bed at 9 o'clock tonight Mrs. Hattori?

No, I'm not going to go to bed at 9 o'c1ock tonight.

What time are you going to go to bed then?

I'm going to go to bed at 10:30 p.m.

11. Are you going to do your homework in the library tonight?

Are you going to do your homework in the library tonight Mr. Kimura?

No, I'm not going to do my homework in the library tonight.

Where are you going to do it then?

I'm going to do it at my home.

12. Do you usually have coke and doughnuts for breakfast?

Do you usually have coke and doughnuts for breakfast Mr. Yada?

No, I'm not usually have coke and doughnuts for breakfast.

What do you usually have then?

I usually have a milk and bread.

LESSN 16

The possessive case, including possessive pronouns and belong to, is introduced

and practiced.

The pronouns one and ones as in a big one, small ones, etc. are also introduced and

practiced in combination with contrary adjective pairs and in questions with which.

The lessen ends with the introduction of Picture 1 to practice prepositions of location.

DIALOGUE: "MR.TANAKA'S CAR"

(Tom and Bill are on their way home from school. Tom spots an interesting looking car parked in front of the Wilsons' house.)

Tom Whose car is that, I wonder?

Bill Which car?

Tom The one over there.

Bill You mean the red one?

Tom Yes. The one parked in front of the Wilson's house.

Bill It looks like a new model to me.

Maybe it belongs to one of Betty's friends.

Tom I doubt it. Let's go and take a look at it anyway.

Bill Wait! There're two men coming out of the house.

One of them's a foreigner.

Tom That's Mr.Tanaka. He's a business associate of Mr. Wilosn's.

Look! They're shaking hands.

Bill So that must be Mr. Tanaka's car.

Tom You're a genius!

1998/09/28

1 CHART 1. TENSE VARIATION

1. Teacher yesterday afternoon

S1. Miss Cullen taught English yesterday afternoon.

Teacher soon

S.2 Dr. Bishop's going to examine a patient soon.

3. Teacher now

S.3 Mr.Richards is designing a machine now.

Continue

4. every day Mrs.Jones looks after her family every day.

5. at the moment Mr.Smith's taking a photograph at the moment.

6. the other day Mr.Brown played in a tournament the other day.

7. in a few minutes Miss. McBride's going to take care of a sick

person in a few minutes.

8. the week before last Mr. King wrote an article the week before last.

9. now Mr.Jordan's repairing a car now.

10. every other day Miss Clark serves passengers every other day.

11. the week after next Miss Green's going to type a letter the week

after next.

12. a few minutes ago Mr. Walton sold an air conditioner a few minutes ago.

2 THAT'S JANE'S PEN / IT'S HERS

Teacher This is my book.

S.1 This is my book. It's mine.

Teacher These're your pencils.

S.2 These're your pencils. They're yours.

Teacher That's janes's pen.

S.3 That's Jane's pen. It's Jane's. It's hers.

Continue

1. Those're Tom's skis. They're Tom's. They're his.

2. These're our textbooks. They're ors.

3. That's their house. It's theirs.

4. Those're Mary's shoes. They're Mary's. They're hers.

5. That's Mr.Tanaka's car. It's Mr.Tanaka's. It's his.

6. This in my calendar. It's mine.

7. Those(re your friends. They're yours.

8. This is the Wilson's house. It's the Wilsons'. It's theirs.

9. That's Betty's sewing machine. It's Betty's. It's hers.

10. These're our records. They're ours.

11. This is the dog's collar. It's the dog's.

12. That's the cat's dish. It's the cat's.

3 BELONG TO

Teacher This is your book.

S.1 That book's mine. It belongs to me.

Teacher These're my notebooks.

S.2 Those notebooks're yours. They belong to you.

Teacher This is Jane's pen.

S.3 That pen's Jane's. It belongs to her.

Continue. Change THIS and THESE to THAT and THOSE.

1. This is your watch. That watch is mine. It belongs to me.

2. These're his skis. Those skis're his. They belong to him.

3. This Mr.Coles's car. That car's Mr.Cole's. It belongs to them.

4. This is their refrigerator. That refrigerator's theirs. It belongs

to them.

5. These're your records. Those records're mine. They belong to me.

6. These're Mrs. Lee's children. Those're Mrs. Lee's. They belong to

her.

7. This is Betty's room. That room's Betty's It belongs to her.

8. These're Tom's tools. hose tools're Tom's. They belong to him.

9. This is your tape recorder. That tape recorder's yours. It belongs to us.

10. This is Bob's bicycle. That bicycle's Bob’s. It belongs to him.

11. These're their coats. Those coats're theirs. They belong to them.

12. This iss your camera. That camera's mine. It belongs to me.

13. This is your house.(family) That house is ours. It belongs to us.

14. This is your boat.(club) That boat is ours. It belongs to us.

INTRODUCTION TO CHART 5

(a) Repetition

1. This is a shirt. These're cuff links.

2. This is an album. These're photographs.

3. This is an ashtray. These're cigarettes.

4. This is a table. These're chairs.

5. This is an envelope. These're stamps.

6. This is a coat. These're gloves.

7. This is a vase. These're flowers.

8. This is a brooch. These're pearls.

9. This is a vacuum cleaner. These're rugs.

(b) Possessive forms. Repetition

1. This is Bob's shirt. These're Tom's cuff links.

2. This is Bill's album. These're Ken's photographs.

3. This is Roy's ashtray. These're Mr.Jone's cigarettes.

4. This is Mary's table. These're Mrs.Smith's chairs.

5. This is Jane's envelope. These're Peter's stamps.

6. This is Louise's coat. These're Carol's gloves.

7. This Mrs. Ramsey's vase. These're Mr. Olsen's flowers.

8. This is Betty's brooch. These're Ann's pearls.

9. This is Mrs. Reid's vacuum cleaner. These're Mrs. Lee's rugs.

CHART 5. QESTIONS WITH WHOSE

1998/10/05

(a) WHOSE as adjective

1. S.1 Whose shirt is that?

S.2 It's Bob's.

S.1 Whose cuff links are those?

S.2 Thay're Tom's.

2. S.3 Whose album is that?

S.4 It's Bill's.

S.3 Whose photographs are those?

S.4 They're Ken's.

Continue with the remaining items of the chart.

(b) WHOSE as pronoun

1. S.1 Whose is that shirt?

S.2 It's Bob's.

S.1 Whose're those cuff links?

S.2 They're Tom's.

2. S.3 Whose is that album?

S.4 It's bill's.

S.3 Whose're those photographs?

S.4 They're Ken's.

Continue with the remaining items of the chart.

6 ONE AND ONES

1998/10/11

(a) Substitution

This is a big one.

These're big ones.

These're red ones.

That's a red one.

Those're red ones.

Continue

1. heavy

2. this This is a heavy one. These're heavy ones.

3. easy

4. these These're a easy ones. This is a easy one.

5. sweet

6. that Those're sweet ones. That is sweet one.

7. expensive

8. those Those're expensive ones. That is expensive one.

9. sour

10. this This is a sour one. Those're sour ones.

11. dark blue

12. these These're dark blue ones. This is a dark blue one.

13. light blue

14. that That is a light blue one. Those're light blue ones.

15. old

16. those Those're old ones. That is a old one.

17. interesting

18. this This is a interesting one. Those're interesting ones.

19. colorful

20. these These're colorful ones. This is a colorful one.

21. comfortable

22. that That is a comfortable one. Those're comfortable ones.

23. square That is a square one. Those're square ones.

24. round That is round one. Those're round ones.

(b) with contrary adjectives. Q&A

Teacher Do you want an old car?

S.1 No. I want a new one.

Teacher Do you like long lesson?

S.2 No. I like short ones.

Teacher Do you have the wrong boo?

S.3 No. I have the right one.

Teacher Are you wearing a thin sweater?

S.4 No. I'm wearing a thick one.

Continue

1. Do you have a new model? No. I have an old one.

2. Do you like mean people? No. I like kind ones.

3. Do you like lazy students? No. I like hardworking ones.

4. Do you have a full glass? No. I have an empty one.

5. Did you see an interesting movie? No. I saw a boring one.

6. Do you have a soft chair? No. I have a hard one.

7. Did you get an honest answer? No. I got a dishonest one.

8. Do you they drive fast cars? No. They drive slow ones

9. Did you take the early train? No. I took the late one.

10. Do you like quiet classes? No. I like noisy one.

11. Did you as a poor student? No. I asked good one.

12. Do you like selfish people? No. I like generous ones.

13. Did you attend the late class? No. I attended the early one.

14. Was it a cold lunch? No. I was a hot one.

15. Do you like dark colors? No. I like light ones.

16. Did you drive a dangerous car? No. I drove a safe one.

17. Do you like sour tangerines? No. I like sweet ones.

18. Is she using the dirty dishes? No. She's using the clean ones.

7 QESTIONS WITH WHICH

Teacher

The book on the table is new.

S.1 Is the book new?

S.2 Which book do you mean?

S.1 The one on the table.

S.2 Yes, it is.

Teacher The new students study very hard.

S.3 Do the students study very hard?

S.4 Which students do you mean?

S.3 The new ones.

S.4 Yes, they do.

Continue

1. The bookstore on the corner is very good.

Is the bookstore very good?

Which bookstore do you mean?

The one on the corner.

Yes, it is.

2. The bus over there goes to the station.

Does the bus go to the station?

Which bus do you mean?

The one over there.

Yes, it does.

3. The teachers at the language institute are American.

Are the teachers American?

Which teachers do you mean?

The ones at the language institute.

Yes. they are.

4. The English textbook is very good.

Is the textbook very good?

Which textbook do you mean?

The English one.

Yes. it is.

5. The tall boy comes from the United States.

Does the boy come from the United States?

Which boy do you mean?

The tall one.

Yes, he does.

6. The party last night was enjoyable.

Was the party enjoyable?

Which party do you mean?

The one last night.

Yes, it was.

7. The girls in the kitchen are cooking.

Are the girls cooking?

Which girls do you mean?

The ones in the kitchen.

Yes. they are.

8. The tape recorder on the table belongs to the teacher.

Does the tape recorder belong to the teacher?

Which tape recorder do you mean?

The one on the table.

Yes, it does.

9. The test next week is going to be hard.

Is the test going to be hard?

Which test do you mean?

The one next week.

Yes, it is.

10. Those young people live near here.

Do those people live near here?

Which people do you mean?

The young ones.

Yes, they do.

11. The black car over there is a Cadillac.

Is the car a Cadillac?

Which car do you mean?

The black one over there.

Yes, it is.

12. The green pen on the desk belongs to Tom.

Does the pen belong to Tom?

Which pen do you mean?

The green one on the desk.

Yes, it does.

8 INTRODUCTION TO PICTURE 1. PREPOSITIONS OF LOCATION

Repetition

1. This is a map of a small town.

2. Frankiln Avenue and Washington Avenue run north and south.

3. The streets run east and west.

4. The river runs from east to west.

5. The station is south of the river on Franklin Avenue,(on the block)

between 9th and 10th Streets.

6. The library is north of the river at the corner of Franklin Avenue

and 11th Street.

7. The library is two blocks from the station.

8. The park is in the center of the town.

9. The river runs through the park.

10. 11th Street runs along the river.

11. The movie theater is across the street from the library.

12. The museum is next door to the library.

13. The post office is on Franklin Avenue between the bank and the drug store.

14. The railroad is in back of the office buildings.

15. The office buildings are facing the park.

16. The shopping center is between 9th and 10th Streets.

17. The apartment buildings are on 10th Street and Washington Avenue.

18. The apartment buildings are along the river.

19. There's a big parking lot beside the shopping center.

20. The gas station is across the street from the sopping center.

21. The hospital is on the other side of Washington Avenue form the gas station.

22. The office buildings are opposite the park.

23. The library is down 11th Street form the hotel.

24. The church is next door to the school.

25. The apartments are up 10th Street form the station.

26. The hotel is on the other side of the park from the City Hall.

LESSON 17

The use of there as subject is introduced here. This is followed by practice on

prepositional modifiers of place such on the table, at the door, etc. Since Chart 4 was

designed for practice in the above two areas ,It is used extensively throughout the

lesson. More on which questions

involving one and ones is included, and the lesson ends with a question and answer

practice on Picture 1.

1 CHART 3. TENSE VARIATIONS

1. Teacher at the moment

S.1 Is he listening to the radio at the moment?

2. Teacher tonight

S.2 Are they going to play cards tonight?

3. Teacher last Sunday

S.3 Did the practice the piano last Sunday?

Continue

4. before every class Does he memorize the dialogue before every class?

5. soon Is he going to visit some relatives soon?

6. yesterday afternoon Did she wash the dishes yesterday afternoon?

7. now Are they watching television now?

8. every Sunday Does he work every Sunday?

9. this evening Is she going to type a report this evening?

10. now Are they getting together with some friends now?

11. last Thursday Did she iron the clothes last Thursday?

12. next month Are they going to attend a conference next month?

2 CHART 4. THE SUBJECT THERE

(a) Chart 4, Series A: affirmative forms

1. S.1 There's a full glass on the table.

2. S.2 There's a noisy room over the garage.

3. S.3 There're some healthy children in the park.

Continue

4. There's dirty dish beside the sink.

5. There're some happy girls behind the counter.

6. There's a hardworking student at the desk.

7. There's a comfortable chair in the corner.

9. There's an elderly woman at the door.

(b) Chart 4, Series B: negative forms

1. S.1 There aren't any full glasses on the shelf.

2. S.2 There aren't any noisy rooms on the third floor.

3. S.3 There isn't a healthy child in the hospital.

Continue

4. There aren't any dirty dishes in the cupboard.

5. There isn't a happy girl at the window.

6. There aren't any hardworking students around the table.

7. There isn't an open window at the side of the house.

8. There aren't any comfortable chairs along the wall.

9. There aren't any elderly women at the gate.

(c) Chart 4, Series A and B: short answers

1. S.1 Are there any empty glasses on the shelf?

S.2 Yes, there are.

S.1 Are there any on the table?

S.2 No, there aren't.

2. S.3 Are there any quiet room on the floor?

S.4 Yes, there are.

S.3 Is there one over the garage?

S.4 No, there isn't.

Continue

3. Is there a sick child in the hospital? Yes, there is.

Are there any in the park? No, there aren't.

4. Are there any clean dishes in the cupboard? Yes, there are.

Is there one beside the sink? No, there isn't.

5. Is there a depressed girl at the window? Yes, there is.

Are there any behind the counter? No, there aren't.

6. Are there any lazy students around the table? Yes, there are.

Is there one at the desk? No, there isn't.

7. Is there a closed window at the side of the house? Yes, there is.

Are there any at the back of the house? No, there aren't.

8. Are there any uncomfortable chairs along the wall? Yes, there are.

Is there one in the corner? No, there isn't.

9. Are there any young women at the gate? Yes. there are.

Is there one at the door? No, there isn't.

3 DIALOGUE ADAPTATION. SUSTITUTION

1998/10/12

Look! There're two men coming out of the house.

Look! There's a man coming out of the house.

Look! There's a man standing near the bank.

Look! There're two policemen standing near the bank.

Continue

1. going into that building Look! There're tow policemen going

into that building.

2. an elderly man Look! There's an elderly man going

into that building.

3. sitting on the sidewalk Look! There's elderly man sitting

on the sidewalk.

4. some children Look! There's some children sitting on the sidewalk.

5. playing on the street Look! There're some children playing on the street.

6. running down the street Look! There're some children running down the street.

7. a thief Look! There's a thief running down

the street.

8. a policeman Look! There's a policeman running

down the street.

9. chasing the thief Look! There's a policeman chasing

the thief.

10. some people Look! There're some people chasing

the thief.

11. catching him Look! There're some people catching him.

12. taking to the policeman Look! There're some people talking

to the policeman.

13. a reporter Look! There's a reporter talking to

the policeman.

14. writing a report of the robbery Look! There's a reporter writing a report of the robbery.

15. making a phone call Look! There's a reporter making a phone call.

4 PREPOSITIOAL NOUN MODIFIERS

(a) Chart 4

1. S.1 The glass on the table is full.

S.2 The glasses on the shelf are empty.

2. S.3 The room over the garage is noisy.

S.4 The room on the third floor are quiet.

Continue with the remaining items of the chart.

(b) Sentence combination

Teacher There's a book on the desk. It's mine.

S.1 The book on the desk is mine.

Teacher There's a policeman at the intersection.

He's directing the traffic.

S.2 The policeman at the intersection is directing the traffic.

Teacher There was a test last week. It was very hard.

S.3 The test last week was very hard.

Teacher That lady has a kind face. She's a teacher.

S.4 That lady with a kind face is a teacher.

Continue

1998/10/13

1. The lecture was on history.　The lecture on history was interesting.

It was interesting.

2. There're some shoes under Are the shoes under the bed yours?

the bed. Are they yours?

3. There's a girl sitting opposite Do you know the girl sitting

you. Do you know her? opposite you?

4. It's a car. It's red. It's parked Whose is the red car parked in

in front of the Wilsons' house. front of the Wilson's house?

Whose is it?

5. There was a test. It was last week. How was the test in the lab last

It was in the lab. How was it? week?

6. She's pretty.She has a red dress. Who is the pretty girl with the

She's sitting next to you. red dress sitting next to you?

Who is she?

7. He's a teacher. He's tall. Does the tall teacher with glasses live near here?

He has glasses. Does he live near here?

8. Those guys have long hair. Are those funny guys with long hair pop singer?

They're funny. Are they pop singer?

5 POSSESSIVE FORMS. TRANSFOMATION

Teacher That book belongs to the teacher.

S.1 That's the teacher's book.

Teacher The box has a lid. The lid is off.

S.2 The lid of the box is off.

Continue

!. He belong to the club. He's a member of the club.

2. That lady's wearing a white scarf. That lady's scarf is white.

3. That pencil belongs to Mark. That's Mark's pencil.

4. The school has a large enrollment. The enrollment of the school

is large.

5. That garden belong to Mr. Green. That's Mr. Green's garden.

6. I see a car. It belongs to the salesman.

I see the salesman's car.

7. Ken speaks English very well. Ken's English is very good.

8. The doctor's carrying a large bag. The doctor's bag is large.

9. Mary has very white teeth. Mary's teeth are very white.

10. Do you know when the program is?

Do you know the time of the program?

11. Can you tell me what color his house is?

Can you tell me the color of his house?

12. That desk belongs to the secretary.

That's the secretary's desk.

13. That dog has very short legs. The dog's legs are very short.

14. That table has very long legs. The legs of that table are very long.

15. Betty has some pearls. They're very nice.

Betty's pearls are very nice.

6 QUESTIONS WITH WHICH

Teacher pen-red-blue

S.1 Which pen do you want, the red one or the blue one?

S.2 I want the red one.

Teacher pencil-long-short

S.3 Which pencil do you want, the long ones or the short ones?

S.4 I want the long ones.

Continue

1. the library-the movie theater Where's the library?

It's across the street from the movie theater.

2. the church-the school Where's the church?

It's next door to the school.

3. the apartment buildings-the river Where're the apartment buildings?

They're along the river.

4. the library-north Where's the library?

It's north of the river.

5. the drugstore-corner Where's the drugstore?

It's at the corner of Franklin Avenue and 10th Street.

6. the hospital- the gas station Where's the hospital?

It's on the other side of Washington Avenue from the gas station.

7. the library-down Where's the library?

It's down 11th Street form the hotel.

8. the railroad-in back of Where's the railroad?

It's in back of the office buildings.

9. the park-center Where's the park?

It's in the center of the town.

10. the shopping center-between Where's the sopping center?

It's between 9th and 10th Streets.

11. the office buildings-facing Where're the office buildings?

They're facing the park.

12. the apartment buildings-on Where're the apartment buildings?

They're on 10th Street and Washington Avenue.

13. the parking lot-beside Where's the parking lot?

It's beside the shopping center.

14. the gas station-the shopping center Where's the gas station?

It's across the street from the shopping center.

15. the museum-the library Where's the museum?

It's next door to the library.

16. the hotel-the City Hall Where's the hotel?

It's on the other side of the park form the City Hall.

17. the City Hall-opposite Where's the City Hall?

It's opposite the shopping center.

18. the bank-corner Where's the bank?

It's at the corner of Franklin Avenue and 9th Street.

19. the hospital-corner Where's the hospital?

It's at the corner of Washington Avenue and 9th Street.

20. the port office-facing Where's the post office?

It's facing the station.

LESSON 18

This lesson is mainly about prices and the verbs buy. cost and pay.

Additional practice on the subject there and on the use of one and ones with

prepositional modifiers is also included.

DIALOGUE: "A REAL BARGAIN"

Kiz What do you think of my new coat?

Jim It's very nice. When did you get it?

Liz Last Saturday. Guess how much it cost?

Jim I can't. I'm no good at guessing prices.

Liz Have a try anyway.

Jim Hmmm....Let's see....A hundred dollars?

Liz No. Guess again.

Jim A hundred and twenty?

Liz NO.

Jim I give up. How much did you pay for it ?

Liz Sixty-five dollars.

Jim Is that all?

Liz Yes. It was a real bargain.

1 TENSE VARIATIONS. SUBSTITUTION

Liz bought a new coat last week.

Liz went shopping last week.

Liz didn't go shopping last week.

Liz doesn't go shopping every day.

I don't go shopping every day.

Continue

1. take a walk I don't take a walk every day.

2. tomorrow I'm not going to take a walk tomorrow.

3. (affirmative) I'm going to take a walk tomorrow.

4. they They're going to take a walk tomorrow.

5. play golf They're going to play golf tomorrow.

6.(question) Are they going to play golf tomorrow?

7. next Sunday Are they going to play golf next Sunday?

8. last Sunday Did they play golf last Sunday?

9. every Sunday Do they play golf every Sunday?

10. you Do you play golf every Sunday?

11. read the paper Do you read the paper every Sunday?

12. this morning Did you read the paper this morning?

13. Mr. Andrews Did Mr. Andrews read the paper this morning?

14.(statement) Mr.Andrews read the paper this morning.

15. very busy Mr. Andrews was very busy this morning.

16. today Mr. Andrews is very busy today.

17. in the office Mr. Andrews is in the office today.

18.(negative) Mr. Andrews isn't in the office today.

19. yesterday Mr. Andrews wasn't in the office yesterday.

20. wear a coat Mr. Andrews didn't wear a coat yesterday.

21. I I didn't wear a coat yesterday.

22. (affirmative) I wore a coat yesterday.

23. now I'm wearing a coat now.

24. tomorrow I'm going to wear a coat tomorrow.

25. in summer I wear a coat in summer.

26. you You wear a coat in summer.

27. (question) Do you wear a coat in summer?

28. last summer Did you wear a coat last summer?

29. go to Hokkaido Did you go to Hokkaido last summer?

30. next summer Are you going to go to Hokkaido next summer?

" CHART 4. ONE AND ONES. Q&A

1. S.1 Which glass is full?

S.2 The one on the table is.

S.1 Which ones are empty?

S.2 The ones on the shelf are.

2. S.3 Which room is noisy?

S.4 The one over the garage is.

S.3 Which ones are quiet?

S.4 The ones on the third floor are.

Continue

3. Which children are healthy? The ones in the park are.

Which one is sick? The one in the hospital is.

4. Which dish is dirty? The one beside the sink is.

Which ones are clean? The ones in the cupboard are.

5. Which girls are happy? The ones behind the counter are.

Which one is depressed? The one at the window is.

6. Which student is hardworking? The one at the desk is.

Which ones are lazy? The ones around the table are.

7. Which windows are open? The ones at the back of the house are.

Which one is closed? The one at the side of the house is.

8. Which chair is comfortable? The one in the corner is.

Which ones are uncomfortable? The ones along the wall are.

9. Which woman is elderly? The one at the door is.

Which ones are young? The ones at the gate are.

3 THE USE AND NON-USE OF THERE. SUBSTITUTION

There's usually a class on Monday.

There're usually some classes on Monday.

The class is usually on Monday.

There's usually a meeting on Monday.

There's usually a meeting at 6 o'clock.

Continue

1. a lecture There's usually a lecture at 6 o'clock.

2. the lecture The lecture's usually at 6 o'clock.

3.some games There're usually some games at 6 o'clock.

4. the games The games're usually at 6 o'clock.

5. a game There's usually a game at 6 o'clock.

6. on weekends There's usually a game on weekends.

7. a party There's usually a party on weekends.

8. on Saturdays There's a party on Saturdays.

9. the party The party's usually on Saturdays.

10. a dance There's usually a dance on Saturdays.

11. some classes There're usually some classes on Saturdays.

12. in summer There're usually some classes in summer.

13. some vacations There're usually some vacations in summer.

14. the vacations The vacations're usually in summer.

15. an English course There's usually an English course in summer.

16. some hot days There're usually some hot days in summer.

17. an examination There's usually an examination in summer.

18. the examinations The examinations're usually in summer.

19. in the morning The examinations're usually in the morning.

20. a meeting There's usually a meeting in the morning.

4 DEFINITE AND INDEFINTE NOUN SUBSITETUTES

Teacher a policeman

S.1 I'm looking for a policeman.

S.2 There's one over there.

Teacher the teacher

S.3 I'm looking for the teacher.

S.4 He's/she's over there.

Teacher the students

S.5 I'm looking for the students.

S.6 They're over there.

Teacher students

S.7 I'm looking for students.

S.8 There're some over there.

Continue

1. I'm looking for cigarettes. There're some over there.

2. I'm looking for a cigarette. There's one over there.

3. I'm looking for my brother. He's over there.

4. I'm looking for my tie. It's over there.

5. I'm looking for a doctor. There's one over there.

6. I'm looking for stamps. There're some over there.

7. I'm looking for my books. There're some over there.

8. I'm looking for Americans. There're some over there.

9. I'm looking for an American. There's one over there.

10. I'm looking for the American. He's over there.

11. I'm looking for office workers. There're some over there.

12. I'm looking for the office workers. They're over there.

13. I'm looking for an office worker. There's one over there.

14. I'm looking for a camera. There's one over there.

15. I'm looking for my camera. It's over there.

16. I'm looking for the president. He's over there.

17. I'm looking for some bananas. There some over there.

18. I'm looking for the papers. They're over there.

19. I'm looking for the secretary. She's over there.

20. I'm looking for a secretary. There's one over there.

5 HOW MUCH, COST AND PAY

(a) Repetition

1. How much was Liz's coat?

2. How much did her coat cost?

3. How much did she pay for her coat?

4. Liz's coat was $65.00.

5. That coat cost Liz $65.00.

6. Liz paid $65.00 for that coat.

7. How much is a bottle of coke?

8. How much does a bottle of coke cost?

9. A bottle of coke is \50.

10. A bottle of coke costs \50.

(b) Transformation to COST

Teacher How much are those bananas?

S.1 How much do those bananas cost?

Teacher How much was your car?

S.2 How much did your car cost?

Teacher They paid ten million yen for that house.

S.3 That house cost ten million yen.

Teacher I bought this dictionary for \2,000.

S.4 This dictionary cost \2,000.

Teacher How much did you pay for your shoes?

S.5 How much did your shoes cost?

Continue

1. How much is this umbrella? How much does this umbrella cost?

2. How much was your new suit? How much did your new suit cost?

3. This sweater was only \2,500. This sweater cost only \2,500.

4. How much is a pack of cigarettes?

How much does a pack of cigarettes cost?

5. I paid \1,500 for my haircut. My haircut cost \1,500.

6. I bought these cakes for \800. These cakes cost \800.

7. How much did you pay for that camera?

How much did that camera cost?

8. She paid \150,000 for this furniture? This furniture cost \150,000.

9. How much is a liter of gas? How much does a liter of gas cost?

10. We paid a lot for that TV set. That TV set cost a lot.

(c) Transformation to PAY

Teacher The trip is going to cost us a lot.

S.1 We're going to pay a lot for the trip.

Teacher Her coffee set cost \12,000.

S.2 She paid \12,000 for her coffee set.

Teacher How much was your watch?

S.3 How much did you pay for your watch?

Continue

1. That car cost Mr.Tanaka $3,000. Mr. Tanaka paid $3,000 for that car.

2. A haircut costs about $4.00 in America.

You pay about $4.00 for a haircut in America.

3. Meat costs a lot in Japan. You pay a lot for meat in Japan.

4. How much did their new house cost?

How much did they pay for their new house?

5. Guess how much this coat cost? Guess how much I paid for this coat.

6. Guess how much her purse cost. Guess how much they paid for her purse.

7. Guess how much their new furniture cost.

Guess how much they paid for their new furniture.

8. I bought this tennis racket for \6,000.

I paid \6,000 for this tennis racket.

9. How much did your golf clubs cost?

How much did you pay for your golf clubs?

10. I'm going to buy that house for fifteen million yen.

I'm going to pay fifteen million yen for that house.

6 BUY,COST AND PAY. CONVERSATION

Teacher this pen

S.1 I bought this pen last week.(free choice of time)

S.2 How much did it cost?

S.1 It cost \2,000 (free choice)

S.3 How much did ...pay for that pen? (referring to S.1)

S.2 He/she paid \2,000 for it.

Teacher some flows

S.4 I bought some flowers yesterday. (free choice of time)

S.5 How much did they cost?

S.4 They cost \600. (free choice)

S.6 How much did ...pay for the flowers? (referring to S.4)

S.5 He/she paid \600 for them.

Continue

1. two magazines S.1 I bought two magazines last week.

S.2 How much did they cost?

S.1 They cost \1,000.

S.3 How much did you pay fot that magazines?

S.2 He paid \1,000 for them.

2. a tape recorder S.1 I bought a tape recorder today.

S.2 How much did it cost?

S.1 It cost \10,000.

S.3 How much did he pay for that tape recorder?

S.2 He paid \10,000 for it.

3. four cokes S.4 I bought four cokes last night.

S.5 How much did they cost?

S.4 They cost \400.

S.6 How much did you pay for the cokes?

S.5 She paid \400 for them.

4. a pair of shoes S.4 I bought a pair of shoes yesterday.

S.5 How much did they cost?

S.4 They cost \5,000.

S.6 How much did she pay for that shoes?

S.5 She paid \5,000 for them.

5. a dog S.1 I bought a dog last month.

S.2 How much did it cost?

S.1 It cost \20,000.

S.3 How much did he pay for that dog?

S.2 He paid \20,000 for it.

6. two shirts S.4 I bought two shirts last week end.

S.5 How much did they cost?

S.4 They cost \3,000.

S.6 How much did she pay for the shirts?

S.5 She paid \3,000 for them.

7. some stockings S.4 I bought some stockings last year.

S.5 How much did they cost?

S.4 They cost \5,000.

S.6 How much did she pay for the stockings.

S.5 She paid \5,000 for them.

8. lunch S.1 I had lunch last evening.

S.2 How much did it cost?

S.1 It cost \2,000.

S.3 How much did she pay for the lunch?

S.2 She paid \2,000 for it.

9. a sports car S.1 I bought a sports car last month.

S.2 How much did it cost?

S.1 It cost \2,500,000.

S.3 How much did he pay for that sports car?

S.2 He paid \2,500,000 for it.

10. a new house S.1 I bought a new house two years ago.

S.2 How much did it cost?

S.1 It cost \30,000,000.

S.3 How much did you paid for that house?

S.2 He paid \30,000,000 for it.

LESSON 19

Since prices very considerably form time to time and place to place,

none are given for the items of 19.2. Instead, the class should find

out current prices. The expressions good at, not very good at, and no

good at are practiced, and the subject there is reviewed.

The lesson ends with a section on questions using the expression,

What do you think of ...?,with free choice of answers.

1 TENSE VARIATION. CHART PRACTICE

(a)Chart 3

1. Teacher now

S.1 He's listening to the radio now.

2. Teacher two weeks ago

S.2 They played cards two weeks ago.

3. Teacher every morning

S.3 She practices the piano every morning.

Continue

4. twice a month He memorizes the dialogue twice a month.

5. now He's visiting some relatives now.

6. three times a day She washes the dishes three times a day.

7. yesterday evening They watches television yesterday evening.

8. every day He works every day.

9. tomorrow morning She's going to type a report tomorrow morning.

10. now They're getting together wit some friends now.

11. thfe day after tomorrow She's going to iron the clothes

the day after tomorrow.

12. the week before last They attended a conference the week

before last.

(b) Chart 1

1. Teacher on Mondays

S.1 Who teaches English on Mondays?

S.2 Miss Cullen does.

2. Teacher this morning

S.3 Who examines a patient this morning?

S.4 Dr.Bishop did.

3. Teacher next month

S.5 Who's going to design a machine next month?

S.6 Mr. Richards is.

Continue

4. always Who always looks after her family?

Mrs. Jones does.

5. yesterday Who took some photographs yesterday?

Mr. Smith did.

6. now Who's playing in a tournament now?

Mr. Brown is.

7. often Who often takes care of sick people?

Miss McBride does.

8. soon Who's going to write an article soon?

Mr. King is.

9. now Who's repairing a car now?

Mr. Jordan is.

10. every other day Who serves passengers every other day?

Miss Clark does.

11. this morning Who typed a letter this morning?

Miss Reen did.

12. tomorrow Who's going to sell an air conditioner tomorrow?

Mr.Walton is.

2 cost per unit

(a) Repetition

1. These eggs cost.......yen apiece.

2. These eggs cost ...yen a dozen.

3. This gas costs...yen a litter.

4. This beer costs...yen a bottle.

5. These cigarettes cost...yen a pack.

6. This ham costs...yen a kilo.

7. This material costs...yen a meter.

8. This land costs...yen a square meter.

9. This jam costs...yen a jar.

10. These candies cost...yen a box.

(b) Questions and answers

Teacher those eggs - apiece

S.1 How much do those eggs cost?

S.2 They cost...yen apiece.

Teacher those eggs - a dozen

S.3 How much do those eggs cost?

S.4 They cost...yen a dozen.

Teacher gas - a litter

S.5 How much does gas cost?

S.6 It costs...yen a liter.

Continue

1. cigarettes - a pack

S.1 How much do those cigarettes cost?

S.2 They cost 200yen a pack.

2. beer - a large bottle

S.1 How much does cost this large bottle?

S.2 It costs 400yen a bottle.

3. those apples - apiece

S.1 How much do those apples cost ?

S.2 They cost 100yen apiece.

4. that silk - a meter

S.1 How much does this silk cost?

S.2 It costs 5,000yen a meter.

5. the best ham

S.1 How much does this best ham cost?

S.2 It costs 2,00yen a kilo.

6. soy sauce - a bottle

S.1 How much does soy sauce cost?

S.2 It costs 350yen a bottle.

7. those candies - a box

S.1 How much does those candies cost?

S.2 It costs 200yen a box.

8. that jam - a small jar

S.1 How much does that jam cost?

S.2 It costs 600yen a small jar.

9. this land - a square mete

S.1 How much does this land cost?

S.2 This costs 10,000yen a square meter.

10. sugar - a kilo

S.1 How much does this sugar cost?

S.2 this costs 300yen a kilo.

11. those bananas - apiece

S.1 How much do those bananas cost?

S.2 This costs 30yen apiece.

12. coke - a small bottle

S.1 How much does coke cost?

S.2 It costs 100yen a small bottle.

3 CHANGING MONEY. CONVERSATION

Teacher eight cents

S.1 That's eighty cents, please.

S.2 Can you change a ten-dollar bill?

S.1 Yes. Here you are, nine dollars and twenty cents.

Continue

1. one dollar That's one dollar, please.

Can you change a ten-dollar bill?

Yea. Here you are, nine dollars.

2. three dollars That's three dollars, please.

Can you change a ten-dollar bill?

Yes, Here you are seven dollars.

3. two fifty That's two fifty pleas.

Can you change a ten-dollar bill?

Yes. Here you are, seven dollars and fifty cents.

4. twenty cents That's twenty cents, please.

Can you change a ten-dollars bill?

Yes. here you are, nine dollars and eighty cents.

5. a dollar twenty That's a dollar twenty, please.

Can you change a ten-dollar bill?

Yes. Here you are, eight dollars and eighty cents.

6. five dollars That's five dollars, please.

Can you change a ten dollar bill?

Yes. Here you are, five dollars.

7. three and a half That's three and a half, please.

Can you change a ten dollar bill?

Yes. Here you are, six dollars and fifty cents.

8. four and a quarter That's four and a quarter, please.

Can you change a ten-dollar bill?

Yes. Here you are, five dollars and seventy-five cents.

9. ninety cents That's ninety cents, please.

Can you change a ten-dollar bill?

Yes. Here you are, nine dollars and ten cents.

10. three seventy-five That's three seventy-five, please.

Can you change a ten-dollar bill?

Yea. Here you are, six dollars and twenty-five cents.

4 GOOD AT,NOT VERY GOOT AT, NO GOOT AT

(a) Questions and answers

Teacher cooking

S.1 Are you good at cooking?

S.2 Yes, I'm pretty good at cooking.

or No, I'm not very good at cooking.

or No, I'm no good at cooking.

Teacher English

S.3 Are you good at English?

S.4 Yes, I'm pretty good at English.

or No, I'm not very good at English.

or No, I'm no good at English.

Continue

1. telling jokes

S.1 Are you good at telling jokes?

S.2 Yes, I'm pretty good at telling jokes.

or No, I'm not very good at telling joke.

or No, I'm no good at telling jokes.

2. tennis

S1. Are you good at tennis?

S.2 Yes, I'm pretty at tennis.

or No, I'm not very good at tennis.

or No, I'm no good at tennis.

3. remembering names

S.1 Are you good at remembering names?

S.2 Yes, I'm pretty good at remembering names.

or No, I'm not very good at remembering names.

or No, I'm no good at remembering names.

4. saving money

S.1 Are you good at saving money?

S.2 Yes, I'm pretty good at saving money.

or No, I'm not very good at saving money.

or No, I'm no good at saving money.

5. golf

S.1 Are you good at gold?

S.2 Yes, I'm pretty good at golf.

or No, I'm, not very good at golf.

or No, I'm no good at golf.

6. getting up in the morning

S.1 Are you good at getting up in the morning?

S.2 Yes, I'm pretty good at getting up in the morning.

or No, I'm not very good at getting up in the morning.

or No, I'm no good at getting up in the morning.

7. spelling

S.1 Are you good at spelling?

S.2 Yea, I'm pretty good at spelling.

or No, I'm not very good at spelling.

or No, I'm no good at spelling.

8. answering questions

S.1 Are you good at answering questions?

S.2 Yea, I'm pretty good at answering questions.

or No, I'm very good at answering questions.

or No, I'm no good at answering questions.

9. games

S.1 Are you good at games?

S.2 Yea, I'm very good at games.

or No, I'm not very good at games.

or I'm no good at games.

10. answering letters

S.1 Are you good at answering letters?

S.2 Yes, I'm pretty good at answering letters.

or No, I'm very good at answering letters.

or No, I'm no good at answering letters.

11. singing

S.1 Are you good at singing?

S.2 I'm very good at singing.

or No, I'm not very good at singing.

or No, I'm no good at singing.

12. mathematics

S.1 Are you good at mathematics?

S.2 Yes, I'm pretty good at mathematics.

or No, I'm not very good at mathematics.

or No, I'm no good at mathematics.

(b) Connected sentences

Teacher speaking - Writing

S.1 I'm pretty good at speaking, but I'm no good at writing.

Teacher tennis - golf

S.2 I'm pretty good at tennis, but I'm no good at golf.

Continue

1. spending money - saving it

S.1 I'm pretty good at spending money, but I'm no good at saving it.

2. skiing - skating

S.2 I'm pretty good at skiing, but I'm no good at skating.

3. listening - talking

S.1 I'm pretty good at listening, but I'm no good at talking.

4. English - mathematics

S.2 I'm pretty good at English, but I'm no good at mathematics.

5. eating - cooking

S.1 I'm pretty good at eating, but I'm no good at cooking.

6. sports - studying

S.2 I'm pretty good at sports, but I'm no good at studying.

7. asking questions - answering them

S.1 I'm pretty good at asking questions, but I'm no good at answering them.

8. grammar - spelling

S.2 I'm pretty good at grammar, but I'm no good at spelling.

9. running - jumping

S.1 I'm pretty good at running, but I'm no good at jumping.

10. science - languages

S.2 I'm pretty good at science, but I'm no good at languages.

5 QUESTIONS WITH THERE AS SUBJECT

Make questions, supplying prepositions and articles when necessary.

Do not use THERE with THE.

Teacher a class - Monday

S.1 Is there a class on Monday?

Teacher a meeting - last night

S.2 Was there a meeting last night?

Teacher the teachers - room

S.3 Are there any teachers in the room?

Teacher the teacher - here

S.4 Is the teacher here?

Continue

1. any festivals - June Are there any festivals in June?

2. the festivals - Kyoto Is the festival in Kyoto?

3. an English course - summer Is there an English course in summer?

4. a concert - 2 o'clock Is there a concert at 2 o'clock?

5.theconcert - tomorrow Is the concert going to be tomorrow?

6. a party - club Is there a party at the club?

7. any parties - weekends Are there any parties on weekends?

8. the game - next Saturday Is the game going to be next Saturday?

9. a library - this school Is there a library in this school?

10. the picnic - afternoon Is the picnic in the afternoon?

11. any picnics - summer Are there any picnics in summer?

12. a meeting - tomorrow Is there going to be a meeting

tomorrow morning?

13. a hairdresser's - near here Is there a hairdresser's near here?

14. a dance - next week Is there going to be a dance next week?

15. the poster - wall Is the poster on the wall?

16. any stores - this street Are there any stores on the street?

17. a game - tomorrow Is the going to be a game tomorrow?

18. a golf course - this city Is there a golf course in this city?

19. the golf ours - over there Is the golf course over there?

20. any books - bag Are there any books in the bag?

6 WAHT DO YOU THINK OF ...? Q&A

Teacher this class

S.1 What do you think of this class?

S.2 It's very interesting.

Teacher Mr....'s English(one of members of the class)

S.3 What do you think of Mr....'s English?

S.4 It's pretty good.

Continue

1. Miss... What do you think of Miss Yamada?

2. the weather What do you think of the weather?

3. this color What do you think of this color?

4. the prime minister What do you think of the prime minister?

5. ...news paper What do you think of Asahi news paper?

6. Mr...'s tie What do you think of Mr. Yamada's tie?

7. Miss...'s dress What do you think of Miss Honda's dress?

8. English What do you think of English?

9. the news What do you think of the news?

10. classical music What do you think of classical music?

11. baseball What do you think of baseball?

12. the cost of living What do you think of the cost of living?

13. Nara What do you think of Nara?

14. ... television program What do you thin of NHK television program?

15. the rainy season What do you think the rainy season?

16. the U.S. president What do you think of the U.S. president?

LESSON 20

This final lesson of Book 2 is mainly a review of the material presented in the

previous four lesson, including a review quiz.

1 PROSSESSIVE FORMS.SUBSITITUTION

This is a book.

This is my book.

This book belong to me.

This book's mine.

Is this book mine?

This book isn't mine.

Continue

That's a pen.

1. your That your pen.

2. belong That pen belongs to you.

3. yours That pen's yours.

4. (question) Is that pen yours.

5. (negative) That pen isn't yours.

Those're gloves.

6. her Those're her gloves.

7. belong Those're belong to her.

8. hers Those gloves hers?

9(question) Are those gloves hers?

These're shoes.

10. his These're his shoes.

11. belong These shoes belong to him.

12. his These shoes're his.

13. (question) Are these shoes his?

This is a house.

14. our This is our house.

15. belong This house belong to us.

16 ours This house isn't ours.

That's a car.

18. their That's their car.

19. belong That car belong to them.

20. theirs That car's theirs.

21. (question) Is that car theirs?

22. (negative) That car isn't theirs.

Those're photographs.

23. Tom's Those're Tom's photographs.

24. belong Those're photographs belong to Tom.

25. Tom's Those photographer’s Tom's

26. (question) Are those photographs Tom's?

27. (negative) Those photographs aren't Tom's.

2 ONE OF MY FRIENDS - A FIREND OF MINE

Teacher Is Mr. Cole one of your friend?

S.1 Is Mr.Cole a friend of yours?

Teacher That girl's a friend of your?

S.2 That girl's a student of mine.

Teacher Mr.Tanaka is one of Mr.Wilson's business associates.

S.3 Mr. Tanaka is a business associate of Mr. Wilson's.

Continue

1. Betty's one of her friends. Betty's a friend of hers.

2. She's one of Beyy's friends. She's a friend of Betty's.

3. Are you one of their neighbors? Are you a neighbor of theirs?

4. Bob's one of my classmates. B0b's a classmate of mine.

5. She's one of our friends. She's a friend of ours.

6. That lady's one of aunts. That's lady's an aunt of mine.

7. That man's one of our uncles. That man's an uncle of ours.

8. Is John one of your cousins? Is John a cousin of yours?

9. Bill's one of Tom's friends. Bill's a friend of Tom's.

10. Those boys are my students. Those boys are students of mine.

11. Are those girls your classmates? Are those girls classmates of yours?

12. Are those men your father's friends? Are those men friends of your father's?

3 WHO DOES IT BELONG TO? CONVERSATION

S.1 Does this.. belong to you? (to S.2)

S.2 No. It isn't mine.

S.1 Who does it belong to, then?

S.3 It belong to me.(the real owner)

S.1 Here you are.

S.3 Thank you very much.

S.1 You're welcome.

4 IRREGULAR PAST TENSE AND PRONOUNS. Q&A

Teacher meet Mr.Cole

S.1 Did you meet Mr.Cole?

S.2 Yes, I met him yesterday.

Teacher see

S.3 Did you see Mr. cole?

S.4 Yes, I saw him yesterday.

Teacher your friends

S.5 Did you see your friends?

S.6 Yes, I saw them yesterday.

Teacher a movie?

S.7 Did you see a movie?

S.8 Yes, I saw one yesterday.

Teacher any people

S.9 Did you see any people?

S.10 Yes, I saw some yesterday.

Continue (Use yesterday with each answer.)

1. speak to Did you speak to any people?

Yes, I spoke to some.

2. Linda Did you speak to Linda?

Yes, I spoke to her.

3. take Did you take Linda?

Yes, i took her.

4. your friends Did you take your friend?

Yes, I took them.

5. go with Did you go with your friends?

Yes, I went with them.

6. bring Did you bring your friends?

Yes, I brought them.

7. a camera Did you bring a camera?

Yes, I brought one.

8. buy Did you buy a camera?

Yes, I bought one.

9. any fish Did you buy any fish?

Yes, I bought some.

10. catch Did you catch any fish?

Yes, I caught some.

11. eat Did you eat any fish?

Yes, I ate some.

12. a cake Did you eat a cake?

Yes, I ate a one.

13. make Did you make a cake?

Yes, I made one.

14. the tea Did you make the tea?

Yes, I made it.

15. drink Did you drink the tea?

Yes, I drank it.

16. pay for Did you pay for tea?

Yes, I paid for it.

17. the tickets Did you pay for the tickets?

Yes, I paid for them.

18. forget Did you forget the tickets?

Yes, I forgot them.

19. me Did you forget me?

Yes, I forgot you.

20. hear Did you hear me?

Yes, I heard you.

21. the children Did you find the children?

Yes, I found them.

22. your gloves Did you find your gloves?

Yes, I found them.

24. wear Did you wear your gloves?

Yes, i wore them.

25.your coat Did you wear your coat?

Yes, I wore them.

26. lose Did you lose your coat?

Yes, I lost it.

27.any money Did you lose any money?

Yes, I lost some.

28. spend Did you spend any money?

Yes, I spent some.

29. steal Did you steal any money?

Yes, I stole some.

30. win Did you win any money?

Yes, I won some.

31. a prize Did you win a prize?

Yes, I won one.

32. get Did you get a prize?

Yes, I got one.

5 TENSE VARIATIONS. SUBSTITUTION

I paid \2,000 for that book.

I'm going to pay \2,000 for that book.

I'M not going pay \2,000 for that book.

I'm not going to pay \2,500 for that book.

Continue

1. (affirmative) I'm going to pay \2,500 for that book.

2.(question) Are you going to pay \2,500 for that book?

3. Did you.... Did you pay \2,500 for that book?

4. how much How much did you pay for that book?

5. cost How much did that book cost?

6. your new suit How much did your new suit cost?

7. pay for How much did you pay for your new suit?

8. when When did you pay for your new suit?

9. buy When did you buy your new suit?

10. where Where did you buy your new suit?

11. that pen Where did you buy that pen?

12. why Why did you but that pen?

13.use Why did you use that pen?

14. Did you... Did you use that pen?

15. those gloves Did you use those gloves?

16. wear Did you wear those gloves?

17. she Did she wear those gloves?

18.(statement) She wore those gloves.

19. a new dress She wore a new dress.

20. (negative) She didn't wear a new dress.

21. get She didn't get new dress.

22. a prize She didn't get prize.

23.win She didn't win a prize.

24.(affirmative) She won a prize.

25. he He won a prize.

26. \50,000 He won \50,000.

27. that man That man won \50,000.

28.(question) Did that man win \50,000?

29. steal Did that man steal \50,000?

30. Mr.Tanaka's car Did that man steal Mr.Tanaka's car?

31.(statement) That man stole Mr.Tanaka's car.

32. who Who stole Mr.Tanaka's car?

33. my book Who stole my book?

6 PICTURE1. ASKING AND GIVING DIRECTIONS

Teacher the office buildings-the gas station

S.1 How do I get to the office buildings from here (the gas station)?

S.2 Go down 9th Street and turn up Franklin Avenue. They're facing the park.

S.1 Thank you.S.2 You're welcome.

Teacher the church - the station

S.3 How do I get to the church from here (the station)?

S.4 Go up Franklin Avenue and turn right into 11th Street. It’s across the street from

the hotel.

S.3 Thank you.S.4 You're welcome.

Continue

1. the hotel-the How do I get to the hotel from here?

drugstore Go up 10th Street and turn left into Washington

Avenue. It's across the street from the church.

2. the apartments-the How do I get to the apartments from here?

office buildings Go straight across the park.

3. the post office-How do I get to the post office from here?

the hotel Go up 11th Street and turn down Franklin Avenue.

It's opposite the station.

4. the library-the How do I get to the library from here?

shopping center Go up Washington Avenue and turn down 11th Street.

It's opposite the station.

5. the City Hall-the How do I get to the City Hall from here?

movie theater Go up 11th Street and turn down into Washington

Avenue. It's across the street from the shopping

center.

7 FREE ANSWERS TO QUESTIONS

Give short answers and add some comment freely.

1. What games do you play? I sometimes play cards.

2. Where do you usually buy At Matuzakaya (name of a department store)

your clothes? -when there's a sale.

3. When did you graduate from Five or six years ago.

junior/senior high school?

4. How much does a cup of I'm not sure. I make my own coffee.

coffee cost?

5. What did he for break- Toast and eggs - and some coffee.

fast this morning?

6. How much does gas cost? I'm afraid I don't know. I don't drive.

7. What time did you get up this morning? At 7:30. As usual.

8. How much did you pay for that book? About \600.It wasn't expensive.

9. How much do you usually pay for lunch? Not much .I only have

a sandwich.

10. What time did you go to bed last night? I think it was around

11 o'clock.

11. What's your favorite color? Green-or maybe blue.

12. Which do you prefer, white shirts or colored ones?

I like very colorful shirts.

13. How much does milk cost? About \200 a liter, maybe.

14. How much are eggs now? I don't know. I never go shopping.

15. Which do you prefer, brown shoes or black shoes?

Black shoes are better, I think.

16.What do you usually have for dinner? Rice with fish and vegetables. some times we have meat, too.

17. What do you usually do on Sundays? Sometime we go for a drive.

18. Where are you going to go next summer?

I don't know yet. Maybe the Inland Sea.

19. Who are you sitting next to? I'M afraid I forget his/her name.

20. What time is it? Eight O'clock. Time to go home, I think.

LESSON 21

This lesson is mainly denoted to practice on interrogative words.

For the first time a text, instead of a dialogue, is used for introducing the basic

material.

TEXT: "GOING SWIMMING,"PART1

My friend Greg has a brand new sports car. Last Saturday, we drove to a little lake

in the mountains. We went swimming there. The lake is about forty kilometers away.

We left Greg's house at 9:30.We got to the lake at 11 o'clock. So it took us an hour

and a half to get there.

1 QUESTIONS ON THE TEXT

(a) YES/NO questions

1. Is your friend's name Greg? Yes, it is.

2. Isn't Greg your friend? Yes, he is.

3. Greg's your friend, isn't he? Yes, he is.

4. Does he have a car? Yes, he does.

5. Is it a station wagon? No, it isn't.

6. Isn't it a station wagon? No, it isn't.

7. It's a station wagon, isn't it? No, it isn't.

8. It isn't a station wagon, is it? No, it isn't.

9. It isn't a station wagon? No, it isn't.

10. It's an old car, isn't it? No, it isn't.

11. It isn't an old car? No, it isn't.

12.Is it new? Yes, it is.

13. It isn't a brand new, is it? Yes, it is.

14. Did you and Greg drive to a little lake? Yes, we did.

15. Isn't the lake near the sea? No, it isn't.

16.It isn't near the sea? No, it isn't.

17. It isn't near the sea? No, it isn't.

18. Didn't you go last Saturday? Yes, we did.

19. You didn't go last Sunday, did you? No, we didn't.

20. Isn7t the lake big? No, it isn't.

21. It isn't little? Yes, it is.

22. You went swimming there, didn't you? Yes, we did.

23. Didn't you go swimming in the sea? No, we didn't.

24. You didn't go swimming in the sea? No, we didn't.

25. The lake's about forty kilometers away, isn't it? Yes, it is.

26. It isn't ten kilometers away, is it? No, It isn't.

27. It's thirty kilometers away, isn't it? No, it isn't.

28. It isn7t thirty kilometers away? No, it isn't.

29. Did you leave Greg's house at 930? Yes, we did.

30. You left in the afternoon, didn't you? No, we didn't.

31. You didn't leave in the afternoon? No, we didn't.

32. Didn't you leave in the morning? Yes, we did.

33. Wasn't it 9 O'clock? No, it wasn't.

34. It wasn't 9:30,was it? Yes, it was.

35. Didn't you get to the lake at 11 o'clock? Yes, we did.

36. It was 1130,was it? No, it wasn't.

37. It wasn't 11 o'clock? Yes, it was.

38. So it took you two hours to get there, didn't it? No, it didn't.

39. It didn't take you two hours? No, it didn't.

40. Did it take you an hour and a half? Yes, it did.

(b)OR questions

1.Does your friend Greg have a brand new sports car or an old one?

He has brand new one.

2. Did you and Greg go driving last Sunday or last Saturday?

We went driving last Saturday.

3. Did you drive to the seaside or to a little lake in the mountains?

We drove to a little lake in the mountains.

4. Did you go swimming there, or did you go sailing?

We went swimming there.

5. Is the lake about thirty kilometers away, or is it about forty

kilometers away? It's about forty kilometers away.

6. Did you leave Greg's house at 9:30 or at 10:30?

We left Greg's house at 9:30.

7. Did you get to the lake at 11 o'clock or at 12 o'clock?

We got to the lake at 11 o'clock.

8.Did it take you an hour and half or two hours to get there?

It took us an hour and a half to get there.

(c) Interrogative word questions

1. Who has a brand new sports car? My friend Greg does.

2. What does your friend Greg have? He has a brand new sports car.

3. When did you and Greg drive to a little lake in the mountains?

We drove there last Saturday.

4. What did you and Greg do last Saturday?

We drove to a little lake in the mountains.

5. What did you do there? We went swimming.

6. Where did you go swimming? In a little lake in the mountains.

7. When was that? It was last Saturday.

8. How far is the lake? It's about forty kilometers away.

9. Whose house did you leave? We left Greg's house.

10. What time did you leave Greg's house? We left Greg's house at 9:30.

11.What time did you get to the lake? We got to the lake at 11 o'clock.

12. How long did it take you to get there?

It took us an hour and a half to get there.

2 DIRECTED DIALOGE. Q&A

Teacher Miss...(S.1),ask Mr.....(S.2)if his friend

Greg has a brand new sports car.

S.1 Does your friend Greg have a brand new sports car, Mr..,?

S.2 Yes, he does.

Teacher Mr...(S.3),ask Miss...(S.4) what kind of car her friend Greg

has.

S.3 What kind of car does your friend Greg have, Miss...?

S.4 He has a sports car.

Continue (Each student answers in the role of Greg's friend.)

Ask...

1. ...if it's an old car or a brand new one.

Is it an old car or a brand new one? It's a brand new one.

2. ...if they drove to a little lake in the mountains.

Did you drive to a little lake in the mountains? Yes, we did.

3. ...when they drove there. When did you drive there?

We drove there last Saturday.

4. ...if they drove to the seaside. Did you drive to the seaside?

No, we didn't.

5. ...if they went swimming. Did you go swimming? Yes, we did.

6. ...how far the lake is. How far is the lake?

It's forty kilometers away.

7. ...if they left Greg's house in the afternoon.

Did you leave Greg's house in the afternoon. No, we didn't.

8. ...Whose house they left. Whose house did you leave?

We left Greg's house.

9. ...what time they left. What time did you leave?

We left at 9:30.

10. ...What time they got the lake. What time did you get to the lake?

We got there at 11 o'clock.

11. ...if it took them two hours to get there.

Did it take you two hours to get there? No, it didn't.

12. ...if it took them an hour and a half to get there.

Did it take you an hour and a half to get there? Yes, it did.

13. ...how long it took them to get there.

How long did it take you to get there?

It took us an hour and half to get there.

3 WHAT KIND OF....?

(a) Substitution

What kind of car do you have?

What kind of car do you want?

What kind of books do you want?

What kind of books do you read?

Continue

1. like What kind of books do you like?

2. coffee What kind of coffee do you like?

3. drink What kind of coffee do you drink?

4. buy What kind of coffee do you buy?

5. food What kind of food do you buy?

6. eat What kind of food do you eat?

7. fruit What kind of fruit do you eat?

8. want What kind fruit do you want?

9. typewriter What kind of typewriter do you want?

10. use What kind of typewriter do you use?

11. camera What kind of camera do you use?

12. have What kind of camera do you have?

13. records What kind of records do you have?

14. listen to What kind of records do you listen to?

15. music What kind of music do you listen to?

16. like What kind of music do you like?

(b) Questions and answers

Teacher I'm going to get a Ronson.

S.1 What kind of lighter are you going to get?

S.2 I'm going to get a Ronson.

Teacher He's an engineer.

S.3 What kind work does he do?

S.4 He's an engineer.

Continue

1. He drives a Ford. What kind of car he drive?

2. I bought an Asahi Pentax. What kind of camera did you buy?

3. George likes jazz. What kind of music does Gerorge like?

4. My father is using a Parker pen.

What kind of pen is your father using?

5. Miss Chiba uses Lux Soap. What kind of soap does Miss Chiba use?

6. I like peaches. What kind of fruit do you like?

7. I took some color pictures. What kind of pictures did you take?

8. I'm going to get an IBM typewriter.

What kind of typewriter are you going to get?

9. MY father likes classical music.

What kind of music does your father like?

10. He's a doctor. What kind of work does he do?

11. She writes articles about ladies' fashions.

What kind of articles does she write?

12. She bought some typing paper. What kind of paper did she buy?

4 HOW FAR...?

(a) Repetition

1. It's near.

2. It's near here.

3. It's far.

4. It's a long way to Hokkaido.

5. It's a long way from here.

6. It isn't far from here.

8. It isn't far to the station.

9. It's a few kilometers away.

10. It's a hundred and fifty kilometers.

11. It's about three hundred and sixty kilometers.

12. It's about a hundred meters from here.

13. It's a few hundred meters away.

14. It's three blocks from here.

15. It's a five-minutes walk.

16. It's a few minutes by taxi.

17. It's about thirty minutes by bus.

18. It's three hours by plane.

(b) Questions and answers

Teacher The post office is two blocks away.

S.1 How far is the post office?

S.2 It's two blocks away.

Teacher The station is about a hundred meters from the supermarket.

S.3 How far is the station from the supermarket?

S.4 It's about a hundred meters.

Continue

1. The desk is three meters from the window.

How far is the desk from the window?

2. The airport is 30 minutes by taxi. How far is the airport?

3. The classroom is a two-minute walk from library.

How far is the classroom from the library?

4. His house is a few blocks from his office.

How far is his house from his office?

5. Hong Kong is about three hours by plane from Tokyo.

How far is Hong Kong from Tokyo?

6. I live a 10-minute walk from here.

How far do you live from here?

5 HOW LONG...?

Teacher I slept for eight hours last night.

S.1 How long did you sleep last night?

S.2 For eight hours.

Teacher They're going to stay here until midnight.

S.3 How long are they going stay here?

S.4 Until midnight.

Continue

1. I usually study for two hours every night.

How long do you usually study every night?

2. They're staying in Belgium until the end of the month.

How long are they staying in Belgium?

3. I'm going to be home for a week.

How long are you going to be at home?

4. We were in the language lab for half an hour.

How long were you in the language lab?

5. We were in class for an hour and a half.

How long were you in class?

6 HOW LONG DID IT LAST? Q&A

Teacher the class-forty-five minutes

S.1 How long did the class last?

S.2 It lasted forty-five minutes.

Teacher the baseball game-two and a half hours

S.3 How long did the baseball game last?

S.4 It lasted two and a half hours.

Continue

1. the movie-an hour and half

How long did the movie last?

It lasted an hour and a half.

2. your vacation-two weeks

How long did your vacation last?

It lasted two weeks.

3. the trip - three days

How long the trip last?

It lasted three days.

4. the typhoon – several hours

How long the typhoon last?

It lasted several hours.

5. the interview - until 3 o'clock

How long the interview last?

It lasted until 3 o'clock.

6. the serial – several weeks

How long the serial last?

It lasted several weeks.

7. your headache - all day

How long your headache last?

It lasted all day.

8. the soccer game - ninety minutes

How long the soccer game last?

It lasted ninety minutes.

9. your cold - almost a week

Hoe long your cold last?

It lasted almost a week.

10. the rain - two days

How long the rain last?

It lasted two days.

7 HOW OFTEN....?

Teacher I come here twice a week.

S.1 How often do you come here?

2. Twice a week.

Teacher I drink tea every day.

S.3 How often do you drink tea?

S.4 Every day.

Continue

1. She goes to the office five days a week.

How often does she go to the office?

2.They go bowling once a week.

How often do they go bowling?

3. She goes to a concert two or three times a year.

How often does she go to a concert?

4. I make mistakes all time.

How often do you make mistakes?

5. I was in Hawaii three times last year.

How often were you in Hawaii last year?

LESSON 22

In this lesson, the formation of tag questions and their use in conversation are practiced. Chart 6, Series A, which illustrates the pattern go + -ing verb, is introduced. Finally,

the pattern verb + to + verb, restricted to the verbs like to, want to, need to and have

to is introduced by means of substitution exercises.

1 INTRODUCTION TO CHART 6,SERIES A

(a) Repetition

1. Ron and Fred are going swimming.

2. Janet is going sightseeing.

3. Jone is going skiing.

4. Mr. and Mrs. Woodhouse are going riding.

5. Ken and bill are going hiking.

6. Mrs. Andres and Mary are going shopping.

7. Al and Gus are going sailing.

8. Bob and Bill are going camping.

9. Mr.Miller is going fishing.

(b) Tense variations

1. Teacher often

S.1 Ron and Fred often go swimming.

2. Teacher next winter

S.3 Jon's going to go skiing next winter.

Continue

4. on weekends Mr. and Mrs. Woodhouse go riding on weekends.

5. tomorrow Ken and Bill are going to go hiking tomorrow.

6. yesterday Mrs.Andrews and Mrs.Mary went shopping yesterday.

7. sometimes Al and Gus sometimes go sailing.

8. next summer Bob and Bill're going to go camping next summer.

9. a few days ago Mr.Miller went fishing a few days ago.

(c) WHO...WITH questions

1. Teacher last Sunday

S.1 Who did you go swimming with last Sunday?

S.2 I went swimming with Ron and Fred.

2. Teacher next Sunday

S.3 Who are you going to go sightseeing with next Sunday?

S.4 Teacher usually

S.5 Who do you usually go skiing with?

S.6 I usually go skiing with Jone.

Continue

4. yesterday evening Who did you go riding with yesterday?

I went riding with Mr. and Mrs. Woodhouse.

5. on Sundays Who do you go hiking with on Sundays?

I go hiking with Ken and Bill.

6. usually Who do you usually go shopping with?

I usually go shopping with Mrs.Andrews and Mary.

7. next week Who are you going to go sailing with next week?

I'm going to go sailing with Al and Gus.

8. last summer Who did you go camping with last summer?

I went camping with Bob and bill.

9. tomorrow Who are you going to go fishing with tomorrow?

I'm going to go fishing with Mr.Miller.

2 LIKE TO,WANT TO,NEED TO,HAVE TO.SUBSTITUION

(a) LIKE TO (present tense only)

I like to play tennis.

He likes to play tennis.

She likes to play tennis.

We like to play tennis.

They like to play tennis.

Do they like to play tennis?

Continue

1. study Do they like to study?

2. you Do you like to study?

3. Greg Does Greg like study?

4. drive Does Greg like to drive?

5.(statement) Greg likes to drive.

6.(negative) Greg doesn't like drive.

7. I I don't like drive.

8. my parents My parents don't like drive.

9. spend money My parents don't like to spend money/

10. Mr.Smith Mr. Smith doesn't like to spend money.

11.(affirmative) Mr.Smith likes to spend money.

12. play golf Mr.Smith likes play golf.

13. Mary Mary likes to play golf.

14.(question) Does Mary like to play golf?

15. go shopping Does Mary like to go shopping?

16. your mother Does your mother like to go shopping?

17. do the dishes Does your mother like to do the dishes?

18. you Do you like to do the dishes?

19. go riding Do you like to go riding?

20. he Does he like to go riding?

21.(statement) He likes to go riding.

22. get up He likes to go riding/

23. I like to get up early.

24.(negative) I don't like to get up early.

25. my father My father doesn't like to get up early.

26. watch My father doesn't like to watch television.

(b) WANT TO,NEED TO,HAVE TO

I want to go home now.

I need to go home now.

I have to go home now.

I have to study now.

I had to study last night.

I don't have to study tomorrow.

Continue

1. need to I don't need to study tomorrow.

2. want to I don't want to study tomorrow.

3. he He doesn't want to study tomorrow.

4.(affirmative) He wants to study tomorrow.

5. yesterday He wanted to study yesterday.

6. go downtown He wanted to go downtown yesterday.

7. now He wants to go downtown now.

8. they They want to go downtown.

9. need to They want to go downtown now.

10. she She needs to go downtown.

11.(question) Does she need to go downtown now?

12. take a rest Does she need to take a rest now?

13. you Do you need to take a rest now?

14. yesterday Did you need to take a rest yesterday?

15. have to Did you have to take a rest yesterday?

16.(statement) You had to take a rest yesterday.

17. I I had to take a rest yesterday.

18. get up early I had to get up early yesterday.

19. tomorrow morning I have to get up early tomorrow morning.

20. (negative) I don't have to get up early tomorrow morning.

3 FORMING TAG QUESTIONS

Teacher You're an American.

S.1 You're a American, aren't you?

Teacher He isn't a tourist.

S.2 He isn't a tourist.S.2 He isn't a tourist, is he?

Teacher They're here on business.

S.3 They're here on business, aren't they?

Teacher That's right.

S.4 That's right, isn't it?

Continue

1. Ken studies English. (doesn't he?)

2. You don't watch the English programs. (do you?)

3. She often uses a tape recorder. (doesn't she?)

4. They hardly ever miss class. (do they?)

5. You're majoring in economics. (aren't you?)

6. He says it's very interesting. (doesn't he?)

7. Mary doesn't keep her books here. (does he?)

8. The party was a lot of fun. (wasn't it?)

9. Carol was at the party. (wasn't she?)

10. You weren't invited. (were you?)

11. You stays at home. (didn't you?)

12. They has a good time. (didn't they?)

13. Brian didn't go to the party. (did he?)

14. They usually play golf once a month. (don't they?)

15. You never miss a game on Sundays. (do you?)

16. You were there once. (weren't you?)

717. She's going to play next Sunday. (isn't she?)

18. They aren't going to play next Sunday. (are they?)

19. That's Mr.Wilson's car. (isn't it?)

20. You mean the red one. (don't you?)

21. Those sandals aren't yours. (are they?)

22. There's a fly in this room. (isn't there?)

23. There aren't any doctors here. (are there?)

24. There're some eggs in the refrigerator. (aren't they?)

25. There was a strike last week. (wasn't there?)

26. There weren't any newspapers last Sunday. (were there?)

27. You can drive. (can't you?)

28. Your father can't speak English. (can he?)

29. They can't take a holiday next week. (can they?)

30. Greg had a brand new sports car. (doesn't he?)

31. They drove to a little lake. (didn't they?)

32. They went swimming there. (didn't they?)

33. The lake is about 40 kilometers away. (isn't it?)

34. It took them an hour and a half to get there. (didn't it?)

35. They left Greg's house at 9:30. (didn't they?)

4 DIRECTED TAG QUESTIONS. Q&A

Teacher I think Mr.Yamada is busy.

S.1 You're busy, aren't you, Mr. Yamada?

S.2 Yes, I am/No, I'm not.

Teacher I don't think Miss Sato did her homework.

S.3 You didn't do your homework, did you, Miss Sato?

S.4 Yes, I did/No, I didn't.

Teacher I think there's a test today.

S.5 There's test today, isn't there, Mr.Kondo?

S.6 Yes, there is/No, there isn't.

Continue

1. I think Miss Suzuki makes good cakes.

S.1 You make a good cakes, aren't you Miss Suzuki?

S.2 Yes, I am/No, I am not.

2. I don't think Mr.Yamamoto lives near here.

S.1 You don't live near here, do you, Mr.Yamamoto?

S.2 Yes, I do/No, I don't.

3. I think movies are very interesting.

S.1 Movies're very interesting, aren't they Mr. Minami?

S.2 Yes,they're/No, they're not.

4. I don't think Miss Kato is going to take a trip.

S.1 You don't going to take a trip, do you, Miss Kato?

S.2 Yes, I do/No, I don't.

5. I don't think Mr.Hayasi has a car.

S.1 You don't have a car, do you Mr.Hayasi?

S.2 Yes, I do/No, I don't.

6. I think it's a beautiful day today.

S.1 It's a beautiful day today, Isn't it Miss Nozaki?

S.2 Yes, it is/No, it isn't.

7. I think there was a big fire in Handa a few years ago.

S.1 There's a big fire in Handa a few yeas ago, wasn't there, Miss Hasi?

S.2 Yes, there is/No, there's not.

8. I don't think Miss.Yamazaki can speak French.

S.1 You don't speak French, do you, Miss Yamazaki?

S.2 Yes, I do, No, I don't.

9. I think Mr.Tanaka got up late this morning.

S.1 You got up late this morning, didn't you, Mr.Tanaka?

S.2 Yes, I did/No, I didn't.

10. I think Miss Sasaki is a bit tiered.

S.1 You're a bit tiered, don't you, Miss Sasaki?

S.2 Yes I am/No, I ain’t.

11. I don't think Mr.Wada was here last week.

S.1 You weren't here last week, did you, Mr.Wada?

S.2 Yes, I was/No I wasn't.

12. I think Mr.Kimura has a brand new sports car.

S.1 You have a brand new sports car, haven't you, Mr. Kimura?

S.2 Yes, I have/ No, I haven't.

13. I don't think watching TV is boring.

S.1 Watching TV isn't boring, is it, Miss Ina?

S.2 Yes, it is/No, It Isn't.

14. I think tag questions are easy.

S.1 Tag questions're easy, aren't they, Mr.Kanda?

S.2 Yes they're/No, They're not.

LESSON 23

The second part of the text "Going to Swimming," dealing as it does with weather,

adverbial expressions of place and time, and the word because, forms the basis for

most of the practice material in this lesson. Series B of Chart 6, which illustrates

expressions involving go to a place, as well as the preposition by used for means of

transportation. is also introduced.

TEXT: "GOING SWIMMING," PART 2

It was a beautiful sunny day.

There wasn't a cloud in the sky.

Greg wanted to have lunch at once.

But we decided to have swim first.

After our swim, we had a picnic lunch under the trees.

Then we lay in the sun for a while.

In the afternoon it began to get cloudy.

At four o'clock, we had to go back because it started to rain.

1 QUESTIONS ON THE TEXT

1. I t was a beautiful sunny day, wasn't it? Yes, it was.

2. What kind of day was it? It was a beautiful sunny day.

3. What was the weather like? It was a beautiful sunny day.

4. Was it cloudy? No, it wasn't.

5. There wasn't a cloud in the sky. was there? No, there wasn't.

6. What was the sky like? There wasn't a cloud in the sky.

7. Who wanted to have lunch at once? Greg did.

8. What did Greg want to do at once? He wanted to have lunch at once.

9. Greg didn't want to have a swim at once, did he? No, he didn't.

10. But he wanted to have lunch at once, didn't he? Yes, he did.

11. You decided to have a swim first, didn't you? Yes, we did.

12. What did you decide to do first? We decided to have a swim first.

13. After your swim you had a picnic lunch, didn't you? Yes, we did.

14. Did you have a picnic lunch under the trees? Yes, we did.

15. Where did you have a picnic lunch? Under the trees.

16. After your swim what did you do?

We had a picnic lunch under the trees.

17. Then you lay in the sun for a while, didn't you? Yes, we did.

18. Did you lie in the sun for several hours? No, we didn't.

19. How long did you lie in the sun? For while.

20. What did you do after lunch? We lay in the sun for a while.

21. It began to get cloudy, didn't it? Yes, it did.

22. In the afternoon did it begin to get cloudy? Yes, it did.

23. In the afternoon what happened? It began to get cloudy.

24. When did it begin to get cloudy?

It began to get cloudy in the afternoon.

25. Did you have to go back at five o'clock? No, we didn't.

26. You have to go back at four o'clock, didn't you? Yes, we did.

27. What time did you have to go back? We had to go back at 4 o’clock.

28. What time did start to rain? It started to rain at 4 o'clock.

29. Did you have to go back at 4 o'clock because it started to rain?

Yes, we did.

30. Why did you have to go back? Because it started to rain.

2 DESCRIBING THE WEATHER

(a) Adjective substitution

It was a beautiful sunny day,

It was a hot sunny day.

It was a warm sunny day.

Continue

1. cool It was a cool sunny day.

2. cold It was a clod sunny day.

3. stormy It was a cold stormy day.

4. dark It was a dark stormy day.

5. cloudy It was a dark cloudy day.

6. gray It was a gray cloudy day.

7. foggy It was a gray foggy day.

8. damp It was a damp foggy day.

9. misty It was a damp misty day.

10. wet It was a wet misty day.

11. miserable It was a miserable misty day.

12. windy It was a miserable windy day.

13. clear It was a clear windy day.

14. frosty It was a clear frosty day.

15. dry It was a clear dry day.

(b) START (BEGIN) TO GET CLOUDY ,etc.

It's starting to rain.

It's starting to snow.

It's starting to get cloudy.

It's beginning to get cloudy.

Continue

1. get clod It's beginning to get cold.

2. rain It's beginning to rain.

3. get dark It's beginning to get dark.

4. starting It's starting to get dark.

5. get warm It's starting to get warm.

6. get windy It's starting to get windy.

7. get light It's starting to get light.

8. beginning It's beginning to get light.

9. get hot It's beginning to get hot.

10. get foggy It's beginning to get foggy.

11. get cool It's beginning to get cool.

12. get snow It's beginning to snow.

3 ADVERBS OF PLACE AND TIME SUBSTITUTION

We lay in the sun for a while.

We lay in the sun for a bit.

We lay under the trees for a bit.

Continue

1. for a long time We lay under the trees for a long time.

2. in the shade We lay in the shade for a long time.

3. for a short time We lay in the shade for a short time.

4. on the grass We lay on the grass for a short time.

5. for a minute We lay on the grass for a minute.

6. on the ground We lay on the ground for a minute.

7. for a while We lay on the ground for a while.

8. on thfe sand We lay on the sand for a while.

9. for a bit We lay on the sand for a bit.

10. on the beach We lay on the beach for a bit.

11. for some time We lay on the beach for some time.

12. in the sun We lay in the sun for some time.

4 WHAT'S IT LIKE? Q&A

Teacher The weather's fine today.

S.1 What's the weather like today?

S.2 It's fine.

Teacher It rained a lot yesterday.

S.3 What was the weather like yesterday?

S.4 It rained a lot.

Continue

1. It's going to snow a bit tomorrow.

S.1 What's the weather like tomorrow?

S.2 It's a snow a bit.

2. The sky's blue today.

S.1 What's weather like today?

S.2 It's fine.

3. It's rains a lot in June.

S.1 What weather in June?.

S.2 It rains a lot.

4. It's windy in March.

S.1 What's weather in March?

S.2 It's windy.

5. It snows a lot in January.

S.1 What's weather in January?

S.2 It snows lot.

6. It snowed a lot last January.

S.1 What's weather in last January?

S.2 It snowed a lot.

7. It's going to be a bit cloudy tomorrow.

S.1 What's weather tomorrow?

S.2 It's a bit cloudy.

8 It's always nice in May.

S.1 What's weather in May.

S.2 It's always nice.

9. It's a bit cool in November.

S.1 What's weather in November?

S.2 It's a bit cool.

10. It's hot and humid in the rainy season.

S.1 What's weather in the rainy season?

S.2 It's hot and humid.

11. It's very cold in Araska.

S.1 What's weather in Araska?

S.2 It's very cold.

12. It's very hot in Manila.

S.1 What's weather in Manila?

S.2 It's very hot.

(b) People, places and things

Teacher Miss Jones is charming.

S.1 What's Miss Jones like?

S.2 She's charming.

Teacher My English is quite good.

S.3 What's your English like?

S.4 It's quite good.

Continue

1. The ruler’s rather strict.

2. Nikko is very beautiful.

3. Tokyo is very crowded.

4. My house is rather old.

5. The documentary was quite interesting.

6. The crossword puzzle was rather easy.

5 INTRODUCTION TO CHART 6,SERIES B. BY BUS,ETC.

(a) Repetition

1. Louise usually goes to school by bus.

2. The Johnson usually walk to church.

3. Ann and Jim usually go to the park by bicycle.

4. Geoge usually goes home by taxi.

5. Chris usually goes downtown by subway.

6. Mr. Andrews usually drives to work.

7. Larry usually goes to the island by ferry.

8. Mr. Tanaka usually goes to Tokyo by train.

9. Mrs. Miller and her friend usually go abroad by plane.

(b) HOW questions

1. S.1 How does Louise go to school?

S.2 She usually goes by bus.

2. S.3 How do the Johnson go to church?

S.4 They usually walk.

3. S.5 How do Ann and Jim go to the park?

S.6 They usually go by bicycle.

Continue width the remaining items of the chart.

6 WHY AND BEACAUSE. Q&A

Teacher We had to go back because it started to rain.

Students We had to go back because it started to rain.

S.1 Why did you have to go back?

S.2 It started to rain.

Teacher We didn't stay because the weather was bad.

Students We didn't stay because the weather was bad.

S.3 Why didn't you stay?

S.4 The weather was bas.

Continue

1. I came here because I wanted to learn English.

2. I skipped lunch because I wanted to finish my work.

3. I didn't get a haircut last week because I was sick.

4. I didn't answer because I didn't understand the question.

5. I didn't wand to go out because it's a miserable foggy day.

6. She's going home now because she has to cook dinner.

7. I like winter because I like to ski.

8. We didn't swim because the water was cold.

9. I'm not going to because it's rain.

10. We need to go now because it's late.

7 FREE ANSWERS TO QUESTIONS

Answer the following questions and some comment freely.

The answers given are only suggestions.

1. What's the weather like today? It's sunny. But a little cold.

". What was it like yesterday? It rained. And last night it snowed.

3. What was it like in the rainy season? Very humid. And often hot.

4. How do you come here? I drive. I use my father's car.

5. How often do you come here. Twice a week.

But I was absent last class.

6. How long do you stay here? For two hours.

Then I have a cup of coffee.

7. Why do you come here? I have to learn English.

I'm an English teacher.

8. How many are there in your family?

I have three brothers and one sister.

9. How much did you pay for your suit/dress. 40,000yen.Isn't it nice?

10. How much does a coke cost? I don't know. I don't drink coke.

11. How far is your house from here? About 10 minutes by bus.

Or 30 minutes walking.

12. What kind of camera do you have? A Cannon. It was expensive.

13. Who is sitting beside you? I'm sorry. I don't remember his name.

14. Where do you want to go next summer? To the sea. I like swimming.

15. When do you usually take trip? In summer. Or sometimes in autumn.

LESSON 24

This lesson is mainly review, the only new structural point being the negative form

verb + not to + verb, e.g. decide not to. The lesson includes tense variations,

interrogative words, possessive forms, noun modification. and pattern dialogues.

1 TENSE VARIATIONS. SUBSTITUTION

(a) She's having a cup of coffee now.

She had a cup of coffee this morning.

She didn't have a cup of coffee this morning.

Continue

1. usually She doesn't usually have a cup of coffee.

2. (question) Doesn't she usually have a cup of coffee?

3. now Isn't she having a cup of coffee now?

4. they Aren't they having a cup of coffee now?

5. (affirmative) Are they having a cup of coffee now?

6. soon Are they going to have a cup of coffee soon?

7. (statement) They're going to have a cup of coffee soon.

8. every morning They have a cup of coffee every morning.

9. (tag question) They have a cup of coffee every morning, don't they?

10. you You have a cup of coffee every morning, don't you?

11. last night You had a cup of coffee last night, didn't you?

12. tonight You're going to have a cup of coffee tonight, aren't you?

13. he He's going to have a cup of coffee tonight, isn't he?

14. (negative) He isn't going to have a cup of coffee tonight, is he?

15. this morning He isn't going to have a cup of coffee this morning, did he?

(b) There's a visitor in the office now.

There was a visitor in the office this morning.

There wasn't a visitor in the office this morning.

There isn't going to be a visitor in the office tomorrow.

Continue

1. (affirmative) There's going to be a visitor in the office tomorrow.

2. some visitors There're going to be some visitors

in the office tomorrow.

3. (negative) There aren't going to be any visitors

in the office tomorrow.

4. yesterday There weren't any visitors in the office yesterday.

5. (affirmative) There were some visitors in the office yesterday.

6. now There're some visitors in the office now.

7. (question) Are there some visitors in the office now?

8. yesterday Were there some visitors in the office yesterday?

9. a visitor Was there a visitor in the office yesterday?

10. next Monday Is there going to be a visitor

in the office next Monday?

11. (statement) There's going to be a visitor in the office

next Monday.

12. some visitors There's going to be some visitors in the office

next Monday.

13. sally There're sally some visitors in the office.

14. (tag question) There're usually some visitors in the office,

aren't there?

15. a visitor There're usually a visitors in the office, isn't there?

16. an hour ago There was a visitor in the office an hour ago ,

wasn't there?

17. some visitors There were some visitors in the office an hour ago, weren't there?

18. (negative) There weren't any visitors in the office an hour ago, were there?

19. now There aren't any visitors in the office now,

are there?

20. (statement) There aren't ant visitors in the office now.

2 CHART . DECIDE TO AND DECIDE NOT TO

1. S.1 Louise decided to go school.

She decided not to go swimming.

2. S.1 The Johonsons decided to go to church.

They decided not to go sightseeing.

3. S.1 Ann and Jim decided to go to the park.

They decided not to go sightseeing.

Continue

4. George decided to go home. He decided not to go riding.

5. Chris decided to go downtown. He decided not to go hiing.

6. Mr. Andrews decided to go to work. He decided not to go shopping.

7. Larry decided to go to the island. He decided not to go sailing.

8. Mr. Tanaka decided to go to Tokyo. He decided not to go camping.

9. Mrs. Miller and her friend decided to go abroad.

They decided not to go fishing.

3. CHART 2. POSSESSIVE FORMS AND NOUN MODIFICATION

1. Teacher Jack

S.1 The books in that bookcase aren't mine. They're Jack's.

2. Teacher Mrs.Miller

S.2 The dishes in that cupboard aren't mine. They're Mrs. Miller's.

Continue

3. Dave The clothes in the that closet aren't mine. They're Dave's.

4. Sam The shirts in that drawer aren't mine. They're Sam's.

5. Helen The vegetables in that refrigerator aren't mine.

They're Helen's.

6. Mr. Miller The work clothes in that locker aren't mine.

They're Mr. Miller's.

7. Ken The records in that toolbox aren't mine. They're Ken's.

8. Mr. Jordan The tools in that toolbox aren't mine. They're Mr.Jordan.

9. George The valuables in that safe aren't mine. They're George's.

QUESTIONS WHIT INTERROGATIVE WORDS

(a) Chart 1

1. Teacher what - yesterday

S.1 What did Louise Cullen do yesterday?

2. Teacher how many – every day

S.2 How many patients does John Bishop examine every day?

3. Teacher what kind of - next year

S.3 What kind of machines is Joe Richerds going to deign next year?

Continue

4. how long - every day How long does Hellen Jones look after her

family every day?

5. whose - tomorrow Whose photograph is Bob Smith going to take

tomorrow?

6. how many - next year How many tournament is George Brown going to

play in next year?

7. where - usually 　Where does Mary McBride usually take care of sick people?

8. what kind of - always What kind of articles does Larry King

always write?

9. which – yesterday Which car did Dave Jordan repair yesterday?

10. how many - on her next flight How many passengers is Sally Clark

going to serve on her next flight?

11. where - usually Where does Susan Green usually type letters?

12. what kind of - now What kind of air conditioner is Sam Walton

selling now?

(b) Chart 3

Teacher last night

S.1 When did he listen to the radio?

2. Teacher cards

S.2 What did they play?

3. Teacher for two hours

S.3 How long did she practice the piano?

Continue

4. in the classroom Where did he memorize the dialogue?

5. mine Whose relatives did he visit?

. at 2 o'clock When did she wash the dishes?

7. until 10:30 How long did they watch television?

8. eight hours How long did he work?

9. a history report What kind of report did she type?

10. at the party Where did they get together with some friends?

11. last Monday When did she iron the clothes?

12. because it was important Why did they attend a conference?

5 HOW LONG DOES IT TAKE?

(a) Chart, Series B

1. S.1 How long does it take Louise to go to school by bus?

S.2 It takes her about 20 minutes.

2. S.3 How long does it take the Johnsons to walk to church?

S.4 It takes them about 15 minutes.

3. S.5 How long does it take Ann and Jim to go to the park by bicycle?

S.6 It takes them about half an hour.

Continue

4. How long does it take George to go home by taxi?

S.1 It takes him about 15 minutes.

5. How long does it take Chris to go downtown by subway?

S.1 It takes him about 30 minutes.

6. How long does it take Mr. Andrews to drive to work?

S.1 It takes about 40 minutes.

7. How long does it take Larry to go to the island by ferry?

S.1 It takes her about 25 minutes.

8. How long does it take Mr. Tanaka to go to Tokyo by train?

S.1 It takes him about 2 hours.

9. How long does it take Mrs.Miller and her friend to go abroad

by plane?

S.1 It takes about 9 hours.

(b) Conversation practice

Teacher go home - you

S.1 How long does it take you to go home?

S.2 It takes me about...

Teacher from here to the station

S.3 How long does it take from here to the station?

S.4 It takes about....

Teacher get to work - your father

S.5 How long does it take your father to get to work?

S.6 It takes him about....

Continue

1. get out of bed in the mornings - you

S.1 How long does it take you to get out of bed in the morning?

S.2 It takes me about 30 minutes.

2. do your shopping

S.1 How long does it take to do your shopping?

S.2 It takes me about 25 minutes.

3. from here to the post office

S.1 How long does it take from here to the post office?

S.2 It takes about 20 minutes.

4. eat breakfast - you

S.1 How long does it take you to eat breakfast?

S.2 It takes me about 15 minutes.

5. cook dinner - your mother

S.1 How long does it take your mother to cook dinner?

S.2 It takes her about 40 minutes.

6. from our house to the station

S.1 How long does it take from our house to the station?

S.2 It takes about 33 minutes.

7. read the newspaper - you

S.1 How long does it take you to read newspaper?

S.2 It takes me about 2 hours.

8. from Tokyo to HongKong by plane

S.1 How long does it take from Tokyo to HongKong by plane?

S.2 It takes about 4 hours.

9. walk home from here - you

S.1 How long does it take you to walk home from here?

S.2 It takes me about 1 hour.

10. go home by taxi - you

S.1 How long does it take you to go home by taxi?

S.2 It takes me about 35 minutes.

11. take a bath - you

S.1 How long does it take you to take a bath?

S.2 It takes me about 20 minute.

12. from the earth to the moon

S.1 How long does it take from the earth to the moon?

S.2 It takes about 10 days.

13. brush your teeth - you

S.1 How long does it take you to brush your teeth?

S.2 It take me about 6 minutes.

14. from America to Europe by ship

S.1 How long does it take from America to Europe by ship?

S.2 It takes about 20 days.

15. get here - you

S.1 How long does it take you to get here?

S.2 It takes me about 5 hours.

6 PATTERN DIALOGUES

(a) A excuse me. Do you know that student?

B No, I don't know him. Where's he from?

A He's from Japan. He arrived here yesterday.

B Oh, really? Does he know much English?

A Yes, he speaks very well.

Adaptations

1. that girl

A Excuse me. Do you know that girl?

B No, I don't know her. Where's she from?

A She's from Japan. She arrived here yesterday.

B Oh, really? Does know much English?

A Yes, she speaks very well.

2. those people

A Excuse me. Do you know those people?

B No, I don't know they. Where're they from?

A They're from Japan. They arrived here yesterday.

B Oh, really? Do they know much English?

A Yes, they speak very well.

(b) A I took a trip to Europe last year.

B Oh, really? Did you see Paris?

A No, I didn't have time.

B That's too bad.

Adaptations

1. the United States

I took a trip to the United States last year.

Oh, really? Did you see Disneyland?

No, I didn't have time.

That's too bad.

2. Kyusyu I took a trip to Kyushu last year.

Oh, really? Did you see Nagasaki?

No, I didn't have time.

That's too bad.

3. England I took a trip to England last year.

Oh, really? Did you see Canterbury?

No, I didn't have time.

That's too bad.

4. Austria I took a trip to Austria last year.

Oh, really? Did you see Salburg?

No, I didn't have time.

That's too bad.

7 DIRECTED Q&A

Teacher Miss Tanaka (S.1),ask Mr Asukabe(S.2) if he worked today.

S.1 Did you work today, Mr Asukabe?

S.2 Yes, I did.

Teacher Mr.Sato(S.3),ask Miss Yamada(S.4) how long it takes her to wash her hair.

S.3 How long does it take you to wash your hair, Miss Sato?

S.4 About half an hour.

Teacher Miss Kondo(S.5), ask Mr Hayasi (S.6) why he was late today.

S.5 Why were you late today, Mr Hayasi?

S.6 Because I missed the train.

Continue

Ask Yamada

1. Yamada how often he/she takes a trip.

S.1 How often do you take a trip, Mr. Yamada?

S.2 About 3 times a year.

2. Takahasi why he/she wants to learn English.

S.1 Why are you want to learn English, Miss. Takahasi?

S.2 Because I like it.

3. Johne how far it is from his/her home to this school.

S.1 How long does it take from your home to this school, Mrs. Yamanaka?

S.2 It takes me about 30 minutes.

4. Taro which country he/she wants to visit.

S.1 Which country do you want to visit, Mr. Taro?

S.2 I want to visit Italy.

5. Oono what kind of car he/she likes most.

S.1 Waht kind of car do you like, Miss Oono?

S.2 I like a sports car.

6. Yasuda where he/she usually buys his/her clothes.

S.1 Where do you usually buy your clothes, Miss Yasuda?

S.2 I usually buy my clothes at Matuzakaya.

7. Sasaki how many brothers and sisters he/she has.

S.1 How may brothers and sisters do you have, Mr. Sasaki?

S.2 I have 2 brothers and one sister.

8. Ueyama how much a cup of coffee cost.

S.1 How much do you cost for a cup of coffee, Miss.Ueyama?

S.2 It costs 300 yen for a cup of coffee.

9. Iida what his/her favorite color is.

S.1 What king of color do you like, Mrs.Iida?

S.2 I like blue.

10. Watanabe who his/her favorite movie star is.

S.1 Who is your favorite movie star, Miss Watanabe?

S.2 I like Yuziro Ishihara.

11. Nomura why he/she was absent last week.

S.1 Why she was absent last week do you know, Mr.Nomura?

S.2 No, I don't know about it at all.

12. Asukabe how long he/she reads every day.

S.1 How long are you read every day, Mr. Asukabe?

S.2 I read about hours.

13. Egawa what he/she had for breakfast this morning.

S.1 What kind of breakfast did you have this morning, Mr. Eawa?

S. I had a bread and coffee this morning.

14. Baba what he/she had for lunch yesterday.

S.1 What kind of lunch did you have yesterday, Mr. Baba?

S.2 I had a light lunch.

15. Kanda how long it took him/her to take a bath last night.

S.1 How long did it take you to take a bath last night, Miss. Kanda?

S.2 It took me about 30 minutes.

16. Sonda who he/she talked to before class.

S.1 Who did you talk with before your class, Miss. Sonoda?

S.2 I talked with my friends.

17. Yamazaki what time is it.

S.1 What time is it now, Mrs. Yamazaki?

S.2 It's 11.30 in the morning.

18. Waseda what his/her favorite TV program is.

S.1 What is your favorite TV program, Mr. Waseda?

S.2 I like a dorama.

19. Uemura if there was a strike last week.

S.1 Do you know If there was a strike last week, Mrs. Uemura?

S.2 Yes, I know it.

20. Tamura if he/she's tired.

S.1 Do you know about if she tired, Miss. Tamura?

S2. Yes, I know she tired.

LESSON 25

As usual, the fifth lesson is devoted to a review of material presented in the four

previous lessons, and includes a review quiz.

1 TAG QUESTIONS

Teacher You're a good student.

S.1 You're a good student, aren't you?

Teacher Your father went abroad, didn't he?

Teacher I can come.

S.3 I can come, can't I?

Continue

1. She isn't going to come here again. (Is she?)

2. We left home at 9:30. (didn't we?)

3. They didn't do it. (did they?)

4. You're never late for appointments. (are you?)

5. Greg's majoring in law. (isn't he?)

6. You can't sing very well. (can you?)

7. She enjoyed the party. (didn't she?)

8. There's no meeting tomorrow. (is there?)

9. You're going to visit him. (aren't you?)

10. It's too late. (isn't it?)

11. It isn't raining. (is it?)

12. They some times make mistakes. (don't they?)

13. Thse things are yours. (aren't they?)

14. That movie was on TV last week. (wasn't it?)

15. The teacher's speaking very quickly. (isn't he/she?)

16. We're on time. (aren't we?)

17. Our team won. (didn't it?)

18. I know your name. (don't I?)

19. He says he can't come. (doesn't he?)

20. She can read it now. (can't she?)

21. The telephone rang. (didn't it?)

22. There's a concert on Saturday. (isn't there?)

23. There aren't any Americans in this class. (are there?)

24. She hardly ever goes shopping. (does she?)

25. He's going to work for a bank. (isn't he?)

26. You have some free time this week. (don't you?)

27. She didn't write to you. (did she?)

28. You don't want this one. (do you?)

29. The movie finished at ten. (didn't it?)

30. You're tired now. (aren't you?)

2 VERB + TO VERB. INTERROGATIVE PATTERNS

Teacher　　I had to work last Sunday.

Students 　I had to work last Sunday.

S.1 　　 　I had to work last Sunday.

Teacher yes/no question

S.2 Did you have to work last Sunday?

S.1 Yes, I did.

Teacher when

S.3 When did you have to work?

S.1 Last Sunday.

Teacher what

S.4 What did you have to do last Sunday?

S.1 I had to work.

Teacher My sister wants to go Europe next summer.

Students My sister wants to go to Europe next summer.

S.5 My sister wants to go to Europe next summer.

Teacher yes/no question

S.6 Does your sister want to go to Europe next summer?

S.5 Yes, she does.

Teacher who

S.7 Who wants to go to Europe next summer?

S.5 My sister (does).

Teacher where

S.8 Where does your sister wan to go next summer?

S.5 To Europe.

Teacher wen

S9 When does your sister want to go to Europe

S.5 Next summer.

Teacher what

S.10 What does your sister want to do next summer

S.5 She wants to go Europe.

Continue

1. decided to by a wide necktie.

yes. no Did you decide to by a wide necktie

Yes, I did.

What What did you decide to buy

A wide necktie.

what kind of What kind of necktie did you decide to buy

A wide one.

2. My father likes to read the newspaper after breakfast.

yes/no Does your father like to read the newspaper after

breakfast?

Yes, he does.

who Who likes to read the newspaper after breakfast?

My father does.

what What does your father like to do after breakfast?

He likes to read the newspaper.

when When does your father like to read the newspaper?

After breakfast.

3. I need to clean my shoes twice a day.

yes/no Do you need to clean your shoes twice a day?

Yes I do.

what What do you need to do?

I need to clean my shoes twice a day.

how often How often do you need to clean your shoes?

Twice a day.

4. I decided not to get up early on Saturdays.

yes/no Did you decide not to et up early on Saturdays?

what What did you decide not to do?

I decided not t get up early on Saturdays.

when When did you decide not t et up early?

On Saturdays.

5. I have to get a haircut tomorrow.

yes/no Do you have to get a haircut tomorrow?

Yes I do.

what What do you have to do tomorrow?

I have to get a haircut.

when When do you have to get a haircut?

Tomorrow.

6. My uncle wanted to speak to me last week.

yes/no Did your uncle want to speak to you last week?

Yes, he did.

who Who wanted to speak to you last week?

My uncle did.

when When did your uncle want to speak to you?

Last week.

3 WHAT'S IT LIKE? Q&A

(a)Teacher Its cold today.

S.1 What’s the weather like today?

S.2 It's cold.

Teacher The rainy season is miserable.

S.3 What's the weather like in the rainy season?

S. It's miserable.

Teacher It was a bit cold last week.

S.5 What was the weather like last week?

S.6 It was a bit cold.

Continue

1. The winters in Canada are usually very cold.

What's the weather like in Canada?

The winter're usually very cold.

2. It's usually hot and humid in August.

What's the weather like in August?

It's usually hot and humid.

3. It rained a lot yesterday.

What was the weather like yesterday?

It rained a lot.

4. It was cool and sunny this morning.

What was the weather like this morning?

It was cool and sunny.

5. It stars to get warm in spring.

What's the weather like in spring?

It starts to get warm.

6. It was very cold, but it didn't snow last Christmas.

What was the weather like last Christmas?

It was very cold, but it didn't snow.

7. I think it's going to be nice tomorrow.

What's the weather going to be like tomorrow?

I think it's going to be nice.

8. It's always hot in Manila.

What's the weather like in Manila?

It's always hot.

9. It's usually wet and windy in March.

What's the weather like in March?

It's usually wet and windy.

10. It's very cold in Alaska.

What's the weather like in Alaska?

It's very cold.

(b) Teacher the dialogue - very difficult

S.1 What's the dialogue like?

S. It's very difficult.

Teacher today's lecture - interesting

S.3 What was today's lecture like?

S.4 It was interesting.

Continue

1. your room - very comfortable

What's your room like?

It's very comfortable.

2. London - a delightful city

What's London like?

It's a delightful city.

3. your brother - car crazy

What's your brother like?

He's car crazy.

4. your trip abroad - exciting

What's was your trip abroad like?

It was exciting.

5. Mr. Jordan - very nice.

What's Mr. Jordan like?

He's very nice.

4 TENSE VARIATIONS. SUBSTITUTION

(a) He's going to Tokyo on business today.

He's going to Tokyo on business tomorrow.

Is he going to Tokyo on business tomorrow?

Continue

1. every day Does he go to Tokyo on business every day?

2. they Do they go to Tokyo on business every day?

3. (statement) They go to Tokyo on business every day.

4. yesterday They went to Tokyo on business yesterday.

5.(tag question )They went to Tokyo on business yesterday.

didn't they?

6. Chris Chris went to Tokyo on business yesterday. didn't he?

7. soon Chris is going to Tokyo on business yesterday.

isn't he?

8. you You're going to Tokyo on business son. aren't you?

9.(negative) You aren't going to Tokyo on business soon. are you?

10. usually You don't usually go to Tokyo on business. do you?

(b) There's a good program on TV tonight.

There was a good program TV last night.

There as a good program on TV last night, aren't there?

Continue

1. some good progurams There were some good progurams on TV last night, weren't there?

2. on Monday There were some good programs on TV on Monday,

weren't there?

usually There're usually some good programs on TV on Monday,

aren't there?

4(negative) There aren't usually any good programs on TV on Monday, are there

5. next Monday There aren't going to be any good programs on TV next Monday, are there

6.(affirmative) There're going to be some good programs on TV

next Monday, aren't there?

7. a good program There's going to be a good programs on TV

next Monday, Isn't there?

8. last Sunday There was a good program on TV last Sunday,

wasn't there?

9. (statement) There was a good programs on TV last Sunday.

10. some good programs There were some good programs on TV

last Sunday.

11. question) Were there any good programs on TV last Sunday?

12. (negative) Weren't there any good programs on TV last Sunday?

13. tomorrow night Aren't there going to be any good programs

on TV tomorrow night?

14. a good program Isn't there going to be a good program on TV

tomorrow night?

15. on Tuesday night Isn't there going to be a good program on TV

on Tuesday night?

5 DIRECTED Q&A

Teacher Miss.Hase(S.1), ask Mr.Hasegawa(S.2) what he's going

to do after class.

S.1 What are you going to do after class, Mr. Hasegawa?

S.2 I'm going to go home.

Teacher Mr. kondo(S.3),ask Miss.Sasaki(S.) if this claass ends soon.

S.3 Does this class end soon, Miss. Sasaki?

S.4 Yes, it does.

Teacher Miss. Yamoto(s.5), as Mr.Toyama(S.6) what kind of car he wants.

S.5 What kind of car do you want,Mr.Toyama?

S.6 I want a sports car.

Continue

Ask....

1. Takahasi how long it takes him/her to get home.

S.1 How long it takes you to get your home, Mr.Takahasi?

S.2 It takes me about 30 minutes.

2. Ebata what his/her English is like.

S.1 What's her English like, Miss. Ebata?

S.2 She's good speaker of English.

3. Ooi where he/she usually goes on weekends.

S.1 Where do you usually go on weekends, Mr. Ooi?

S.2 I ofen go to the swimming pool.

4. Yasuda who his/her favorite singer is.

S.1 Who's your favorite singer, Mrs. Yasuda?

S.2 I like Guray.

5. Kanda if he/she plays the guitar.

S.1 Do you know. if she plays the guitar Mr. Kanda?

S.2 Yes, I know. she can play the guitar.

6. Sakakibara when he/she gets a vacation.

S.1 When does he get a vacation, Miss. Sakakibara?

S.2 He gets a vacation in Summer.

7. Eda how much a good camera costs.

S.1 How much does a good camera costs, Mrs. Eda?

S.2 It's cost about 25,000 yen.

8. Goto what his/her hobby is.

S.1 What is his hobby, Mr. Goto?

S.2 It's skiing.

9. Watanabe how often he/she visits relatives.

S.1 Do you know, how often does he visits relatives, Mr. Watanabe?

S.2 Yes, I do. He visits relatives once a month.

10. Hanada how long he/she watches TV every day.

S.1 Do you know. how long she watches TV every day.

S.2 No, I don't.

11. Akita what kind of music he/she likes.

S.1 What kind music does he like, Miss Akita?

S.2 He likes classic.

12. Fugii if he/she can sing.

S.1 Do you know about if she can sing, Mr, Fugii?

S.2 Yes I do, she can sing very well.

13. Umeda if he/she got up late this morning.

S.1 Do you know about if she got up late this morning, Mr, Umeda?

S.1 No I don't at all.

14. Yosida what time he/she usually has dinner.

S.1 Do you know what time he usually has dinner, Mrs. Yosida?

S.2 Yes, I do. he usually has dinner at 7 o'clock in the evening.

15. Ikeda how often he/she goes skiing.

S.1 How often does she go skiing, Miss Ikeda?

S.2 She goes to skiing two times in the winter.

16. Nagano how he/she come here today.

S.1 Do you know how she come here today, Mr. Nagano?

S.2 Yes, I know. she come here today.

17. Hibi who is sitting next to him/her.

S.1 Do you know who is sitting next to her, Miss, Hibi?

S.2 No, I don't.

18. Sakamoto where he/she was born.

S.1 Do you know where he was born, Mr. Sakamoto?

S.2 Yes I do, he was born in Tokyo.

19. Motoki how far it is form here to his/her home.

S.1 Do you know, how far it takes from here to his home, Mrs. Motoki?

S.2 Yes, I know. It's take 1 hour.

20. Baba what he/she saw on TV last night.

S.1 Do you know what she saw TV last night, Miss Baba?

S.2 No I didn't.

LESSON 26

This lesson introduces a number of verb phrases composed of a simple verb stem

And one or more prepositions. For convenience, they are referred to in the text as

two-word verbs, although a few actually contain more than two words. Many of the

verb phrases, so common in everyday speech, are idiomatic in the scene that their

meaning can not be deduced form the meaning of their components.

TEXT: "MR.COLLINS GETS HOME LATE"

Mr. Collins has dinner with a business associate downtown yesterday

evening, so he didn't get home until 11 o'clock.

First he took off his coat in the hall and hung it up into closet.

Then he took off his shoes and put on his slippers.

Next, he went into the living room and turned on the light.

Then he took his glasses out of his breast pocket and put them on.

After that, he picked up the evening paper and sat down.

The news wasn't interesting, so he put down the paper and put his

glasses back in his pocket.

Finally, he turned off the light and went upstairs to bed.

He tried not to make any noise, because he didn't want to wake up his

wife.

1 PATTERNS WITH TWO-WORD SEPARABLE WERBS.

TRANSFORMATION

Teacher He took off his coat.

S.1 He took his coat off.

S.2 He took it off.

Teacher He put on his slippers.

S.3 He put his slippers on.

S.4 He put them on.

Continue

!. He took off his shoes. He took his shoes off.

He took them off.

2. I picked up the paper. I picked the paper up.

I picked it up.

3. He hung up his coat. He hung his coat up.

He hung it up.

4. He turned on the TV. He turned the TV on.

He turned it on.

5. He turned off the radio. He turned the radio off.

He turned it off.

6. She put down her book. She put her book down.

She put it down.

7. She turned on the gas. She turned the gas on.

She turned it on.

8. I turned off the lights. I turned the lights off.

I turned thfem off.

9. She woke up the children. She woke the children up.

She woke them up.

10. He put back his glasses. He put his glasses back.

He put them back.

2 QUESTIONS ON THE TEXT

1. Teacher Did Mr. Collins have dinner at home?

S.1 No, he didn't.

Continue

2. Where did he have dinner? He had dinner downtown.

3. Did he have dinner with his wife? No, he didn't.

4. Who did he have dinner with? He had dinner with a business

associate.

5. When was that? Yesterday evening.

6. What did Mr. Collins do yesterday evening?

He had dinner with a business associate downtown.

7. Did he get home early or late last night? He got home late.

8. He didn't get home until 11 o'clock, did he? No, he didn't.

9. What time did he get home? He got home at 11 o'clock.

10. Why was that? Because he had dinner with a business associate

downtown yesterday evening.

11. He took off his coat first, didn't he? Yes, he did.

12. Did he take it off in the living room? No, he didn't.

13. Where did he take it off? He took it off in the hall.

14. He didn't hang it up in the closet, did he? Yes, he did.

15. What did he hang up? He hung up his coat.

16. Where did he hang it up? He hung it up in the closet.

17. What did Mr. Collinns do in the hall?

He took off his coat and hung it up in the closet.

18. Then he took his shoes off. I suppose? That's right.

19. What did he take off? He took off his shoes.

20. Did he put on his shoes, or did he put on his slippers?

He put on his slippers.

21. Did he take off his slippers and put on his shoes, or did he take off his shoes and put on his slippers?

He took off his shoes and put on his slippers.

22. I see. He went into the kitchen next, didn't he?

No, he didn't.

23. Oh? What room did he go into? He went into the living room.

24. So he didn't go into the kitchen? No, he didn't.

25. You're sure about that, aren't you? Yes, I am.

26. Did he turn on the light in the living room? Yes, he did.

27. What did he turn on? He turned on the light.

28. Then he put on glasses, didn't he? Yes, he did.

29. Were his glasses min his pocket? Yes, they were.

30. Which pocket were they in? They were in his breast pocket.

31. Did he put his glasses into his breast pocket, or did he take them out of his

32. breast pocket? He took them out of his breast pocket.

32. What did he do with his glasses? He took them out of his breast

pocket and put them on.

33. After that, he picked up a book, didn't he? No, he didn't.

34. He didn't pick up a book? No, he didn't.

35. Did he pick up the paper? Yes, he did.

36. Did he pick up the morning paper or the evening paper?

He picked up the evening paper.

37. Then, he sat down, didn't he? Yes, he did.

38. Was the news interesting? No, it wasn't.

39. Did he put the paper down? Yes, he did.

40. What did he put down? He put down the paper.

41. Why did he put it down? Because the news wasn't interesting.

42. Did he take off his glasses? Yes, he did.

43. Did he put his glasses down, or did he put them back in his pocket? He put them back in his pocket.

44. What did he do with his glasses? He took them off and put them

back in hid pocket.

45. Did he finally turn off the light? Yes, he did.

46. Did he watch TV, or did he go upstairs to be?

He went upstairs to bed.

47. He tried not to make any noise, didn't he? Yes, he did.

48. Did he want to wake up his wife? No, he didn't.

49. What did he try not to do? He tried not to make any noise.

50. Why did he try not to make any noise?

Because he didn't want to wake up his wife.

3 INTRODUCTION TO CHART 7, SERIES A

(a) Repetition

1. Mr. Humphrey put off her dental appointment.

She put off it.

2. Mr. Rives got over his cold, He got over it.

3. Mrs. Harrison got back her money.

She got it back.

4. Mrs. Jones tried on the dress. She tried it on.

5. Mr. Black got through with his work.

He got through with it.

6. Charles worked out the crossword puzzle.

He worked it out.

7. Mrs. O'Brian found out the price. She found it out.

8. Susan got rid of the mistake. She got rid of them.

9. Mike heated up the room. He heated it up.

(b) Questions with WHO

1. S.1 Who put off her dental appointment?

S.2 Mrs. Humphrey put it off.

S.3 Who got over his cold?

S.4 Mr. Rivers got over it.

Continue

3. Who got back her money? Mrs. Harrison got it back.

4. Who tried on the rest? Mrs. Jones tried it on.

5. Who got through with his work? Mr. Black got through with it.

6. Who worked out the crossword puzzle? Charles worked it out.

7. Who found out the price? Mrs. O'Brian found it out.

8. Who got rid of the mistakes? Susan got rid of them.

9. Who heated up the room? Mike heated it up.

(c) Questions with WHAT

1. S.1 What did Mrs. Humphrey put off?

S.2 She put off her dental appointment.

2. S.3 What did Mr. Rivers get over?

S.4 He got over his cold.

Continue

3. What did Mrs. Harrison get back? She got back her money.

4. What did Mrs. Jones try on? She tried on the dress.

5. What did Mr. Black get through? He got through with his work.

6. What did Charles work out? He worked out the crossword.

7. What did Mrs. O'Brian find out? She found the price.

8. What did Susan get rid of? She got rid of the mistakes.

9. What did Mike heat up? He heated up the room.

4 BE+PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES. IN/OUT,ON/OFF,OVER,BACK

(a) Repetition

1. Is the doctor in? No. He's out.

2. Are the lights on? No. They're off.

3. Is the teacher back? No. He's still out.

4. Is the class over? No. It's still going. on.

5. Is the doctor still out? No. He's back.

6. Is the class still going on? No. It's over.

(b) Q&A OPPOSITE PAIRS

Teacher Is your father in?

S.1 No. He's out.

Teacher Is your father still out?

S.2 No. He's back.

Continue

1. Is the gas off? No. It's on.

2. Is the stove on? No. It's off.

3. Is the class still going on? No. It's over.

4. Is the lesson over? No. It's still going on.

5. Is Mr. Black out? No. He's in.

6. Is Mr. Black still out? No. He's back.

7. Is the radio on? No. It's off.

8. Is the TV off? No. It's on.

9. Is your mother back? No. She's still out.

10. Is the tennis match over? No. It's still going on.

11. Is the party still going on? No. It's over.

12. Is the teacher back? No. He's still out.

13. Is the teacher still out? No. He's back.

14. Is the war still going on? No. It's over.

15. Is the class over? No. It's still going on.

16. Is the air condition on? No. It's off.

17. Are your parents in? No. They're out.

19. Is the game still going on? No. It's over.

20. Is our work over? No. It's still going on.

(c) Conversation

Teacher the lights

S.1 Are the lights on or off?

S.2 I think they're on/off.

Teacher the doctor

S.3 Is the doctor in or out?

S.4 I think he's in/out.

S.5 Is the doctor back, or is he still out?

S.6 I think he's back/still out.

Teacher the tennis match

S.7 Is the tennis match over, or is it still going on?

S.8 I think it's over/still going on?

Continue

1. your parents

S.1 Are your parents in or out?

S.2 I think they're out.

2. the radio

S.1 Is the radio on or off?

S.2 I think It's on.

3. the class

S.1 Is the class still going on or over?

S.2 I think It's over.

4. the toaster

S.1 Is the toaster on or off?

S.2 I think it's off.

5. the water

S.1 Is the water on or off?

S.2 I think it's on.

6. the secretary

S.1 Is the secretary in or out?

S.2 I think she's out.

S.3 Is the secretary back, or is she still out?

S.4 I think she's still out.

7. Mike and Charles

S.1 Are Mike and Charles in or out?

S.2 I think they're out.

S.3 Are Mike and Charles back, or are they still out?

S.4 I think they're back.

8. the TV

S.1 Is the TV on or off?

S.2 I think It's on.

9. the gas

S.1 Is the gas on or off?

S.2 I think it's off.

10. the lesson

S.1 Is the lesson still on or over?

S.2 I think It's still going on.

11. the engine

S.1 Is the engine on or off?

S.2 I think it's on.

12. the teacher

S.1 Is the teacher in or put?

S.2 I think he's in.

S.3 Is the doctor back, or is he still out?

S.4 I think he's back.

13. the electricity

S.1 Is the electricity on or off?

S.2 I think it's off.

14. the party

S.1 Is the party over, or is it still going on?

S.2 I think it's over.

5 TOW-WORD VERBS CONVERSATION

(a) Sentence construction

Teacher take off

S.1 I took off my shoes.

S.2 He's taking off his coat.

S.3 She's going to take off her glasses.

Continue

1. put on

S.1 I put on my glasses.

S.2 He's putting on his glasses.

S.3 She's going to put on her glasses.

2. put off

S.1 I put off my dental appointment.

S.2 He's putting off his dental appointment.

S.3 She's going to put off her dental appointment.

3. put down

S.1 I put down the paper.

S.2 He's putting down the paper.

S.3 She's going to put down the paper.

4. turn on

S.1 I turned on the gas.

S.2 He's turning on the gas.

S.3 She's going to turn on the gas.

5. turn off

S.1 I turned off the light.

S.2 He's turning off the light.

S.3 She's going to turn off the light.

6. find out

S.1 I found out the paper.

S.2 He's finding out the paper.

S.3 She's going to find out the paper.

7. get over

S.1 I got over my cold.

S.2 He's getting over his cold.

S.3 She's going to get over her cold.

8. get back

S.1 I got back from my trip.

S.2 He's getting back from his trip.

S.3 She's going to get back from her trip.

9. get through with

S.1 I got through with my work.

S.2 He's getting through with his work.

S.3 She's going to get through with her work.

10. get rid of

S.1 I got rid of the dead leaves.

S.2 He's getting rid of the dead leaves.

S.3 She's going to get rid of the dead leaves.

11. work out

S.1 I worked out the problem.

S.2 He's working out the problem.

S.3 She's going to work out the problem.

12. try on

S.1 I tried on the clothes.

S.2 He's trying on the clothes.

S.3 She's going to try the clothes.

13. heat up

S.1 I heated up with discussion.

S.2 He's heating up with discussion.

S.3 She's going to heat up with discussion.

15. pick up

S.1 I picked up a handkerchief.

S.2 He's picking up a handkerchief.

S.3 She's going to pick up a handkerchief.

16. hang up

S.1 I hung up my coat.

S.2 He's hanging up his coat.

S.3 She's going to hang up her coat.

17. put back

S.1 I put book back to the bookcase.

S.2 He's putting book back to the bookcase.

S.3 She's going to put book back to the bookcase.

18. take out of

S.1 I took him out of himself.

S.2 He's taking her out of herself.

S.3 She's going to take him out of himself.

(b) Questions and answers

Teacher your appointment - put off

S.1 What about your appointment?

S.2 It's all right. I put it off.

Teacher your cold - get over

S.3 What about your cold?

S.4 It's all right. I got over it.

Teacher the mistakes in that letter - get rid of

S.5 What about the mistakes in that letter?

S.6 It's all light. I got rid of them.

Continue

1. your money - get back

S.1 What about your money?

S.2 It's all right. I got it back.

2. your work - get through with

S.1 What about your work?

S.2 It's all right. I got through with it.

3. your coat and hat - hang up

S.1 What about your coat and hat?

S.2 It's all right. I hung it up.

4. that problem - work out

S.1 What about that problem?

S.2 It's all right. I worked out that problem.

5. the address - find out

S.1 What about the address?

S.2 It's all right. I found out the address.

6. your friends - call up

S.1 What about your friends?

S.2 It's all right. I called them up.

7. the cold soup - heat up

S.1 What about the cold soup?

S.2 It's all right. I heated it up.

8. the electricity - turn on

S.1 What about the electricity?

S.2 It's all right. I turned on.

9. your old shoes - get rid of

S.1 What about your old shoes?

S.2 It's all right. I got it rid of.

10. the children - wake up

S.1 What about the children?

S.2 It's all right. I woke them up.

11. your glasses - take off

S.1 What about your glasses?

S.2 It's all right. I took it off.

12. the gas - turn off

S.1 What about the gas?

S.2 It's all right. I turned it off.

LESSON 27

After the practices based on the text of Lesson 26, further attention is given to

two-word verb patterns. The use of so as a sentence connector is then practiced,

followed by the introduction of Series B of the new Chart 7. The lesson ends with

practice on why and because using

Chart 6.

1 INTRODUCTION TO CHART 7, SERIES B

(a) Repetition

1. Mrs. Humphrey called up the dentist. She called him up.

2. Mr. Rivers gave up smoking. He gave it up.

3. Mrs. Harrison took back the purchase. She took it back.

4. Mrs. Jones went into the dressing room. She went into it.

5. Mr. Black put away his tools. He put them away.

6. Charles looked up the words in the dictionary. He looked them up.

7. Mrs. O'Brian sent for a catalogue. She sent for one.

8. Susan typed the letter over. She typed it over.

9. Mike turned on the gas heater. He turned it on.

(b) Questions with WHO

1. S.1 Who called up the dentist?

S.2 Mrs. Humphrey called him up.

2. S.3 Who gave up smoking?

S.4 Mr. Rivers gave it up.

Continue

3. Who took back the purchase? Mrs. Harrison too it back.

4. Who went into the dressing room? Mrs. Jones went into it.

5. Who put away the tools? Mr. Black put them away.

6. Who looked up the words in the dictionary? Charles looked them up.

7. Who sent for a catalogue? Mrs. Obrian sent for one.

8. Who typed the letter over? Susan typed it over.

9. Who turned on the gas heater? MIKE turned it on.

(c) Questions with WHAT, WHO(M) or WHERE

1. S.1 Who did Mrs. Humphrey call up?

S.2 he called up the dentist.

2. S.3 What did Mr. Rivers give up?

S.4 He gave up smoking.

Continue

3. What did Mrs. Harrison take back? She took the purchase.

4. Where did Mrs. Jones go? She went into the dressing room.

5. What did Mr. Black put away? He put away his tools.

6. What did Charles look up in the dictionary? He looked up the words.

7. What did Mrs. O'brian send for? She sent for a catalogue.

8. What did Susan type over? She typed the letter over.

9. What did Mike turn on? He turned on the gas heater.

2 TWO-WORD VERG PATTERS. Q&A

Teacher I took off my coat.

Students I took off my coat.

Teacher yes/no question

S.1 Did you take off your coat?

S.2 Yes, I took it off.

Teacher what

S.1 What did you take off?

S.2 I took off my coat.

Teacher when

S.1 When did you take it off?

S.2 I took it off a few minutes ago.(free answer)

Teacher She woke up the children.

Student She woke up the children.

Teacher yes/no question

S.3 Did she wake up the children?

S.4 Yes she woke them up.

Teacher who

S.3 Who did she wake up?

S.4 She woke up the children.

Teacher when

S.3 When did she wake them up?

S.4 She woke them up at 8 O'clock this morning.(free answer)

Continue

1. O took up golf.

yes/no Did you take up golf?

Yes I took it up.

what What did you take up?

I took up golf.

when When did you take it up?

I took up at 10 o'clock this morning.

2. He looked up the words in the dictionary.

yes/no Did he look up the words?

Yes he looked them up.

where Where did he looked them up?

He looked the up in the dictionary.

when When did he look them up?

He looked them up in the morning.

3. He gave up smoking.

yes/no Did he give up smoking?

Yes he gave it up.

what What did he give up?

He gave up smoking.

when When did he give it up?

He gave it up last year.

(*) 4. She called on her uncle.

yes/no Did she call on her uncle?

Yes she called on him.

who Who did she call on?

She called on her uncle.

when When did she call on him?

She called on him yesterday.

5. I called up my mother.

yes/no Did you call up your mother?

who Who did you call up?

I called up my mother.

when When did you call her up?

I called her up last evening.

6. They put away their skis.

yes/no Did they put away their skis?

Yes they put them away.

what What did they put away?

They put away their skis.

when When did they put them away?

They put them away this afternoon.

() 7. She sent for a catalogue.

yes/no Did she send for a catalogue?

Yes she sent for one.

what What did she send for?

She sent for a catalogue.

when When did she send for one?

She sent for one a week ago.

8. She typed the report over.

yes/no Did she type the report over?

Yes she typed it over.

what What did she type over?

She typed the repot over.

when When did she type it over?

She typed it over an hours ago.

3 PUT/TAKE WITH INTO OUT OF AND BACK

(a) Demonstration

Teacher I'm taking my pen out of my pocket.

Students You took your pen put of your pocket.

Teacher Now I'm putting my pen back into my pocket.

Students You put your pen back into your pocket.

Teacher What did I do?

Students First you took your pen put of your pocket, and then you put

it back.(into your pocket)

Teacher I'm putting a book into my bag.

Students You put a book into your bag.

Teacher Now I'm taking the book back out of my bag.

Students You took the book back out of your bag.

Teacher What did I do?

Students First you put the book into your bag, and then you took it

back out.(of your bag)

(b) Conversation

S.1 I'm taking glasses out of my pocket.

S.2 You took glasses out of your pocket.

S.1 I'm putting glasses back into my pocket.

S.2 You put glasses back into your pocket.

Teacher(to S.3) What did Mr. Yamada(S.1) do?

S.3 First he took glasses out of his pocket, and then he put it back.(into his pocket)

Continue as above with pockets, bags, pencil boxes, etc.

4 CONNECTED SENTENES WITH SO

(A) Chart 6

1. S.1 Louise has to go to school, so she can't go swimming.

2. S.2 The Johnsons have to go to church, so they can't go sightseeing.

Continue

4. George has to go home, so he can(t go riding.

5. Chris has to go downtown, so he can't go hiking.

6. Mr. Andrews has to go to work, so he can't go shopping.

7. Larry has to go to the island, so he can't go sailing.

8. Mr. Tanaka has to go to Tokyo, so he can't go camping.

9. Mrs. Miller and her friend have to go aboard, so they can't go

fishing.

(b) Combination

Teacher I'm busy.

Students I'm busy.

Teacher I can't go out.

Students I can't go out.

S.1 I'm busy, so I can't go out.

Teacher She can't leave yet.

Students She can't leave yet.

Teacher She isn't ready.

Students She isn't ready.

S.2 She isn't ready, so she can't leave yet.

Continue

1. I made a mistake. I had to correct it.

I made a mistake, so I had to correct it.

2. I ran to the station. I was late.

I was late, so I ran to the station.

3. He didn't remember her birthday. He lost his diary.

He lost his diary, so he didn't remember her birthday.

4. He fell asleep on the train. He was late for work.

He fell asleep on the train, so he was late for work.

5. The program wasn't interesting, I turned off the TV.

The program wasn't interesting, so I turned off the TV.

6. I became the champion. I trained hard.

I trained hard, so I became the champion.

7. I caught a cold. I didn't wear an overcoat.

I didn't wear an overcoat, so I caught a cold.

8. We played very well. We won the game.

We played very well, so we won the game.

9. I put on my coat. I wanted to go out.

I wanted to go out, so I put on my coat.

10. I wanted to read. I turned on the light.

I wanted to read, so I turned on the light.

11. I felt ill. I put off the appointment.

I felt ill, so I pit off the appointment.

12. I felt very sleepy. I put down my book.

I felt very sleepy, so I put down my book.

13. He finished his work. He put away his tools.

He finished his work, so he put away his tools.

14. Breakfast was ready. She woke up the children.

Breakfast was ready, so she woke up the children.

15. He decided to stay. He hung up his coat.

He decided to stay, so he hung up his coat.

5 CHART6. WHY AND BECAUSE

(a) Connected sentences

1. S.1 Louise didn't go swimming, because she had to go to school.

2. S.2 The Johnsons didn't go sightseeing, because they had to go to church.

3. S.3 Ann and Jim didn't go skiing, because they had to go to the

park.

Continue

4. George didn't go riding, because he had to go home.

5. Chris didn't go hiking, because he had to go downtown.

6. Mr.Andrews didn't go shopping, because he had to go to work.

7. Larry didn't go sailing, because he had to go to the island.

8. Mr.Tanaka didn't go camping, because he had to go to Tokyo.

9. Mrs. Miller and her friend didn't go fishing, because they had to

go abroad.

(b) Questions and answers

1. S.1 Why didn't you go swimming?

S.2 I had to go to school.

2. S.3 Why didn't you go sightseeing?

S.4 I had to go to church.

3. S.5 Why didn't you go skiing?

S.6 I had to go to the park.

Continue

4. Why didn't you go riding? I had to go home.

5. Why didn't you go hiking? I had to go downtown.

6. Why didn't you go shopping? I had to go to work.

7. Why didn't you go sailing? I had to go to the island.

8. Why didn't you go camping? I had to go to Tokyo.

9. Why didn't you go fishing? I had to go abroad.

6 CHART6. PATTERN DIALOGUES

1. S.1 Can I go swimming with Ron and Fred?

S.2 No, you can't.

S.1 Why not?

S.2 Because you have to go to school.

2. S.3 Can I go sightseeing with Janet?

S.4 No, you can't.

S.3 Why not?

S.4 Because you have to go to church.

Continue

3. Can I go skiing with John? No, you can't.

Why not? Because you have to go to the park.

4. Can I go riding with Mr. and Mrs. Woodhouse? No, you can't.

Why not? Because you have to go home.

5. Can I go hiking with Ken and Bill? No, You can't.

Why not? Because you have to go downtown.

6. Can I go shopping with Mrs. Andrews and Mary? No, you can't.

Why not? Because you have to go to work.

7. Can I go selling with Al and Gus? No, You can't.

8. Can I go camping with Bob and Bill? No, you can't.

Why not? Because you have to go to Tokyo.

9. Can I go fishing with Mr.Miller? No, you can't.

Why not? Because you have to go abroad.

LESSON 28

This lesson continues practice with two-word verb patterns, this time presented in

dialogue form. Further practice on tense variations is included. Sentence sequences

connected by such words as then, next after that, etc., are practiced and the lesson

ends with a directed Q&A exercise.

DIALOGUE "A LIGHT LUNCH"

Joanne Harrison is phoning her husband, Michael, at work.

Joanne Hello? Michael? This is Joanne. You left your lunch

box behind this morning, You know.

Michael Yes, I did, didn't I? Never mind. I can do without lunch today.

Joanne Oh, no, Michael. Don't do that! I can bring it over.

Michael Don't bother, Joanne. I can call up the cafeteria and order

a sandwich.

Jonne Well. all right, then. But make sure you do!

I'll make you an extra big dinner this evening OK?

Michael Wonderful. Well, I have to go now. I have to see the boss

about some business.

Joanne Fine. Good-bye for now.

Michael Bye, then.

1 TENSE VARIATIONS. SUBSTITUTION

He left his lunch box behind.

He left his books behind.

He put his books away.

He's going to put his books away.

Continue

1. his new suit He's going to put his new suit away.

2.(question) Is he going to put his new suit away?

3. try on Is he going to try his new suit on?

4. yesterday Did he try his new suit on yesterday?

5. pay for Did he pay for his new suit yesterday?

6. (statement) He paid for his new suit yesterday.

7. the gas He paid for the gas yesterday.

8. Mrs.Jones Mrs. Jones is paid for the gas yesterday.

9. now Mrs. Jones is paying for the gas now.

10. turn off Mrs. Jones is turning off the gas now.

11. last night Mrs. Jonse turned off the gas last night.

12. (negative) Mrs. Jonse didn't turn off the gas last night.

13. the TV Mrs. Jonse didn't turn off the TV last night.

14. turn on Mrs. Jonse didn't turn on the TV last night.

15. tomorrow Mrs. Jonse isn't going to turn on the TV tomorrow.

16. (affirmative) Mrs. Jonse is going to turn on TV tomorrow.

17. get rid of Mrs. Jonse is going to get rid of the TV tomorrow.18. we We're going to get rid of the TV tomorrow.

19. those magazines We're going to get rid of those magazines tomorrow.20. throw We're going to throw away those magazines tomorrow.

21 she She's going to throw away those magazines tomorrow.

22 (question) Is she going to throw away those magazines tomorrow?23. read over Is she going to read over those magazines tomorrow?

24. yesterday Did she read over those magazines yesterday?

25. you Did you read over those magazines yesterday?

26. give away Did you give away those magazines yesterday?

27. any money Did you give away any money yesterday?

28. do without Did you do without any money yesterday?

29. lunch Did you do without lunch yesterday?

30. tomorrow Did you going to do without lunch tomorrow?

2 TWO-WORD VERB PATTERNS. Q&A

2 TWO-WORD VERB PATTERS. Q&A

Teacher I took up Spanish because it's easy.

Teacher yes/no question

S.1 Did you take up Spanish?

S.2 Yes, i took it up.

Teacher why

S.1 Why did you take it up?

S.2 Because it's easy.

Teacher when

S.1 When did you take it up?

S.2 I took it up first year(free answer)

Continue

1. She's going to get rid of those old clothes.

yes/no Is she going to get rid of those old clothes?

Yes, she's going to get rid of them.

what What is she going to get rid of?

She's going to get rid of those old clothes.

when When is she going to get rid of them?

She's going to get rid of them yesterday.

2. I had no money, so I did without lunch.

yes/no Did you do without lunch?

Yes, I did without it.

why Why did you do without it?

Because I has no money.

when When did you do without it?

I did without it today.

3. She brought the lunch box over to her husband.

yea/no Did she bring the lunch box over?

Yes, she brought it over.

who(m) Who did she bring it over to?

She brought it over to her husband.

when When did she bring it over?

She brought it over this noon.

4.　 My father turned down an overseas job offer.

yes/no Did your father turn down an overseas job offer?

Yes, he turned one down.

what kind of What kind of job offer did your father turn down?

He turned down one down.

When When did he turn it down?

He turned it down last year.

5. The teacher read over my composition.

yes/no Did the teacher read over your composition?

Yes, he read it over.

what What did the teacher read over?

He read over my composition.

when When did he read it over?

He read it over tonight.

6. I never throw away food, because it's wasteful.

yes/no Did you ever throw away food?

No, I never throw it away.

why Why do you never throw it away?

Because it's wasteful.

3 ACTION SEQUENCES. FIRDT, THEN, NEXT, AFTER THAT, FINALLY

Teacher I went downtown yesterday.

Students I went downtown yesterday.

Teacher I got a haircut.

S.1 I went downtown yesterday. First, I got a haircut.

Teacher I went to the bank.

S.2 I went downtown yesterday. First, I got a haircut.

Then I went to the bank.

Teacher I bought some clothes.

S.3 I went downtown yesterday. First, I got a haircut.

Then, I went to the bank, next, I bought some clothes.

Teacher I had a cup of coffee.

S.4 I went downtown yesterday. First, I got a haircut, Then,

I went to the bank. Next, I bought some clothes.

After that, I had a cup of coffee.

Teacher I went downtown yesterday. First, I got a haircut, Then,

I went to the bank. Next, I bought some clothes.

After that, I had a cup of coffee. Finally, I took the

train back home.

Continue

1. I'm going to go to Europe next month.

I'm going to get a passport.(first)

I'm going to go to a travel agency.(then)

I'm going to make a reservation.(next)

I'm going to buy my ticket.(after that)

I'm going to say good-by to my friends.(finally)

2. I always have the same schedule on Mondays.

I go to school/work in the morning.(first)

I go home in the evening.(then)

I have dinner.(next)

I watch TV.(after that)

I go to bed at 11 O'clock.(finally)

3. I decided to take up tennis last month.

I went to a sports store. (first)

I bought a racket.(then)

I bought a tennis club.(next)

I practiced with one of my friends.(after that)

I joined a tennis club.(finally)

4. I met the president yesterday.

I shook hands.(first)

I told him my name.(then)

He told a joke. ( next)

Everybody laughed.(after that)

He said good-by. (finally)

5. We're going to go to a restaurant this evening.

We're going to ask for the minute.(first)

We're going to order dinner. (then)

We're going to have a drink. (next)

We're going to eat dinner. (after that)

We're going to pay the bill. (finally)

6. Mr. Cole never works on Sundays.

He gets up at eight. (first)

He has a nice breakfast. (then)

He goes to church. (next)

He reads the paper. (after that)

He plays with the children. (finally)

7. I got home late last night.

I parked the car in the garage.. (first)

I went into the house. (then)

I had something to eat. (next)

I watched TV for a while. (after that)

I went upstairs to bed. (finally)

4 CHART 7. QUESTION WORD PRACTICE

(a) Series A

1. Teacher this morning

S.1 When did Mrs. Humphrey put off her dental appointment?

She put off her dental appointment this morning.

2. Teacher his cold

S.2 What did Mr. Rivers get over?

He got over his cold.

Continue

3. the clothing store Where did Mrs. Harrison get back her money?

She got back her money at the clothing store.

4. in the dressing room Where did Mrs. Jones try on the dress?

She tried on the dress in the dressing room.

5. at 6 O'clock What time did Mr. Black get through with his work?

He got through with his work at 6 o'clock.

6. Charles Who worked out the crossword puzzle?

Charles worked out the crossword puzzle.

7. last week When did Mrs. O'brian find out the price?

She found out the price last week.

8. the mistakes What did Susan get rid of?

Susan got rid of the mistakes.

9. it was cold Why did Mike heat up the room?

Mike heated up the room. because it was cold.

(b) Series B

1. Teacher the dentist

S.1 Who did Mrs. Humphrey call up?

She called up the dentist.

2. Teacher he had a cold

S.2 Why did Mr. Rivers give up smoking?

He gave up smoking. Because he had a cold.

Continue

3. the purchase What did Mrs. Harrison take back?

She took back the purchase.

4. the dressing room, not the dining room

Which room did Mrs. Jones go into?

She went into the dressing room.

5. he wanted to go home Why did Mr. Black put away his tools?

He put away his tools.

because he wanted to go home.

6. twenty words How many words did Charles look up in the dictionary?

Charles looked up twenty words in the dictionary.

7. a catalogue What did Mrs. O'Brian send for?

She send for a catalogue.

8. the director's letter Whose letter did Susan type over?

She typed over the director's letter.

9. half an hour ago When did Mike turn on the gas heater?

Mike turned on the gas heater half an hour ago.

5 DIRECTED Q&A

Teacher Mr. Kondo, ask Miss. Asuka if she took up a new hobby recently.S.1 Did you take up a new hobby recently, Miss. Asuka?

S.s2 Yes, I took up photography.

Continue

Ask...

1. how often he/she calls on his/her relatives.

How often does he call on his relatives?

　　　He calls on his relatives once a week.

2. if he/she ever gives money away.

Do you know, if he ever gives money away?

No, he never gave money away.

3. What he/she left behind this morning.

What kind of thing did she left behind this morning?

She left behind lunch box this morning.

4. if he/she ever turned down a job offer.

Do you know if she turned down a job offer?

Yes, she often turned down a job offer.

5. who woke him/her up this morning.

Do you know, who work him up this morning?

His mother woke up him this morning.

6. Why he/she didn't read over the lesson before class.

Do you know, why he didn't read over the lesson before class?

Yes, because, he had to go to the party last night.

7. if he/she ever does without lunch or breakfast.

Do you know, if she ever does without lunch or breakfast?

Yes, she often did without lunch or breakfast.

8. if he/she had a light lunch today.

Do you know if he had a light lunch today?

Yes, he didn't had a light lunch today.

9. if he/she is going to have an extra big dinner tonight.

Do you know if she is going to have extra big dinner tonight?

No, I don't .

10. if he/she always puts his/her books away after studying.

Do you know if she always puts her books away after studying?

No, I don't.

11. Where he/she usually hangs up his/her coat.

Where does he usually hangs up his coat?

He usually hangs up his coat on hanger.

12 if he/she is going to give up English.

Do you know if she is going to give up English?

Yes, I know, because it was so difficult for her.

13. how often he/she looks up words in the dictionary.

How often did he look up words in the dictionary

Yes, I know. he looked up seven times.

14. if he/she threw away his/her primary school books.

Do you know if he threw away his primary school books?

No, I don't.

15. if he/she wants to go home now.

Do you know if she wants to go home now

Yes, I know. she don't want to go home now.

LESSON 29

Two-word verb patterns are practiced again, this time in transformation exercises

with synonyms and opposites. Then comes an exercise on the useful phrases: That's

why .. and That's because.. the usages of which are contrasted. There is also some

practice on the expressions. Take out of and put back in(to).

1 TENSE VARIATIONS. SUBSTITUTION

I'm going to call on my cousin tomorrow.

I called on my cousin last Sunday.

Continue

1. he He calls on his cousin once a week.

2.(question) Does he call on his cousin once a week?

3. call up Does he call up his cousin once a week?

4. yesterday Did he call up his cousin yesterday?

5. the doctor Did he call up the doctor yesterday?

6. send for Did he send for the doctor yesterday?

7. the books Did he send for the books yesterday?

8. soon Is he going to send for the books soon?

9. (statement) He's going to send for the books soon.

10. read over He's going to read over the books soon.

11. every day He reads over the books every day.

12. leave behind He leaves the books behind every day.

13. last week He left the books behind last week.

14. (negative) He didn't leave the books behind last week.

15. bring over He didn't bring over the books last week.

16. throw away He didn't throw away the books last week.

17.(affirmative) He threw away the books last week.

18. do without He did without the books last week.

19. cigarettes He did without cigarettes last week.

20. give up He gave up cigarettes last week.

2 DIALOUGE ADAPTATIONS

(a) Verbs with ABOUT. Substitution.

I have to see the boss about some business.

I have to see Mr. Black about some business.

I have to see Mr. Black about my work.

I have to talk to Mr. Black about my work.

Continue

1. my secretary I have to talk to my secretary about my work.

2. an appointment I have to talk to my secretary about an appointment.

3. ask I have to ask my secretary about an appointment.

4. the report I have to ask my secretary about the report.

5. the staff I have to ask the staff about the report.

6. consult I have to consult the staff about the report.

7. the new project I have to consult the staff about the new project.

8. you You have to consult the staff about the new project.

9. (question) Do you have to consult the staff about the new

project?

10. tell Do you have to tell the staff about the new project?

11. see Do you have to see the staff about the new project?

(b) Ordering things by telephone. Substitution

I can call up the cafeteria and order a sandwich.

I can call up the station and order a taxi.

I can call up the rent-a-car agency and order a car.

Continue

1. the store - a TV set

I can call up the store and order a TV set.

2. the flower shop - some roses

I can call up the flower shop and order some roses.

3. bank - traveler's checks

I can call up the bank and order some traveler's checks.

4. restaurant - a pizza

I can call up the restaurant and order a pizza.

5. baker's - some bread

I can call up the baker's and order some bread.

3 TWO-WORD VERB SYNONYMS. TRANSFORMATION

Teacher I had to stop smoking.

S.1 i had to give up smoking.

Teacher We had to postpone our trip.

S.2 We had to put off our trip.

Continue

1. The police entered the building. The police went into the building.2. She awakened the children. She woke up the children.

3. I recovered from my cold. I got over my cold.

4. When did you finish your work? When did you get through with

your work?

5. I can't solve this problem. I can't work out this problem.

6. Did you telephone the dentist? Did you call up the dentist?

7. Do you ever visit your cousin? Did you ever call on your cousin?

8. When did you begin to study English?

When did you take up English?

9. This TV is very bad. I'm going to return it to the store.

This TV is very bad. I'm going to take it back to the store.

10. She didn't recover her money. She didn't get back her money.

11. I refused his invitation. I turned down his invitation.

12. She retyped the letter. She typed the letter over.

13. Please replace those books. Please put those books back.

14. Who removed the table from this room?

Who took the table out of this room?

15. Please watch the baby for me. Please look after the baby for me.

4 TAHT'S WHY AND THAT'S BECAUSE. Q&A

Teacher Ken's a good student, so he hardly ever misses class.

Students Ken's a good student, so he hardly ever misses class.

S.1 Ken's a good student, isn't he?

S.2 Yes, he is. That's why he hardly ever misses class.

S.3 Ken hardly ever misses class, does he?

S.4 No, he doesn't. That's because he's good student.

Teacher Brian wasn't invited to the party, so he stayed at home.

Students Braian wasn't invited to the party, so he stayed at home.

S.5 Brian wasn't invited to the party, was he?

S.6 No, he wasn't. That's why he stayed at home.

S.7 Brian stayed at home, didn't he?

S.8 Yes, he did. That's because he wasn't invited to the party.

Continue

1. Ken studies English, so he often uses a tape recorder.

Ken studies English, doesn't he?

Yes, he does. That's why he often uses a tape recorder.

Ken often uses a tape recorder, doesn't he?

Yes he does. That's because he studies English.

2. There was a party last night, so the students are very sleepy.

There was a party last night, wasn't there?

Yes, there was. That's why the students are very sleepy.

The students are very sleepy, aren't they?

Yes, they are. That's because there was a party last night.

3. Ken keeps his books at school, so there aren't any in his bookcase.

　 Ken keeps his books at school, doesn't he?

Yes, he does. That's why there aren't any in his bookcase.

There aren't any books in Ken's bookcase, are there?

No, there aren't. That's because he keeps them at school.

4. Frank never misses a game on Sundays, so he's going to play

next Sunday.　

Frank never misses a game on Sundays, does he?

No, he doesn't, That's why he's going to play next Sunday.

Frank's going to play next Sunday, isn't he?

Yes, it is. That's because he never misses a game on Sundays.

5. The lake is forty kilometers away, so it took them an hour and

a half to get there.

The lake is forty kilometers away, isn't it?

Yes, it is. That's why it took them an hour and a half to get there.

It took them an hour and a half to get the lake, didn't it?

Yes, it did. That's because it's forty kilometers away.

6. It was a beautiful sunny day, so they enjoyed the picnic.

It was a beautiful sunny day, wasn't it?

Yes, it was. That's why they enjoyed the picnic.

They enjoyed the picnic, didn't they?

Yes, they did. That's because it was a beautiful sunny day.

5 CHART 2. TAKE OUT AND PUT BACK

(a) Substitution

1. S.1 He's taking some books out of the bookcase.

2. S.2 She's taking some dishes out of the cupboard.

3. S.3 They're taking some clothes out of the closet.

Continue

4. He's taking some shirts out of the drawer.

5. She's taking some vegetables out of the refrigerator.

6. He's taking some work clothes out of the locker.

7. They're taking some records out of the cabinet.

8. He's taking some tools out of the toolbox.

9. They're taking some valuables out of the safe.

(b) Conversation

1. S.1 Who took these books out of the bookcase?

S.2 I did.

S.1 Could you put them back please?

S.2 Of course. I'll put them back right way.

2. S.3 Who took these dishes out of the cupboard?

S.4 I did.

S.3 Could you put them back please?

S.4 Of course. I'll put them back right away.

Continue

3. Who took these clothes out of the closet?

4. Who took these shirts out of the drawer?

5. Who took these vegetables out of the refrigerator?

6. Who took these work clothes out of the locker?

7. Who took these records out of the cabinet?

8. Who took these tools out of the toolbox?

9. Who took these valuables out of the safe?

TWO-WORD VERNS IH CONTRARY PAIRS. CONVERSATION

Teacher take up - give up

S.1 Did you take up golf?

S.2 Yes. I took it up last year, but I'm going to give it up soon.

Teacher catch(a cold) - get over

S.3 Did you catch a cold?

S.4 Yes. I caught one last month, but I got over it soon.

Continue

1. pick up - put down Did you pick up a magazine?

Yes, I picked one up a few minutes ago, but I put it down just now.

2. borrow – bring back Did you borrow my dictionary?

Yes, I borrowed it this morning, but I’m going to bring it back soon.3. keep - give away Did you keep your old textbooks?

Yes, I kept them for many years, but I’m going to give them away soon..4. put on - take off Did you put on your new coat?

Yes, I put it on this morning, but I took it off about an hour ago.

5. leave behind – bring Did you eave your money behind?

Yes, I left it behind today, but I’m going to bring it tomorrow.

6. turn down - accept Did you turn that job offer down??

Yes, I turned it down yesterday, but I’m going to accept it later.

7. turn on - turn off Did you turn on the heater?

Yes, I turned it on a few minutes ago, but I'm going to turn

it off soon.

8. take out of - put back Did you take the milk out of

the refrigerator?

Yes, I took it out this morning, but I put it back right away.

LESSON 30

This last lesson of Book 3 is mainly devoted to reviewing the four

previous lesson, and includes a Workbook review quiz, In the latter

half of the lesson, an additional dialogue with questions is included

to give further two-word verb practice.

CHART 7. SENTENCES CONNECTED WITH SO

1. S.1 Mr. Humprey wants to put off her dental appointment,

so she's going to call up the dentist.

2. S.2 Mr. Rivers ants to get over his cold,

so he's going to give up smoking.

3. S.3 Mrs. Harrison wants to get back her money,

so she's going to take back the purchase.

Continue

4. Mrs. Jone wants to try on the dress,

so she's going to go into the dressing room.

5. Mr. black wants to get through with his work,

so he's going to put away his tools.

6. Charles wants to work out the crossword puzzle,

so he's going to look up the words in the dictionary.

7. Mrs. O'Brian wants to find out the price,

so she's going to send for a catalogue.

8. Susan wants to get rid of the mistakes,

so she's going to type the letter over.

9. Mike wants to heat up the room,

so he’s going to turn on the gas heater.

2 CHART7. THAT'S WHY

1. S.1 Didn't Mrs. Humphrey want to put off her dental appointment?

S.2 Yes. That's why she called up the dentist.

2. S.3 Didn't Mr. Rivers want to get over his cold?

S.4 Yes. That's why he gave up smoking.

3. S.5 Didn't Mrs. Harrison want to get back her money?

S.6 Yes. That's why she took back the purchase.

Continue

4. Didn't Mrs. Jones want to try on the dress?

Yes. That's why she went into the dressing room.

5. Didn't Mr. Black want to get through with his work?

Yes. That's why he put away his tools.

6. Didn't Charles want to work pot the crossword puzzle?

Yes. That's why he looked up the words in the dictionary.

7. Didn't Mrs. O'Brian want to find out the price?

Yes. That's why she sent for a catalogue.

8. Didn't Susan want to get rid of the mistakes?

Yes. That's why she typed the letter over.

9. Didn't Mike want to heat up the room?

Yes. That's why he' turned on the gas heater.

3 TWO-WORD VERB SYNONYMS. CONVERSATION

Teacher decided to stop smoking - give up

S.1 I decided to stop smoking.

S.2 You mean you decided to give it up?

S.1 That's right.

Teacher going to postpone my dental appointment - put off

I'm going postpone my dental appointment.

S.4 You mean you're going to put it off?

S.3 That's right.

Teacher had to visit my relatives - call on

S.5 I had to visit my relatives.

S.6 You mean you had to call on them?

S.5 That's right.

Continue

1. Want to solve this math problem - work out

S.1 I wanted to solve this math problem.

S.2 You mean you wanted to work it out?

S.1 That's right.

2. going to enter the bank - go into

S.1 I'm going to enter the bank.

S.2 You mean you're going to go into there?

S.1 That's right.

3. don't like to awaken the children - wake up

S.1 I don't like to awaken the children.

S.2 You mean you don't like to wake them up?

S.1 That's right.

4. can't recover from this cold - get over

S.1 I can't recover from this cold.

S.2 You mean you can't get over form it?

S.1 That's right.

5. have to finish my homework - get through with

S.1 I have to finish my homework.

S.2 You mean you have to get through with it?

S.1 That's right.

6. need to telephone the office - call(them) up

S.1 I need to telephone the office.

S.2 You mean you need to call up there?

S.1 That's right.

7. began to play golf last year - take up

S.1 I began to play golf last year.

S.2 You mean you took up it last year?

S.1 That's right.

8. decided not to return this purchase - take back

S.1 I decided not to return this purchase.

S.2 You mean you decided not to take back it?

S.1 That's right.

9. want to recover my money - get back

S.1 I want to recover my money.

S.2 You mean you decided to get it back?

S.1 That's right.

10. had to refuse his offer - turn down

S.1 I had to refuse his offer.

S.2 You mean you had to turn down it?

S.1 That's right.

11. need to retype my report - type over

S.1 I need to retype my report.

S.2 You mean you need to type over it?

S.1 That's right.

12. going to replace these books - put back

S.1 I'm going to replace these books.

S.2 You mean you're going to put them back?

S.1 That's right.

13. want to remove these flowers from the vase - take out of

S.1 I want to remove these flowers from the vase - take out of

S.2 You mean You want to take it out of the vase?

S.1 That's right.

14. decided to test this new machine - try out

S.1 I decided to test this new machine.

S.2 You mean you decided to try it out?

S.1 That's right.

15. didn't bring my camera - leave behind

S.1 I didn't bring my camera.

S.2 You mean you left it behind?

S.1 That's right.

16. want to consider the new plans - think over

S.1 I want to consider the new plans.

S.2 You mean you want to think it over?

S.1 That's right.

4 DIALOGUE AND Q&A

(a) Dialogue: "a Hard Day at the Office""

Mrs. Rivers greets he husband when he returns home from work.

Mr. R You look tired, George. Did you have a hard day at the office?

Mr. R Yes. I had to explain some new ideas to the staff. Then I tried out

the new computer, but it didn't work right. I'm going to complain to the makers

about it.

Mrs. R Well, sit down and relax for a while before dinner.

Do you want a drink?

Mr. R No, not now thanks. Do you have a couple of aspirins?

I have a bit of a headache.

Mrs. R Of course. Just a minute.(She brings the aspirins and a glass

of water.) Why don't you take a day off tomorrow?

Mr. R No, it isn't serious. I'll get over it before then.

(b) Questions on the dialogue

!. Did Mr. Rivers have an easy day at the office? No, he didn't.

2. What kind of day did he have? He had a hard day.

3. Do you ever have a hard day? (Sometimes I do.)

4. What did Mr. Rivers have to explain? Some new ideas.

5. Who did he explain them to? To the staff.

6. Then what did he do? He tried out the new computer.

7. Did he try the computer out? No, he didn't.

8. Did he try the computer out? Yes, he did.

9. Do you try some things out before you buy them? (Yes, I do)

10. What do you do before you buy a pen? (I try it out.)

11. Do you try out a cake before you buy it? (N, I don't.)

12. What do you do before you buy a suit? (I try it on.)

13. Was the computer in good condition? No. it wasn't.)

14. What was wrong with it? It didn't work right.

15. Was Mr. Rivers happy about the computer? No, he wasn't.

16. What is the going to do about it? He's going to complain.

17. Who is he going to complain to? To the makers.

18. What does Mr. Rivers need? A couple of aspirins.

19. What's wrong with him? He has a bit of a headache.

20. Did he decide to take a day off? No, he didn't.

5 EXPLAIN SOMETHING TO SOMEONE. Q&A

Teacher Mr. Rivers explained some new ideas to the staff.

Teacher yes/no question

S.1 Did Mr. Rivers explain some new ideas to the staff?

S.2 Yes, he explained some to them.

Teacher who(m)

S.3 Who did Mr. Rivers explain some ideas to?

S.4 To the staff.

Teacher what

S.5 What did Mr. Rivers explain to the staff?

S. He explained some new ideas to them.

Continue

1. The teacher explained the words to the students.

2. Tom explained the game to his friends.

3. I explained my ideas to the boss.

4. Mr. Rivers explained the plan to me.

5. Mrs. Jones explained the picture to the children.

6 BE PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES. CONTRARY PAIRS

Teacher Is the doctor in?

S.1 No. He's out.

Teacher Are the lights on?

S.2 No. They're off.

Teacher Is the war still going on?

S.3 No. It's over.

Teacher Is your mother still out?

S.4 No. She's back.

Continue

1. Are your parents out?

No. They're in.

2. Is the radio off?

No. It's on.

3. Is the class over?

No. It's still on.

4. Is Tom back?

No. He's still out.

5. Is the game still going on?

No. It's over.

6. Are the boys back?

No. They're still out.

7. Are the teachers still out?

No. They're back.

8. Is the heater on?

No. It's off.

9. Is the party over?

No. It's still on.

10. Are the girls back?

No. They're still out.

11. Is the secretary in?

No. She's out.

12. Is the electricity off?

No. It's on.

13. Are the classes still going on?

No. It's over.

14. Is Charles still out?

No. He's back.

7 TWO-WORD VERBS. CONVERSATION

Teacher I want to try out the computer.

S.1 Do you want to try out the computer?

S.2 Yes. i want to try it out.

S.3 What does Mr.Hamada want to try out?

S.1 He wants to try out the computer.

S.3 Why does he want to try it out?

S.1 I don't know. Ask him.

S.3 Why do you want to try out the computer, Mr. Yamada?

S.2 Because it's new.(free answer)

Continue

1. I want to think over your suggestion.

Do you want to think over my suggestion? Yes. I want to think it over.

What does Tanaka want to think over? He/She wants to think it over

my suggestion.

Why does he/she want to think it over? I don't know. ask him/her.

Why do you want to think over Sato's suggestion?

Because I can't believe him.

2. I'm going to take up karate.

Are you going to take up karate? Yes. I'm going to take it up.

Why is Yosida going to take up? He/She's going to take up karate.

Why is he/she going to take it up? I don't know. Ask him/her.

Why are you going to take up karate? Because I want to became strong.

3. I complained about the sales clerk.

Did you complain about the sales clerk? Yes. I complained about him.

Who did Goto complain about? He/she complained about the sales clerk.

Why did he/she complain about him? I don't know. Ask him/her.

Why did you complain about the sales clerk? Because I didn't like it.

4. I want to turn on the radio.

Do you want to turn on the radio? Yes. I want to turn it on.

What does Honda want to turn on? He/She wants to turn on the radio.

Why does he/she want to turn it? I don't know. Ask him/her.

Why do you want to turn on the radio? Because I want to hear the news.

5. I'm going to throw away this pen.

Are you going to throw away that pen? Yes. I'm going to throw it away.

What is Hashi going to throw away?

He/She's going to throw away that pen.

Why is he/she going to throw it away? I don't know. Ask him/her.

Why are you going to throw away that pen? Because it's old one.

6. I can't work out the answer.

Can you work out the answer? Yes. I can't work it out.

What can't Sato work out? He/She can’t work out the answer.

Why can't he/she work out it out? I don't know. Ask him/her.

Why can't you work out the answer? Because It's difficult.

Continue in the same way with the following

7. I turned down the invitation to the party.

Did you turn down the invitation to the party?

Yes. I turned it down.

What did you turn down? I turned down the invitation to the party.

Why did you turn it down. I don't know. Ask him/her.

What did you turn down the invitation to the party?

Because I was busy.

8. I have to give up smoking.

Do you have to give up smoking? Yes. I have to give it up.

What does you have to give up? I have to give up smoking.

Why do you have to give it up? I don't know. Ask him/her.

Why do you give up smoking? Because It's bad for health.

9. I'm going to send for a new stereo set.

Are you going to send for a new stereo set?

Yes. I'm going to sent for it.

What is Kodo going to send for?

He's going to sent for a new stereo set.

What does he going to sent for? I don't know. Ask him/her.

Why are you going to sent for a new stereo set? Because I need it.

10. I have to read over the last lesson.

Are you have to read over the last lesson?

Yes. I have to read it over.

What does you have to read? I have to read over the last lesson.

Why do you have to read it over? I don't know. Ask her.

Why are you have to read over last lesson? Because it's end.

11. I got rid of my motorcycle.

Did you get rid of your motorcycle? Yes. I got rid of it.

What does Hiyama get rid of. She got rid of her motorcycle.

Why she got rid of it? I don't know. Ask her.

Why were you get rid of your motorcycle?

Because it was no use.

12. I need to put on a sweater.

Do you need to put on a sweater? Yes. I need to put it on.

What does Kato need to put on? He need to put on a sweater.

Why does he need to put on? I don't know. Ask him.

Why does he need to put on a sweater?

Because he try on it.

LESSON 31

Determiners (some, any, much, etc.) with uncountable nouns, the future

forms will/won't, and too and either are introduced and practiced.

For convenience of terminology, uncountable nouns will be referred to

as U nouns in this and succeeding lessons. The drills on will/won't

begin with pronunciation practice on contracted forms; too and either are

practiced in a short response drill and in connected sentences; and the

lesson ends with a conversation exercise based on the dialogue expres-

sion make do with in combination with U nouns and various determiners.

DIALOGUE: "NO PEANUT BUTTER"

(Pam and her brother Roy have just come back from school. Their mother is out and they are both very hungry.)

Roy I'm starving. I could eat a hose.

Pam Me too. I'll have a look in the refrigerator.

What would you like?

Roy A peanut butter and jelly sandwich and a glass of milk.

Pam There isn't any peanut butter.

Roy No peanut butter! What sort of house is this anyway?

Pam And we haven't got much bread either - only a few slices.

There's plenty of milk though.

Roy I'm afraid we'll have to make do with some cereal then.

Ram Here's a box of Cornflakes.

Roy Good! Now where's the sugar?

Pam There's some in that canister on the top shelf.

I can't reach it.

Roy I can't either. Just a minute. I'll stand on this stool.

Pam Watch out!

Roy Oops! I've spilled it

Pam You shouldn't be so careless. Roy.

Roy There isn't much sugar in the canister now.

Pam No, but there's a lot on the floor.

Roy Now we won't be able to have cereal either.

1 FORMS OF GOT

(a) Transformation

Teacher I have an umbrella.

S.1 I've ot an umbrella.

Teacher Do you have a cold?

S.2 Have you got a cold．

Teacher He doesn’t have a watch.

S.3 He hasn't got a watch.

Continue

1. They have a class now. They've got a class no.

2. Mr. Rivers has a headache. Mr. Rivers has got a headache.

3. I on't have any questions. I haven't got any questions.

4. Do you have good grades. Have you got good grades

5. Does your brother have a driver's license?

Has your brother got a driver's license?

6. She has a bright yellow sｗeater. She's got a bright yellow sweater.

7. Do you have any money? Have you got any money?

8. He has a brabd new sports car. He's got a brand new sports car.

9. We don't have any cereal. We haven't got any cereal.

10. You have a camera, don't you? You've got a camera, haven't you?

11. She doesn't have any brothers does she?

She hasn't got any brothers has she?

12. George has it. George's got it.

13. They have one don't they? They've got one haven't they?

14. I don't have a job now. I haven't got a job now.

15. Do you have your passport? Have you got your passport?

b) Chart 5. Fluency practice

1. Bob's got a shirt, but he hasn't got any cuff links.

2. Bill's got an album, but he hasn't got any photographs.

3. Roy's got an ashtray, but he hasn't got any cigarettes.

Continue with the remaining items of the chart.

LIST OF COMMON U NOUNS. REPETITION

Group 1 Things to eat and drink

1. food 7. water 13. fish 19. veal

2. rice 8. soup 14. meat 20. pork

3. bread 9. milk 15. chicken 21. lamb

4. toast 10. tea 16. beef 22. flour

5. butter 11. coffee 17. bacon 23. cabbage

6. cheese 12. sugar 18. ham 24. spinach

Group 2 More things to eat and drink

1. fruit 7. jam 13. ice 19. cereal

2. coke 8. marmalade 14. salt 20. mayonnaise

3. beer 9. jelly 15. gravy 21. vinegar

4. wine 10. chocolate 16. ketchup 22. soy sauce

5. cake 11. ice cream 17. salad 23. pepper

6. pie 12. dessert 18. lettuce 24. mustard

Group 3 Things to use

1. ink 5. paper 9. wire 13. medicine

2. paint 6. chalk 10. glue 14. toothpaste

3. soap 7. string 11. fuel 15. jewelry

4. shampoo 8. thread 12. gas 16. underwear

Group 4 Miscellaneous things

1. money 5. news 9. advice 13. medicine

21. cash 6. work 10. information 14. homework

3. change 7. lam 11. baggage 15. housework

4. mail 8. time 12. furniture 16. light

3 DETERMINERS FOR U NOUNS. SUBSTITUTION

(a) SOME

We've got some food.

We7ve got some rice.

Continue as far as No..12 of Group 1.

(b) NOT...ANY

She hasn't got any fish.

She hasn't got any meat.

Continue to the end of group 1.

(c) ANY?

Have you got any fruit?

Have you got any coke?

Continue as far as No.12 of group 2.

(d) LOT OF

I've got a lot of ink.

I've got a lot of paint.

Continue as far as No. 8 of Group 3.

(e) PLENTY OF

They've got plenty of wire.

They've got plenty of glue.

Continue to the end of Group 3.

(f) NOT...MUCH

We haven't got much money.

We haven't got much cash.

Continue as far as No. 8 of Group 4.

(g) MORE

He needs more advice.

He needs more information.

Continue to the end of Group 4.

(h) SOME MORE

Would you like some more food?

Would you like some more rice?

Continue as far as No. 12 of Group 1.

(i) ONLY...A LITTLE

I only want a little fruit.

I only want a little coke.

Continue as far as No. 12 of Group 2.

(j) ENOUGH?

Have you got enough ink?

Have you got enough paint?

Continue to the end of group 3.

(k) NOT.. Enough

I haven't got enough money.

I haven't got enough cash.

Continue to the end of Group 4.

(l) NO=NOT ANY

There's no fish in the supermarket today.

There's no meat in the supermarket today.

Continue to the end of Group 1.

4 DETERMINERS FOR U NOUNS. SUBSTITUTION

I've got enough money.

I've got plenty of money.

I've got plenty of time.

You've got plenty of time.

Have you got plenty of time?

Continue

1. much Have you got much time?

2. work Have you got much work?

3. they Have they got much work?

4. enough Have they got enough work?

5. fuel Have they got enough fuel?

6. any Have you got any fuel?

7.(statement) They've got some fuel.

8. information They've got some information.

9. some more They've got some more information.

10. no They've got no information.

11. she She's got no information.

12. news She's got no news.

13. any more She hasn't got any more news.

14. much She hasn't got much news.

15.(affirmative) She's got a lot of news.

16.(question) Has she got much news?

17. jewelry Has she got much jewelry?

18. you Have you got much jewelry?

19. change Have you got much change?

20. he Has he got much change?

21. cash Has he got much change?

22. (statement) He's got a lot of cash.

23. only...a little He's only got a little cash.

24. homework He's only got a little homework.

25. enough He's got enough homework.

26. (negative) He hasn't got enough homework.

27. furniture He hasn't got enough furniture.

28. she She hasn't got enough furniture.

29. housework She hasn't got enough housework.

30. any more She hasn't got any more housework.

31.(affirmative) She's got some more housework.

5 FUTURE WITH WILL/WON'T

(a) Contracted forms. Substitution

I'll have a look in the refrigerator.

1. you'll 3. she'll 5. they'll 7. the boys'll

2. he'll 4. we'll 6. Ann'll 8. Mr.Collins'll

We won't be able to have cereal.

1. I 3. she 5. Roy and Pam 7. the family

2. Roy 4. you 6. the children 8. Mr. Rivers

He'll come tomorrow, won't he?

1. you 3. it 5. they 7. Louise 9. your friends

2. she 4. we 6. Bob 8. the train 10. you and Ann

(b) Substitution

I'll call you up tomorrow.

She'll call you up tomorrow.

She'll call on you tomorrow.

She won't call on you tomorrow.

Continue

1. be in She won't be in tomorrow.

2. my parents My parents won't be in tomorrow.

3.(affirmative) My parents'll be in tomorrow.

4. be back My parents'll be back tomorrow.

5. soon My parents'll be back soon.

6. the doctor The doctor'll be back soon.

7. (question) Will the doctor be back soon?

8. be free Will the doctor be free soon?

9. you Will you be free soon?

10. next week Will you be free next week?

11. take a day off Will you take a day off next week?

12. take up tennis Will you take up tennis next week?

13. Ann Will Ann take up tennis next week?

14.(statement) Ann'll take up tennis next week.

15. buy a tennis outfit Ann'll buy a tennis outfit next week.

16. I I'll buy a tennis outfit next week.

17. exlain it to you I'll explain it to you next week.

18. after class I'll explain it to you after class.

19. the plan I'll explain the plan to you after class.

20. the teacher The teacher'll explain the plan to you after class.

21.(negative) The teacher won't explain the plan to you after class.

22. the homework The teacher won't explain the homework to you after class.

23. us The teacher won't explain the homework to us after class.

24. complain The teacher won't complain about us after class.

(c) Chart 6. Q&A

S.1 Will Louise go swimming today?

S.2 No, She won't go swimming. She'll go to school.

2. S.3 Will the Johnsons go sightseeing to day?

S.4 No, they won't go sightseeing. They'll go to church.

3. S.5 Will Ann and Jim go skiing to day?

S.6 No, they won't go skiing. They'll go to the park.

Continue with the remaining items of the chart.

6 TOO AND EITHER

(a) Short responses

Teacher I could eat a horse.

S.1 I could too.

Teacher I can't reach the shelf.

S.2 I can't either.

Teacher I'll have a look in the refrigerator.

S.3 I will too.

Continue

1. Pam and Roy won't be able to have cereal. I won't either.

2. I don't want any peanut butter. I don't either.

3. Roy's starving. I am too.

4. I haven't got much time. I haven't either.

5. He hasn't got enough experience. I haven't either.

6. I'd like a glass of milk. I would too.

7. They play golf every weekend. I do too.

8. Brian wasn't invited to the party. I wasn't either.

9. He'll get over it soon. I will too.

10. I need a couple of aspirins. I do too.

11. She didn't remember my birthday. I didn't either

12. She consult to the staff about the computer. I did too.

13. I’ll soon get though with my wok. I will too.

14. Liz never wears Jeans. I don’t either.

15. I won't be able to take a day off. I don't either.

16. I'm going to stop now. I’m too.

(b) Connected sentences

teacher ice - bead plenty of

S.1 There's plenty of ice here.

S.2 And there's plenty of bread too.

Teacher peanut butter - jelly - not much

S.3 There isn't much peanut butter here.

S.4 And there isn't much jelly either.

Continue

1. cereal-milk-very little There's very little cereal here.

And there's very little milk too.

2. ice cream-chocolate There's a lot of ice cream here.

And there's a lot of chocolate too.

3. cake-pie-not any There isn't any cake here.

And there isn't any pie either.

4. cash-jewelry-some more There's some more cash here.

And there's some more jewelry too.

5. chicken-ham-not enough There isn't enough chicken here.

And there isn't enough ham either.

6. tea-coffee-no more There no more tea here.

And there's no more coffee either.

7. soy sauce-ketchup-a little There's a little soy sauce here.

And there's a little ketchup too.

8. lettuce-mayonnaise-not much There isn't much lettuce here.

And there isn't much mayonnaise either.

7 MAKE DO ITH. CONVERSATION

Teacher peanut butter-jelly-cereal

S.1 There isn't any peanut butter.

S.2 No peanut butter! S.1 And there isn't any jelly either.

S.2 Then we'll have to make do with some cereal.

Teacher tea-coffee-coke

S.3 There isn't any tea.

S.4 No tea!

S.3 And there isn't any coffee either.

S.4 Then we'll have to make do with some coke.

Continue

1. jelly-jam-marmalade 5. ice cream-cake-pie

2. ketchup-soy sauce-vinegar 6. wine-beer-fruit juice

3. fish-chicken-ham 7. ink-paper-chalk

4. salt-pepper-mustard 8. thread-string-wire

LESSON 32

The first section completes the initial practice on U noun determiners

alone. The following three sections are then devoted to substitution

drills in which U nouns and C nouns countable nouns) are contrasted:

a(an. some/any, a lot of/many/much, and a(an/a few/a little.

Some practice is then done on think and be afraid, and the expression

be able to is introduced. The final conversation exercise combines can

and be able to the future form will and the expression I'm afraid.....

1 U NOUN DETERMINERS IN CONNECTED SENTENCES

I've got some meat, but I haven’t got any fish.

She's got some meat, but she hasn't got any fish.

She's got a lot of meat, but she hasn't got much fish.

Continue

1. we We've got a lot of meat, but we haven't got much fish.

2. paper-ink We've got a lot of paper, but we haven’t got much ink.

3. a little-any We've got a little paper, but we haven't got any ink.

4. plenty of-enough We've got plenty of paper, but we haven't got enough ink.

5. tea-coffee We've got plenty of tea, but we haven't got enough coffee.

6. money-change We've got plenty of money, but we haven't got enough change.

7. he He's got plenty of money, but he haven't got enough change.

8. some-any He's got some money, but he hasn't got any change.

. bacon-ham He's got some bacon, but he hasn't got any ham.

10. enough-enough He's got enough bacon, but he hasn't got enough ham.

11. work-time He's got enough work, but he hasn't got enough time.

12. a lot of-much He's got a lot of work, but he hasn't got much time.

13. mail-news He's got a lot of mail, but he hasn't got much news.

14. some more-any more He's got some more mail, but he hasn't got any more news.

15. they They've got some more mail, but they haven't got any more news.

16. advice-information They've got some more advice, but they haven't

got any more information.

2 U/C NOUN CONTRASTS.A(AN),SOME.AMY

He says he'll have a meal.

He says he'll have some food.

He says he won't have ant food.

He says he won't have any potatoes.

Continue

1. egg He says he won't have an egg.

2. bacon He says he won't have any bacon.

3. peanuts He says he won't have any peanuts.

4.(affirmative) He says he'll have some peanuts.

5. doughnut He says he'll have a doughnut.

6. pancakes He says he'll have some pancakes.

7. sandwich He says he'll have a sandwich.

8.(negative) He says he won't have a sandwich.

9. cereal He says he won't have any cereal.

10. hamburgers He says he won't have any hamburgers.

11. spinach He says he won't have any spinach.

12. pork chop He says he won't have a pork chop.

13.(affirmative) He says he'll have a pork chop.

14. drink He says he'll have a drink.

15. toast He says he'll have some toast.

16. hot dog He says he'll have a hot dog.

17. cookies He says he'll have some cookies.

18.(negative) He says he won't have any cookies.

19. cheese He says he won't have any cheese.

20. omelet He says he won't have an omelet.

3 U/C NOUN CONTRASTS. A LOT OF,MAMY,MUCH

I haven't got many dollars.

I haven't got much money.

I haven't got many good ideas.

I've got a lot of good ideas.

Continue

1. work I've got a lot of work.

2.(negative) I haven't got much work.

3. coins I haven't got many coins.

4. cash I haven't got much cash.

5.(affirmative) I've got a lot of cash.

6. will need I'll need a lot of cash.

7. time I'll need a lot of time.

8.(negative) I won't need much time.

9. suitcases I won't need many suitcases.

10. bagage I won't need much baggage.

11.(affirmative) I'll need a lot of baggage.

12. suggestions I'll need a lot of suggestions.

13. will have I'll have a lot of suggestions.

14. we We'll have a lot of suggesions.

15. problems Well have a lot of problems.

16.(negative) We won't have many problems.

17. advice We won't have much advice.

18. get We won't get much advice.

19.(affirmative) We'll get a lot of advice.

20. letters We'll get a lot of letters.

21.(negative) We won't get many letters.

22. news We won't get much news.

23. vegetables We won't get many vegetables.

24.(affirmative) We'll get a lot of vegetables.

4 U/C NOUN CONTRASTS. A(AN),A FEW,A LITTLE

I think he needs an aspirin.

I think he needs a few aspirin.

I think he needs a little medicine.

Continue

1. chalk I think he needs a little chalk.

2. nails I think he needs a few nails.

3. paint I think he needs a little paint.

4. brush I think he needs a brush.

5. cups I think he needs a few cups.

6. sugar I think he needs a little sugar.

7. want I think he wants a little sugar.

8. time I think he wants a little time.

9. hours I think he wants a few hours.

10. advice I think he wants a little advice.

11. suggestion I think he wants a suggestion.

12. cash I think he wants a little cash.

13. job I think he wants a job.

14. have I think he has a job.

15. coins I think he has a few coins.

16. change I think he has a little change.

17. dollar I think he has a dollar.

18. bag I think he has a bag.

19. baggage I think he has a little baggage.

20. parcels I think he has a few parcels.

21. letters I think he has a few letters.

22. mail I think he has a little mail.

5 THINK AND BE AFRAID. SENTENCE EXPANSION

(a) Add the appropriate form of THINK

Teacher He's busy.

.1 I think he's busy.

Teacher He isn't busy.

S.2 I don't think he's busy.

Teacher Is he busy?

S.3 Do you think he's busy?

Continue

1. He'll soon get over his cold. I think he'll soon get over his cold.

2. I won't take a day off tomorrow. I don't think I'll take a day off tomorrow.

3. Will the computer work? Do you think the computer will work?

4. He's going to complain about it. I think he's going to complain about it.

5. She didn't read over the lesson. I don't think she read over the lesson.

6. Will he accept the offer? Do you think he'll accept the offer?

7. He'll turn it down. I think he'll turn it down.

8. I'll have to get rid of my dog. I think I'll have to et rid of my dog.

9. Did he leave his lunchbox behind? Do you think he left his lunchbox behind?

10. She can't work out this puzzle. I don't think she can work out this puzzle.

11, Did they think over my suggestion. Do you think they thought over my suggestion?

12. I won't buy a tennis outfit. I don't think I'll buy a tennis outfit.

(b) Add I'M AFRAID

Teacher We won't be able to have any cereal.

S.1 I'm afraid we won't be able to have nay cereal.

Teacher I made a mistake.

S.2 I'm afraid a mistake.

Continue

1. I won't be able to attend class next week.

I'm afraid I don't be able to attend class next eek.

2. I'll have to give up English.

I'm afraid I'll have to give up English.

3. I felt my books behind. I'm afraid I left my books behind.

4. I can't explain it to you no. I'm afraid I can't explain it to you now.

5. I've got a bit of a cold. I'm afraid I've got a bit of a cold.

6. The computer isn't working. I'm afraid the computer isn't working.

7. I've got no cash. I'm afraid I've got no cash.

8. I had to put off my appointment. I'm afraid I has to put off my appointment.

6 FORMS OF BE ABLE. SUBSTITUTION

I was able to see the boss yesterday.

I wasn't able to see the boss yesterday.

I won't be able to see the boss tomorrow.

I'll be able to see the boss tomorrow.

Continue

1. you You'll be able to see the boss tomorrow.

2.(question) Will you be able to see the boss tomorrow?

3. come with me Will you be able to come with me tomorrow?

4. call her up Will you be able to call her up tomorrow?

5. yesterday Were you able to call her up yesterday?

6. attend class Were you able to attend class yesterday?

7. he Was he ale to attend class yesterday?

8. (statement) He was able to attend class yesterday.

9. look up the words He was able to look up the words yesterday.

10. next week He'll be able to look up the words next week.

11. I I'll be able to look up the words next week.

12.(negative) I won't be able to look up the words next week.

13. take a day off I won't be able to take a day off next week.

14. last week I wasn't be able to take a day off last week.

15. they They weren't able to take a day off last week.

16.(affirmative) They were able to take a day off last week.

17. try out the computer They were able to try out the computer last week.

18. tomorrow They'll be able to try out the computer tomorrow.

7 CAN AND WILL/WON'T BE ABLE. TRANSFOMATION

Teacher I'm afraid I can't help you.

S.1 I'm afraid I won't be able to help you.

Teacher I can wake you up at seven.

S.2 I'll be able to wake you up at seven.

Teacher You can come, can't you?

S.3 You'll be able to come, won't you?

Continue

1. I'm afraid I can't put off my appointment.

I'm afraid I won't be able to put off my appointment.

2. I think I can get a good job. I think I'll be able to get a good job.

3. I can't do without your help. I won't be able to do without your help.

4. Can you explain the project to me? Will you be able to explain the project to me?

5. I don't think you can use the computer.

I don't think you'll be able to use the computer.

6. Do you think you can work out this problem?

Do you think you'll be able to work out this problem?

7. Where can we go on Sunday? Where will we be able to go on Sunday?

8. When can we go on Sunday? When will we be able to go on Sunday?

9. How much English can I learn in one year?

How much English will I be able to learn in one year?

10. They can make do with some Cornflakes.

They'll be able to make do with some Cornflakes.

11. We can go home soon, can't we?

We'll be able to go home soon, won't we?

12. Pam can't reach the shelf, can she?

Pam won't be able to reach the shelf, will she?

13. Can't you come to the party?

Won't you be able to take a day off tomorrow?

14. Can't you take a day off tomorrow?

Won't you be able to take a day off tomorrow?

15. I'm sorry, but I can't come to class next week.

I'm sorry, but I won't be able to come to class next week.

8 CHART 6 CAN AND BE ABE. CONVERSATION

S1. Can you come swimming with me?

S.2 Sorry, I can't. I have to o to school.

S.1 Will you be able to come next week then.

S.2 I'm afraid I won't be able to then either.

. S.3 Can you come sightseeing with me?

S.4 Sorry, I can't. I have to go to church.

S.3 Will you be able to come next week then?

S.4 I'm afraid I won't be able to go then either.

Continue

3. Can you come skiing with me? Sorry, I can't. I have to go to the park.

Will you be able to come next week then?

I'm afraid I won't be able to go then either.

4. Can you come riding with me? Sorry I can't. I have to go home.

Will you be able to come next week then?

I'm afraid I won't be able to go then either.

5. Can you come hiking with me? Sorry, I can't. I have to go downtown.

Will you be able to come next week then?

I'm afraid I won't be able to go then either.

6. Can you come shopping with me? Sorry, I can't. I have to go to work.

Will you able to come next week then?

I'm afraid I won't be able to then either.

7. Can you come sailing with me? Sorry, I can't. I have to go to the island.

Will you be able to come next week then?

I'm afraid I won't be able to come either.

8. Can you come camping wit me? Sorry, I can't. I have to go to Tokyo.

Will you be able to come next week then?

I'm afraid I wouldn't be able to go then either.

9. Can you come fishing with me? Sorry, I can't. I have to go abroad.

Will you able to come next week then?

I'm afraid I won't be able to go then either.

LESSON 33

The lesson introduces more verbs taking the verb+to+verb pattern, which was

introduced in Book 3,Lesson . The practice with U/c noun contrasts is

continues, using Chart which is introduced in 33.7. Same conversation

practice on the suggestion forms Shall I ...?,Shall we...?,and Let's...is

also included. The Progressive Future Tense will/won't be...ing is

introduced after some initial practice on will/won't with be phrases.

DIALOGE: AN URGENT MATTER

(The scene is the office of the Argew and Phibbs law firm. The telephone

rings and the new secretary answers.)

Secretary Good morning. Argew and Phibbs, Incorporated.

Mr. Crow Good morning. I'd like to speak to Mr. Phibbs please.

Scretary I'm sorry,sir. Mr.Phibbs is tied up at the morment.

Would you like to leave a message?

Mr. Crow Well, can I speak to Mr. Argew them?

Secretary Mr. Argew is out of town, sir. He won't be getting back until

the fifteenth.

Mr. Crow I see. Well, When do you think Mr.Phibbs will be free?

I've got to take to him as soon as possible.

It's an urgent matter.

Secretary He'll probably be free in couple of hours.

Shall I call you back later?

Mr. Crow All right. My number is 203-4657.

Secretary 203-4756?

Secretar No! 203-4657.

Secretary Oh excuse me 203-4657?

Mr. Crow Right.

Secretary Who shall I ask for?

Mr. Crow My name is Crow,　Philip Crow. Don't forget to call now.

I'll be waiting here in my office.

Secretary I won't forget, Mr. Crow. Good-by.

Mr. Crow Good-bye.

FORMA OF WOULD LIKE TO+ERB. SUBSTITUTION

I7d like to speak to Mr. Phibbs.

I'd like to speak to the director.

He'd like to speak to the director.

Would he like to speak to the director?

Continue

1. you Would you like to speak to the director?

2. take off your coat Would you like to take off your coat?

3. she Would she like to take off her coat?

4. wake up the children Would she like to wake up children?

5.(statement) She'd like to wake up the children.

6. read over the lesson She'd like to read over the lesson.

7. I I'd like to read over the lesson.

8. throw away these magazines I'd like to throw away these magazines.

9. (negative) I wouldn't like to throw away these magazines.

10. do without sugar I wouldn't like to do without sugar.

11. we We wouldn't like to do without sugar.

12. turn off the heater We wouldn't like to turn off the heater.

13. they They wouldn't like to turn off the heater.

14. give up English They wouldn't like to give up English.

15. take a day off They wouldn't like to take a day off.

16.(affirmative) They'd like to take a day off.

17. I I'd like to take a day off.

18. make a reservation I'd like to take a day off.

18. maje a reservation I'd like to make a reservation.

19. he He'd like to make a reservation.

20.(question) Would he like to make a reservation?

2 AHART 3. VERB*TO*VERB PATTERN

(a) Affirmative forms

1. Teacher 'd like

S.1 He'd like to listen to the radio.

2 Teacher agreed

S.2 They agreed to play cards.

S.3 Teacher refused

S.3 She refused to practice the piano.

Continue

4. promised 7. hoped 10. decided

5. had to 8. expected 11. remembered

6. forgot 9. Tried 12. planned

(b) Negative forms (main verb)

1. Teacher want

S.1 He didn't want to listen to the radio.

2. Teacher expect

S.2 They didn't expect to play cards.

3. Teacher promise

S.3 She didn't promise to practice the piano.

Continue

4. refuse 7. decide 10. intend

5. plan 8. have to 11. forget

6. remember 9. try 12. agree

c) Negative forms (dependent verb)

1. Teacher decided

S.1 He decided not to listen to the radio.

2. Teacher promised

S.2 They promised not to play cards.

3. Teacher planned

S.3 She planned not to practice the piano.

continue

4. decided 7. promised 10. decided

5. agreed 8. intended 11. intended

6. hoped 9. planned 12. tried

3 VERB+TO+VERB PATTERN. Q&A

Teacher I remembered to turn off the gas. (Did you ...?)

S.1 Did you turn off the gas?

S.2 Yes. I remembered to turn it off.

Teacher I promise to bring over my jazz records on Sunday. (Will you...?)

S.3 Will you bring over your jazz records?

S.4 Yes. I promise to bring them over on Sunday.

Continue

1. I agreed to call up Peter at his office tomorrow. (Are you going to...?)

Are you going to call up Peter?

Yes. I agreed to call him up at his office tomorrow.

2. Bob refused to give up smoking. (Did Bob...?)

Did Bob give up smoking. No. He refused to give it up.

3. I hope to take up Spanish next year. (Are you going to...?)

Are you going to take up Spanish? Yes. I hope to take it up next year.

4. I'm afraid I forgot to put away my books. (Did you...?)

Did you put away your books? No. I'm afraid I forgot to pu them away.

5. I expect to get over my cold soon.(Do you think you'll ...?)

Do you think you'll get over your cold?

Yes. I expect to get over it soon.

6. I tried to work out the answer, but I wasn't able to.(Did you...?)

Did you work out the answer?

No. I tried to work it out, but I wasn't able to.

7. We're planning to put off pour trip until July.

(Are you going to put off your trip?

Yes. We're planning to put it off until July.

8. Susan offered to type my report over tonight.

(Is Susan going to ...?)

Is Susan going to type your report over?

Yes. She offered to type it over tonight.

9. The boss intends to think over my suggestion to night.

(Will the boss...?)

Will the boss think over your suggestion?

Yes. He intend to think it over tonight.

10. He decided not to give away his books because he needed them.

(Did he...?)

Did he give away his books?

No. He decided not to give them away because he needed them.

4 SUGGESTIONS WITH SHALL. CONVERSATION

(a) SHALL i?

Teacher It's very hot here-open the window

S.1 It's very hot here.

S.2 Shall I open the window?

S.1 Yes. Please do.

Teacher She doesn't feel well-send for the doctor

S.3 She doesn't feel well.

S.4 Shall I send for the doctor?

S.3 Yes. Please do.

Continue

I. I've got a bit of a headache-get some aspirins

S.1 I've got a bit of a headache.

S.2 Shall I get some aspirins?

S.1 Yes. Please do.

2. I can't work out this math problem-help you

S.1 I can't work ut this math problem.

S.2 Shall I help you?

S.2 Yes. Please do.

3. I'm starving-have a look in the refrigerator

S.1 I'm starving.

S.2 Shall I have a look in the refrigerator?

S.1 Yes. Please do.

4. The children have to go to school-wake them up

S.1 The children have to go to school.

S.2 Shall I wake them up?

S.1 Yes. Please do.

5. The director is tied up at the moment -call back later

S.1 The director is tied up at the moment.

S.2 Shall I call back later?

S.1 Yes. Please do.

6. I cant remember Mr.Crows phone number-look it up in the directory

S.1 I can't remember Mr.Crows phone number.

S.2 Shall I look it up in the directory?

S.1 Yes. Please do.

7. We don't need these old magazines-throw them away

S.1 We don't need these old magazines.

S.2 Shall I throw them away?

S.1 Yes. Please do.

8. I can't find my contact lenses-bring your glasses

S.1 I can't find my contact lenses.

S.2 Shall I bring your glasses?

S.1 Yes. Please do.

b) SHALL WE ...? and LETS

Teacher in front of the station-meet

S.1 Where shall we meet?

S.2 Let's meet in front of the station.

Teacher 7 o'clock-get up?

S.3 What time shall we get up?

S.4 Let's get up at 7 o'clock.

Continue

1. Pam and Roy-invite

Who shall we invite?

Let's invite Pam and Roy.

2. the day after tomorrow-have a game

When shall we have a game?

Let's have a game the day after tomorrow.

3. half a dozen eggs-buy

How much eggs shall we buy?

Let's buy half a dozen eggs.

4. Greg's car-borrow

Who's car shall we borrow?

Let's borrow Greg's car.

5. by taxi-go home

What way shall we go home?

Let's go home by taxi.

6. a Pentax camera-buy

What kind of camera shall we buy?

Let's buy a Pantax camera.

7. for a week-stay there

Who many days shall we stay there?

Let's stay there for a week.

8. the 2:30 train-take

Which train shall we take?

Let's take the 230 train.

WILL/WON'T+BE PHRASES. SUBSTITUTION

He'll probably be free in a couple of hours.

He'll probably be free in an hour.

He'll probably be busy in an hour.

Continue

1. in a few minutes He'll probably be busy in a few minutes.

2. back He'll probably be back in a few minutes.

3. in a week He'll probably be back in a week.

4. abroad He'll probably be abroad in a week.

5. I I'll probably be abroad in a week.

6. in two months I'll probably be abroad in tow months.

7. until the fifteenth I'll probably be abroad until the fifteenth.

8. here I'll probably be here until the fifteenth.

9.(negative) I probably won't be here until the fifteenth.

10. Mr.Argew Mr.Argew probably won't be here until the fifteenth.

11. until tomorrow Mr.Argew probably won't be here until tomorrow.

12. the rain The rain probably won't be here until tomorrow.

13. over The rain probably won't ne over until tomorrow.

6 THE PROGRESSIVE FUTURE TENSE

(a) Substitution

I'll be going to the office tomorrow.

I won't be going to the office tomorrow.

They won't be going to the office tomorrow.

Continue

1. go to school They won't be going to school tomorrow.

2.(affirmative) They'll be going to school tomorrow.

3. go downtown They'll be going to downtown tomorrow.

4. soon They'll be going to downtown soon.

5. come here They'll be coming here soon.

6.(question) Will they be coming here soon?

7. latrer Will they be coming here later>

8. use the cat Will they be using the cat later?

9. you Will you be using the cat later?

10. call back Will you be calling back later?

11. Mr. Phibbs Will Mr.Phibbs be calling back later?

12. this afternoon Will Mr.Phibbs be calling back this afternoon?

13.(statement) Mr.Phibbs will be calling back this afternoon.

14. get back Mr.Phibbs will be getting back ths afternoon.

15.(negative) Mr.Phibbs won't be getting back this afternoon.

(b) Conversation

Teacher be busy-wok hard

S.1 Will you be busy tomorrow.

S.2 No, bt I'll probably be working hard next week.

Teacher visit your uncle-call on him

S.3 Will you be visiting your uncle tomorrow?

S.4 No, but I'll probably be calling on him next week.

Continue

1. see Mr.Phibbs-meet him Will you be seeing Mr.Phibbs tomorrow?

No, but Ill probably meeting him next week.

2. be out of town-take a trip Will you be out of town tomorrow?

No, but Ill probably be taking a trip next week.

3. be all tight-feel OK Will you be all right tomorrow?

No, but ILL probably be feeling OK next week.

4. do overtime-work late Will you be doing overtime tomorrow?

No, but ILL probably be working late next week.

5. stay up late- Will you be staying up late tomorrow?

burn the midnight off No, but Ill probably be burning the midnight

oil next week.

7 INTRODUCTION TO CHART 8. REPETITION

1. There're a lot of plates on the table, but only a few cups.

2. There's a lot of typing paper on the self, but only a few notebooks.

3. There's a lot of coffee in the cupboard, but only a little tea.

4. There're a lot of shirts on the clothing, but only a few socks.

5. There're a lot of nails in the tool chest, but only a little wire.

6. There's a lot of milk in the refrigerator, but only a little fruit.

7. There're a lot of knifes in the drawer, but only a few forks.

8. There're a lot of pictures in the room, but only a little furniture.

9. There's a lot of jewelry in the safe, but only a little cash.

10. There're a lot of suits in the shop window, but only a few neckties.

11. There's a lot of medicine in the first-aid box,

but only a few Band-Aids...

12. There's a lot of rice on the plate, but only a little meat.

8 CHART 8. FLUENCY DRILLS ON U/C NOUNS

(a) ENOUGH as determiner

1. S.1 We've got enough plates, but we haven't got enough cups.

2. S.2 We've got enough typing paper, but we haven’t got enough notebooks.

3. S.3 We've got enough coffee, but we haven't got enough tea.

Continue with the remaining items of the chart.

c) Conversation

1. S.1 Have you got any plates?

S.2 Yes, I've got plenty.

S.1 What about cups?

S.2 I've only got a few, I'm afraid. I'll probably need some more.

2. S.3 Have you got any typing paper?

S.4 Yes, I've got plenty.

S.3 What about notebooks?

S.4 I've only got a few, I'm afraid. I'll probably need some more.

3. S.5 Have you got any coffee?

S.6 Yes, I've got plenty.

S.5 What about tea?

S.6 I've only got a little, I'm afraid. I'll probably need some more.

Continue as above with the remaining items of the chart.

LESSON 34

The lesson begins with some substitution practice on sentences taken

form the dialogue of Lesson 33. The verb+to+verb pattern is reviewed and

extended, and practice on U/C noun determiners is continued, using Chart

8. There is also some further practice on too and either. The only new

structure introduced in this lesson is have got to as a replacement for

have to.

1 DIALOGUE ADAPTATION. SUBSTITUTION

(a) When do you think Mr.Phibbs will be free?

When do you think Mr. Argew will be back?

When do you think the class will be over?

Continue

1. you-back When do you think you'll be back?

2. dinner-ready When do you think dinner will be ready?

3. the rain-over When do you think the rain will be over?

4. you-free When do you think you'll be free?

5. the director-in When do you think these director will be in?

6. the store-open When do you think the store will be open?

7. you -finished When do you think you'll be finished?

8. the teacher-back When do you think the teacher will be back?

9. the game-over When do you think the game will be over?

10. you-ready When do you think you'll be ready?

12. the book published When do you think the book will be published?

13. the train-here When do you think the train will be here?

14. the phone-free When do you think the phone will be free?

(b)

He won't be getting back until the 15th.

He won't be getting back until lunch time.

He won't be coming home until lunch time.

Continue

1. until this evening He won't be coming home until this evening.

2. go out He won't be going out until this evening.

3. leave the office He won't be leaving the office until this evening.

4. until six He won't be leaving the office until six.

5. I I won't be leaving the office until six.

6. meet her I won't be meeting her until six.

7. before Sunday I won't be meeting he before Sunday.

8.(affirmative) I'll be meeting her before Sunday.

9. take a day off I'll be taking a day off before Sunday.

10. next week I'll be taking a day off next week.

11. talk to the director I'll be talking to the director next week.

12. he He'll be talking to the director next week.

13. later He'll be talking to the director later.

14.(question) I'll he be talking to the director later?

15. call back Will he be calling back later?

16. Mr. Crow Will Mr. Crow be calling back later?

2 CHART 7. VERB+TO+VERB PATTERN

(a) Serie A. Question

!. Teacher have to

.1 What did Mr. Huphrey have to do?

. She had to put off her dental appointment.

. Teacher want to

S. What did Mr.Rivers want to?

S.4 He wanted to get over his cold.

. Teacher resolve to

S. What did Mrs. Harrison resolve to do?

S. She resolved to get her money back.

Continue

4. 'd like to 6. try to 8. manage to

5. decide to 7. plan to 9. remember to

(b) Q&A

1. Teacher want to-have to

S.1 Why did Mrs. Humphrey want to call up the dentist?

S. Because she had to put off her appointment.

2. Teacher resolve to-want to

S.3 Why did Mr. Rivers resolved to give up smoking?

S.4 Because he wanted to get over his cold.

Continue

3. decide to-hope to Why did Mrs. Harrison decide to take back

the purchase?

Because she hoped to get back her money.

4. need to-want to Why did Mrs. ones need to go into the dressing room?

Because she wanted to try on the dress.

5. have to-have to Why did Mr.Black have to put away his tools?

Because he had to get through with his work.

6. intend to-wanted Why did Charles intend to look up the words in the

dictionary?

Because he wanted to work out the crosswords in the

dictionary.

7. decideto-hope to Why did Mrs. O'Brian decide to send for a catalogue?

Because she hoped to find out the price.

8. offer to-'d like to Why did Susan offer to type the letter over?

Because she'd like to get rid of the mistakes.

9. refuse to-didn't want to Why did Mike refuse to turn on the gas heater?

Because he didn't want to heat up the room.

3 HAVE TO AND HAVE GOT TO

(a) Transformation

Teacher I have to go home now.

S.1 I've got to go home now.

Teacher He has to be back before six.

S.2 He's got to be back before six.

Teacher They have to do their homework.

S.3 They've got to do their homework.

Teacher We have to get up early, don't we?

S.4 We've got to get up early, haven't we?

Continue

!. We have to study hard. We've got to study hard.

2. I have to get a part-time job. I've got to get a part-time job.

3. He has to give up smoking. He's got to give up smirking.

4. He has to explain some new ideas to the staff.

He's got to explain some new ideas to the staff.

5. We have to take a train home. We've got to take a train home.

6. I have to see one of my business associates.

I've got to see one of my business associates.

7. We have to male a plane reservation.

We've got to make a plane reservation.

8. ha has to back soon. He's got to be back soon.

9. I have to consult my parents about the plan.

I've got to consult my parents about the plan.

10. You have to put away your books. You've got to put away your books.

11. I have to relax for a while. I've got to relax for while.

12. She has to wake up her husband early.

She's got to wake up her husband early.

13. He has to go, doesn't he? He's got to go, hasn't he?

14. They have to be careful, don't they?

They've got to be careful haven't they?

(b) Chart 6. Conversation

1. S.1 Let's go swimming.

S.2 I'm sorry, I can't. I've got to go to school.

2. S.3 Let's go sightseeing.

S.4 I'm sorry, I can't. I've got to go to church.

Continue with the remaining items of the chart.

4 CHART 8. U/C NOUN DETERMINERS

(a) QUITE A LOT OF,VERY FEW,VERY LITTLE. Q&A

1. S.1 There're quite a lot of plates on the table, aren’t there?

S.2 Yes, but there're very few cups.

2. S.3 There’re quite a lot of typing paper on the self, isn’t there?

S.4 Yes, but there’re very few notebooks.

S.5 There’s quite a lot of coffee in the cupboard, isn’t there?

S.6 Yes, but there's very little tea.

Continue with the remaining items of the chart.

(b) PLENTY OF,MUCH,MANY,Q&A

1. S.1 There aren't many cups on the table, are there?

S.2 No, but there're plenty of plates.

2. S.3 There aren't many notebooks on the shelf, are there?

S.4 No, but there's plenty of typing paper.

3. S.5 There isn't much tea in the cupboard, is there?

S.6 No, but there's plenty of coffee.

Continue with the remaining items of the chart.

(c) HOW MANY and HOW MUCH. Conversation

1. 1. How many plates are there on the table?

S.2 Quite a lot, I'm glad to say.

S.1 How many cups are there?

S.2 Very few, I'm afraid.

2. S.3 How much typing paper is there on the shelf?

S.4 Quite a lot, I'm glad to say.

S.3 How many notebooks are there?

S.4 Very few, I'm afraid.

3. S.5 Ho much coffee is there in the cupboard?

S.6 Quite a lot, I'm glad to say.

S.5 How much tea is there?

S.6 Very little, I'm afraid.

Continue with the remaining items of the chart.

5 CONNECTED SENTENCES WITH AND AND BUT

(a) Chart 6. and with TOO and EITHE

1. Teacher yesterday-affirmative

S.1 Ron went swimming yesterday, and Fred did too.

2. Teacher on Sundays-negative

S.2 Mr.Johnson doesn't go sightseeing on Sundays,

and his family doesn't either.

Continue

3. tomorrow-negative

Ann won't be going skiing tomorrow, and Jim won't either.

4. next week-affirmative

Mr. Woodhouse will be going riding next week,

and Mrs. Woodhouse will too.

5. now-affirmative

Ken's going hiking now, and Bill is too.

6. yesterday-negative

Mrs. Amdrews didn't go to to work yesterday, and Mary didn't either.

7. sometimes-affirmative

Al sometimes goes sailing, and Gus does too.

8. in a few days-affirmative

Bob'll be going camping in a few days, and Bill will too.

9. usually-negative

Mrs. Miller doesn't usually go fishing, and her friend doesn't either.

(b) Chart 6. Sentences with BUT

1. Teacher often-affirmative

S.1 Ron and Fred often go swimming, but Louise doesn't.

2. Teacher yesterday-negative

S.2 Janet didn't go to church yesterday, but the Johsons did.

Continue

3. in winter-affirmative

John goes skiing in winter, but Ann and Jim don't.

4. tomorrow

Mr. and Mrs. Woodhouse won't be going home tomorrow, but George will.

5. last Sunday-affirmative

Ken and Bill went hiking last Sunday, but Chris didn't.

6. soon-affirmative

Mrs. Andrews and Mary will be going shopping soon,

but Mr. Andrews won't.

7. now-affirmative

Al and Gus are going sailing now, but Larry isn't.

8. a few dats ago-negative

Bob and Bill didn't go to Tokyo a few days ago, but Mrr. Tanaka did.

9. never-negative

Mrr. Mill never goes abroad, but Mrs. Miller and her friend do.

Continue as above, using AND and BUT, and varying the tenses.

6 U/C NOUN DETERMINERS. CONVERSATION

Teacher suit

S.1 How many suits have you got?

S.2 I've only got a few, I'm afraid.

Teacher cash

S.3 How much cash have you got?

S.4 I've only got a little, I'm afraid.

Continue

1. time How much time have you got?

I've only got a little, I'm afraid.

2. suggestions How many suggestions have you got?

I've only got a few, I'm afraid.

3. doughnut How many doughnuts have you got?

I've only got a few, I'm afraid.

4. mail How much mail have you got?

I've only got a little, I'm afraid.

5. aspirin How many aspirins have you got?

I've only got a few, I'm afraid.

6. bracelet How many bracelets have you got?

I've only got a few, I'm afraid.

7. work How much work have you got?

I've only got a few, I'm afraid.

8. job How many jobs have you got?

I've got a few, I'm afraid.

9. brush How many brushes have you got?

I've only got a few, I'm afraid.

10. change How much change have you got?

I've only got a little, I'm afraid.

7 FREE ANSWERS TO QUESTIONS

(Add some comment giving the reason why, as in the examples.)

Teacher What kind of car do you want to buy?

S.1 I want to buy a BMW. I like foreign cars.

Teacher What do you hope to do in the future?

S.2 I hope to travel in Europe. I want to learn about other cultures.

Continue

1. Where would you like to go next Sunday?

I want to go Kyoto next Sunday.

2. What do the students in this lass need to do?

They have to have a rest.

3. Where're you planning to go during the next vacation?

I hope to go to America.

4. When did you decide to take up English?

I decided it at sixteen years old.

5. What are you trying to do now?

I have been learning computer.

6. What do you intend to do after this class?

I'll come back my house.

7. What did I just offer Mr./Miss...?(after gesture of offering)

You offered Tobacco to Mr. Yamada.

8. Who do you expect to get a letter form soon?

I want to get it form my friend.

9. What do you some times forget to do?

I forget some times to get up the time.

10. Who did you promise to help?

I promised it to the old man.

11. What kind of food do you refuse to eat?

I don't want to eat like a calotte.

12. What did you remember to do last night?

I remembered to call up my friend.

13. What New Year's resolution did you make?

I made resolution to do practice.

14. What did Mr./Miss...resolve to do?(referring to previous student)

Miss Sato resolved to make foreign trip.

15. What countries do you hope to visit?

I hope to go England.

16. Did you pass the test?(manage)(Yes, I managed to...)

Yes, I managed to the test.

17. Did she find her contact lenses?(manage)

Yes, she managed to find it.

18. Did he get a good job?(manage)

Yes, he managed it.

19. What will you be doing at midnight tonight?

I'll be got listening a radio.

20. Where will you be living next year?

I'll be got living in Nagoya.

21. Who will you be visiting next Sunday?

Mr.Hasimoto will be got visiting next Sunday.

22. When will I be seeing you again?

I hope to see you next Month.

23. What time will you be going to bed tonight?

I'll be going bed at 11 O'clock tonight.

24. When will you be taking a day off?

I'll be taking a day off next Monday.

25. What will we be doing in a few minutes?

We're be doing some thing to do.

LESSON 35

The lesson reviews verb tenses, U/C noun determiners, the verb+to+verb

pattern, and Q&A's with Do you think...? and probably. the only new

vocabulary is introduced in the pattern dialogue, "Shopping for Mom,"

which focuses mainly on the U?C noun contrast problem. The lesson ends

with a directed conversation exercise eliciting free answers.

1 TENSE VARIATIONS. SUBSTITUTION

He'll be calling back in an hour.

He called back an hour ago.

He got through with his work an hour ago.

Did he get through with his work an hour ago?

Continue

1. soon Will he be getting through with his work soon?

2. you Will you be getting through with your work soon?

3. go out Will you be going out soon?

4. now Are you going out now?

5. every evening Do you go out every evening?

6. Ann Does Ann go out every evening?

7.(statement) Ann goes out every evening.

8. call me up Ann calls me up every evening.

9. tomorrow Ann will be calling me up tomorrow.

10. last night Ann called me up last night.

11.(negative) Ann didn't call me up last night.

12. go to bed early Ann didn't go to bed early last night.

13. tonight Ann won't be going to bed early tonight.

14. I I won't be going to bed early tonight.

15. do overtime I won't be doing overtime tonight.

16. Bob's father Bob's father won't be doing overtime tonight.

17. hardly ever Bob's father hardly ever does overtime.

18. play golf Bob's father hardly ever plays golf.

19. often Bob's father often plays golf.

20.(question) Does Bob's father often play golf?

21. next Sunday Will Bob's father be playing golf next Sunday?

22. at the moment Is Bob's father playing golf at the moment?

2 PATTERN DIALOGUE. SHOPPING FOR MOM

Diane Hello Mom. I'm back.

Mrs.Reid Did you get everything?

Diane Everything except the bacon.

Mrs. Reid Don't tell me they had no bacon!

Diane They has plenty, but it wasn't very good.

I got a little ham instead.

Teacher fruit cake-cookies

S.1 Did you get everything?

S.2 Everything except the fruit cake.

S.1 Don't tell me they had no fruit cake!

S.2 They had plenty, but it wasn't very good.

I got a few cookies instead.

Continue

1. oranges-tangerines

S.1 Did you get everything?

S.2 Everything expect the oranges.

S.1 Don't tell me they had no oranges!

S.2 They had plenty, but it wasn't very good.

I got a few tangerines instead.

2. strawberry jam-marmalade

S.1 Did you get everything?

S.2 Everything except the strawberry jam.

S.1 Don't tell me they had no strawberry!

S.2 They had plenty, but it wasn't very good.

I got a few marmalade instead.

3. lettuce-cucumbers

S.1 Did you get everything?

S.2 Everything except the lettuce.

S.1 Don't tell me they had no lettuce!

S.2 They had plenty, but it wasn't very good.

I got a few cucumbers instead.

4. carrots-spinach

S.1 Did you get everything?

S.2 Everything except the carrot.

S.1 Don't tell me they has no carrot!

S.2 They had plenty, but it wasn't very good.

I got a few spinach instead.

5. sermon-tuna fish

S.1 Did you get everything?

S.2 Everything except the sermon.

S.1 Don't tell me they has no sermon.

S.2 They had plenty, but it wasn't very good.

I got a few tuna fish instead.

3 U/C NOUN DETERMINERS

(a) Substitution. Distinguishing A LOT OF,MUCH and MANY

There's a lot of food on the table.

There isn't much food on the table.

There aren't many cups on the table.

Continue

1. are There're a lot of cups on the table.

2. dessert There're a lot of dessert on the table.

3. vegetables There're a lot of vegetables on the table.

4. aren't There aren't many vegetables on the table.

5. butter There isn't much butter on the table.

6. is There's a lot of butter on the table.

7. coffee There's a lot of coffee on the table.

8. potatoes There're a lot of potatoes on the table.

9. aren't There aren't many potatoes on the table.

10. rice There isn't much rice on the table.

12. cookies There're a lot of cookies on the table.

13. aren't There aren't many cookies on the table.

14. jam There isn't much jam on the table.

15. plates There aren't many plates on the table.

16. are There're a lot of plates on the table.

17. toast There's lot of toast on the table.

18. isn't There isn't much toast on the table.

19. knives There aren't many knives on the table.

20. fruit There isn't much fruit on the table.

(b) Chart 8. Function cues

1. Teacher many

S.1 There aren't many cups on the table.

2. Teacher quite a lot of

S.2 There's quite a lot of typing paper on the shelf.

3. Teacher much

S.3 There isn't much tea in the cupboard.

Continue

4. plenty of There're plenty of shirts on the clothesline.

5. very little There's very little wire in the tool chest.

6. much There isn't much fruit in the refrigerator.

7. very few There're very few forks in the drawer.

8. quite a lot of There're quite a lot of pictures in the room.

9. very little There's very little cash in the safe.

10. many There aren't many neckties in the shop window.

11. very few There're very few Band-Aids in the first-aid box.

12. much There isn't much meat on the plate.

4 FUTURE FORMS WITH WILL AND GOING TO. CONVERSATION

Teacher Harry-buy a set of golf clubs-a tennis

S.1 Harry's going to buy a set of golf clubs.

S.2 Do you think he'll buy a tennis racket too?

S.1 I don't think so. He doesn't like tennis.(free comment)

Teacher an exam next week-a class

S.3 There's going to be an exam next week.

S.4 Do you think there'll be a class too?

S.3 I think so. The exams are always very short.(free comment)

Continue

1. Bob-work next Sunday-go to church

Bob's going to work next Sunday.

Do you think he'll go to church too?

I think so. He usually does.

2. Harry-get up early tomorrow-go to bed early

Harry's going to get up early tomorrow.

Do you think he'll go to bed early too?

I don't think so. He's very busy.

3. a wedding soon-a reception

There's going to be a wedding soon.

Do you think there'll be a reception too?

I think so. They have a lot of friends.

4. Louise-bring over her records-a phonograph

Louise is going to bring over her records.

Do you think she'll bring over a phonograph too?

I think so. We have one here.

5. Diane-get some bacon-ham

Diane's going to get some bacon.

Do you think she'll get some ham too?

I don't think so. She doesn't like ham.

6. Bob and Bill-go sailing-swimming

Bob and Bill are going to go sailing.

Do you think they'll go swimming too?

I think so. It's a beautiful day.

7. a conference soon-free meals

There's going to be a conference soon.

Do you think there'll be free meals too?

I don't think so. They all have a lot of money.

8. my cousin-visit Rome-Naples

My cousin's going to visit Rome.

Do you think He/she'll visit Naples too?

I think so. It's quite near.

5 VERB+ TO+VERB PATTERN. SUBSTITUTION

I'd like to speak to Mr.Phibbs.

Would you like to speak to Mr.Phibbs?

When would you like to speak to Mr.Phibbs?

Do you want to speak to Mr.Phibbs?

Do you want to speak to the manager?

Continue

1. I have to I have to speak to the manager.

2. see I have to see the manager.

3. do you Do you have to see the manager?

4. what time What time do you have to see the manager?

5. expect to What time do you expect to see the manager?

6. the doctor What time do you expect to see tje doctor?

7. did you Did you expect to see the doctor?

8. manage to Did you manage to see the doctor?

9. work out that problem Did you manage to work out that problem?

10. try to Did you try to work out that problem?

11. why Why did you try to work out thaat problem?

12. refuse to Why did you refuse to work out that problem?

13. help your family Why did you refuse to help your family?

14. did you promise to Did you promise to help your family?

15. resolve to Did you resolve to help your family?

16. give up smoking Did you resolve to give up smoking?

17. decided to Did you decided to give up smoking?

18. pay for that house Did you decided to pay for that house?

19. agree to Did you agree to pay for that house?

20. how much How much did you agree to pay for that house?

21. offer to How much did you offer to pay for that house?

22. will..be able to Will you be able to pay for that house?

23. buy the bacon Will you be able to buy the bacon?

24. bring home Will you able to bring home the bacon?

25. remember to Will you remember to bring home the bacon?

26. don't forget to Don't forget to bring home the bacon.

6 CHART 3. DO YOU THINK....? AND PROBABLY.Q&A

1. Teacher this evening

S.1 Do you think he'll listen to the radio this evening?

S.2 Yes, he probably will.

2. Teacher on Sunday

S.3 Do you think they'll play cards on SundaY?

S.4 No, They probably don't.

3. Teacher S.5 Do you think she'll practice the piano later?

S.6 Yes, she probably will.

Continue (alternate PROBABLY WILL and PROBABLY WON'T in the answers)

4. after class Do you think he'll memorize the dialogue after class?

5. next weekend Do you think he'll visit some relatives next weekend?

6. now Do you think she'll wash the dishes now?

7. tonight Do you think they'll watch TV tonight?

8. at home today Do you think he'll work at home today?

9. soon Do you think she'll type her report soon?

10. next Sunday Do you think they'll get together with some friends

next Sunday afternoon?

11. on Monday Do you think she'll iron the clothes on Monday?

12. the week after next Do you think they'll attend a conference

the week after next?

7 DIRECRED CONVERSATION

Teacher Mr....,ask Miss...if she thinks this lesson is easy.

S.1 Do you think this lesson is easy, Miss...?

S.2 Yes, I think so. I understand everything.

Teacher Miss....,ask Mr...if he thinks his pronunciation is good.

S.3 Do you think your pronunciation is good, Mr...?

S.4 No, I don't think so. I can't distinguish /r/ and /I/.

Continue

Ask

1. ...if he/she thinks it'll rain tomorrow.

2. ...if he/she thinks he/she'd like to study Russian.

3. ...if he/she thinks there's a lot of homework today.

4. ...if he/she thinks he/she works hard.

5.....if he/she thinks blue is a nice color.

6. ...if he/she thinks we'll have a test soon.

7. ...if he/she thinks we're learning English quickly.

8. ...if he/she thinks it's hot in here.

9. ...if he/she thinks Mr.....is a good student.

10... if he/she thinks tennis is a good game.

LKESSON 36

This lesson introduces the simple perfect tense. Practice of the

pronunciation of contracted forms is followed by exercises on irregular

past participles, and the use of yet, just, already, etc.

Practice on U?C noun determiners continue, with U nouns denoting complex

activities(swimming, studying, etc.)which are used with the verb do plus

a determiner.

DIALOGUE: "A BOG FIRE"

(Charlie calls on his friend Bruce, who grees him at the door.)

Bruce Hello, Charlie. I haven't seen you for weeks.

Where have you bee?

Charlie Nowhere, I've been doing a lot of studying recently.

Bruce Good for you. Well, come in. Have you heard the news?

Charlie No. What's happened?

Bruce There's just been a big fire in the city. I've been watching

it on TV.

Charlie That's something I'd really like to see.

Is it still burning?

Bruce No. They've already put it out.

Charlie I'm sorry I missed it. I've never had a chance to see a really

big fire. Have you?

Bruce You mean not on TV?

Charlie Right. Not on TV. In real life.

Bruce I haven't seen one since I was a kid. When I was about ten. It

burned for hours.

Charlie I bet you enjoyed it.

Bruce No, Charlie. I did not enjoy it.

Charlie You didn't? Why not?

Bruce Because it was my house.

Charlie Oh! That's different!

1 THE SIMPLE REFECTENCE. CONTRACTED FORMS

I've just heard the news.

You've just herd the news.

He's just heard the news.

Charlie's just heard the news.

continue

1. we We've.. 4. Bruce Bruce's

2. she She's.. 5. the students The student've

3. they They've.. 6. Mr. Crow Mr. Crow's

1. We've just heard the news.

2. She's just heard the news.

3. They've just heard the news.

4. Bruce's just heard the news.

5. The students've just heard the news.

(b) I've never seen a big fire before.

We've never seen a bi fire before.

Continue

1. he He's 5. my friend My friend's

2. you You've 6. Bruce Bruce's

3. she She's 7. the girls The girls've

4. they They've 8. Charlie Charlie's

1. He's never seen a big fire before.

2. You've never seen a big fire before.

3. She's never seen a big fire before.

4. they've never seen a big fire before.

5. My friend's never seen a big fire before.

6. Bruce's never seen a big fire before.

7. The girls've never seen a big fire before.

8. Charile never seen a big fire before.

(c) They've already put it out.

She''s already put it out.

Continue

1. I I've 5. your friends Your friends've

2. he He's 6. the secretary The secretary's

3. you You've 7. Bob and Bill Bob and Bill've

4. they They've 8. Mr. Walton Mr. Walton's

1. I've already put it out.

2. He's already put it out.

3. You've already put it out.

4. They've already put it out.

5. Your friens've already put it out.

6. The secretary's already put it out.

7. Bob and Bill've already put it out.

8. Mr Walton's already put it out.

2 IRREGULAR PAST PARTICIPLES. Q&A

Teacher Were you in house?

S.1 No, I haven't there yet.

Teacher Did she break any dishes?

S.2 No, she hasn't broken any yet.

Teacher Did you buy a motorcycle?

S.3 No, I haven't bought one yet.

Continue

1. Did Harry cone? No, he hasn't come yet.

2. Did you do your homework? No, I haven't done it yet.

3. Did the children drink the milk? No, they haven't drunk it yet.

4. Did you drive your new car? No, I haven't driven it yet.

5. Did Roy eat a sandwich? No, he hasn't eaten one yet.

6. Do you ever feel homesick? No, I haven't felt homesick yet.

7. Did you get a typewriter? No, I haven(t gotten one yet.

8. Did you give up smoking? No, I haven't given it up yet.

9. Did Bruce go out? No, he hasn't gone out yet.

10. Did you take a rest? No, I haven't taken one yet.

11. Did you leave a message? No, I haven't left one yet.

12. Did you make an appointment? No, I haven't made one yet.

13. Did you pay your taxes? No, I haven't made one yet.

14. Did you have lunch? No, I haven't had it yet.

15. Did Mr. Phibbs write a report? No, he hasn't written one yet.

16. Did you ride that motorcycle? No, I haven't done it yet.

17. Did you ring the bell? No, I haven't rung it yet.

18. Did you see many movies? No, I haven't seen many yet.

19. Did you sell your radio? No, I haven't sold it yet.

20. Did you shake hands with the president?

No, I haven't shaken hands with him yet.

21. Did you show any slides? No, I haven't shown any yet.

22. Did they sing any folk songs? No, I haven't sung any yet.

23. Did you ever sleep in class? No, I haven't slept in class yet.

24. Did you speak to Mr.Crow? No, I haven't spoken to him yet.

25. Did Roy spill much sugar? No, he hasn't spilled much yet.

26. Did you swim across the bay? No, I haven't swum across it yet.

3 THE SIMPLE PERFECT WITH JUST.CONVERSATION

(a) WOULD YOU LIKE TO..?

Teacher have a drink

S.1 Would you like to have a drink?

S.2 No thanks. I've just had one.

Continue

1. go to the concert 6. read the papers

2. do some studying 7. ride Bob's motorcycle

3. eat now 8. shake hands with the president

4. give a party 9. show some slides

5. go for a drive 10. speak to the teacher

1. S.1 Would you like to go to the concert?

S.2 No thanks. I've just gotten it.

2. S.1 Would you like to do some studying?

S.2 No thanks. I've just done them.

3. S.1 Would you like to eat now?

S.2 No thanks. I've just eaten already.

4. S.1 Would you like to give a party?

S.2 No thanks. I've just given it.

5. S.1 Would you like to go for a party?

S.2 No thanks. I've just gone for there.

6. S.1 Would you like to read the papers?

S.2 No thanks. I've just red it.

7. S.1 Would you like to swim across the river?

S.2 No thanks. I've just swum it.

8. S.1 Would you like to shake hands with president?

S.2 No thanks. I've just shaken with him

9. S.1 Would like to show some slides?

S.2 No thanks. I've just shown them.

10.S.1 Would you like to speak to the teacher?

S.2 No thanks. I've just spoken to him.

b) HOW ABOUT...ING?

Teacher take a walk

S.1 How about taking a walk?

S.2 No thanks. I've just taken one.

Continue

1. eat some ice cream 6. speak to Ann

2. drive to the beach and back 7. swim across the river

3. get some cookies 8. take a day off

4. take a rest 9. have a game of tennis.

5. see a movie 10. buy something to eat.

1. S.1 How about eating some ice cream?

S.2 No thanks. I've just eaten them.

2. S.1 How about driving to the beach and back?

S.2 No thanks. I've just driven there.

3. S.1. How about getting some cookies?

S.2 No thanks. I've just gotten them.

4. S.1 How about taking a rest?

S.2 No thanks I've just taken one.

5. S.1 How about seeing a movie?

S.2 No thanks. I've just seen it.

6. S.1 How about speaking to Ann?

S.2 No thanks. I've just spoken to her.

7. S.1 How about swimming across the river?

S.2 No thanks. I've just swum it.

8. S.1 How about taking a day off?

S.2 No thanks. I've just taken one.

9. S.1 How about having a game of tennis?

S.2 No thanks. I've just had it.

10. S.1 How about buying something to eat?

S.2 No thanks. I've just bought it.

4 CHART 7. SERIES A. THE SIMPLE PERFECT WITH ALREADY.

1. S.1 When's Mrs. Humphrey going to put off her dental appointment?

S.2 She's already put it off.

2. S.3 When's Mr.Rivers going to get over his cold?

S.4 He's already gotten over it.

Continue with the remaining items of the chart.

5 HAVE YOU EVER...? CONVERSATION

Teacher write a short story

S.1 Have you ever written a short story?

S.2 Yes. I wrote one not long ago.

S.1 I'm going to write one soon.

S.2 A friend of mine is writing one now.

Continue

1. ride a motorcycle Have you ever ridden a motorcycle?

Yes. I rode one long ago.

I'm going to ride one soon.

A friend of mine is riding one now.

2. take an overnight Have you ever takes an overnight trip?

trip Yes. I took one not long ago.

I'm going to take a one soon.

A friend of mine is taking on now.

3. do any sailing Have you ever done any sailing?

Yes. I did some not long ago.

I'm going to do some soon.

A friend of mine is doing some now.

6 THE SIMPLE PERFECT AND SIMPLE PAST CONTRASTED

SUBUSTITUTION

I was in Canada last year.

I've been to Canada already.

I've driven my new car already.

I drove my new car this morning.

Continue

1. he He drove his new car this morning.

He've driven his new car already.

2.(negative) He didn't drive his new car this morning.

He hasn't driven his new car already.

3. yet He hasn't driven his new car yet.

He didn't drive his new car yet.

4. come back He hasn't come back yet.

He didn't come back last night.

5. last night He didn't come back last night.

He hasn't come back yet.

6.(affirmative) He came back last night.

He've came back already.

7. just He's just come back.

He came back now.

8.(question) Has he just come back?

Did he come back now?

9. you Have you just come back?

Did you come back now?

10. eat lunch Have you eaten lunch?

Did you eat lunch?

11. at noon Did you eat lunch at noon?

Have you eaten lunch at noon?

12. already Have you eaten lunch already?

Did you eat lunch already?

13. ring the bell Have you rung the bell?

Did you ring the bell?

14. ever Have you ever rung the bell?

Did you ever ring the bell?

15. see a big fire Have you ever seen a big fire?

Did you ever see a big fire?

16. has Bruce Has Bruce ever seen a big fire?

Did Bruce ever see a big fire?

17. when he wsa ten Did Bruce see a big fire when he was ten?

Have Bruce seen a big fire when he was ten?

18.(statement) Bruce saw a big fire when he was ten.

Bruce Have seen a big fire when he was en

19. not long ago Bruce saw a big fire not long ago.

Bruce have seen a big fire recently.

20. break a window Bruce broke a window not long ago.

Bruce have broken a window recently.

21. just Bruce has just broken a window.

Bruce broke a window now.

22. the children The children have just broken a window.

The children broken a window now.

23. ;never The children have never broken a window.

The children never broke a window.

24. go to the circus The children have never gone to the circus.

The children went to the circus.

25. last month The children didn't go to the circus last month.

The children Haven't gone the circus last month.

7 U NOUN ACTIVITIES WITH DO+DETERMINER. SUBSTITUTION

I've done a lot of studying recently.

I haven't done much studying recently.

I haven't done much gymnastics recently.

I haven't done much skiing recently.

I've done plenty of skiing recently.

Continue

1. any I haven't done any skiing recently.

2. driving I haven't done any driving recently.

3. a little I've done a little driving recently.

4. sightseeing I've done a little sightseeing recently.

5. no I've done no sightseeing recently.

6. reading I've done no reading recently.

7. much I haven't done much reading recently.

8. homework I haven't done much homework recently.

9. enough I haven't done enough homework recently.

10. housework I haven't enough homework recently.

11. a lot of I've done a lot of housework recently.

12. hiking I've done a lot of hiking recently.

13. any more I haven't done any more hiking recently.

14. shopping I haven't any more shopping recently.

15. some more I've done some more shopping recently.

16. exercise I've done some more exercise recently.

17. quite a lot of I've done quite a lot of exercise recently.

18. business I've done quite a lot of business recently.

19. very little I've done very little business recently.

20. knitting I've done very little knitting recently.

8 U/C NOUN DETERMINERS AS NOUN SUBSTITUES

(aNSWER THE QUESTIONS FREELY USING AN APPROPRIATE DETERMINER AS IN THE EXAMPLES.)

Teacher Have you got much money?

S.1 Yes, I've got a lot.

or Yes, I've got plenty.

or No, I haven't got much.

or No, I've got very little.

or No, I haven't got any.

or No, I've got none. etc.

Teacher Have you done any shopping recently?

S.2 Yes, I've done some.

or Yes, I've done quite a lot.

or Yes, I've done a little.

or Yes, I've done enough.

or No, I haven't done any.

or No, I've done none. etc.

Teacher Do you buy many books?

S.3 Yes, I buy a lot.

or Yes, I buy quite a few.

or No, I don't buy many.

or No, I only buy a few.

or No, I buy very few.

or No, I don't buy any. etc.

Continue

1. How much money did you spend yesterday?

S.1 Yes, I spent a lot.

or Yes, I spent plenty.

or No, I didn't spent much.

or No, I haven't spent any.

or No, I I've spent none.

2. Have you done any reading recently?

S.1 Yes, I've done some.

or Yes, I've done quite a lot.

or Yes, I've done a little. or Yes, I've done enough.

or No, I haven't done any.

or No, I've done none.

3. How many friends have you got?

S.1 Yes, I I've got a lot.

or Yes, I've got plenty.

or No, I haven't got much.

or No, I've got very little.

or No, I haven't got any.

or No, I've got none.

4. Do you do much driving?

S.1 Yes, I do a lot.

or Yes, I do plenty.

or No, I don't do many.

or No, I do a few.

or, No, I don't do any.

5. Are you making any mistakes?

S.1 Yes, I make a lot.

or Yes. I make plenty.

or No, I don't make any.

or No, I don't make much.

or No, I do none.

6. Are you learning much English?

S.1 Yes, I'm learning a lot.

or Yes, I'm learning plenty,

or. No, I’m not learning any.

or, No, I’m not learning many.

or No, I learn none.

7. Did your teacher give you any advice?

S.1 Yes, He gave me a lot.

or Yes, He gave me plenty.

or No, He didn't give me any.

or No, He didn't give me enough.

or No, He did none.

8. How much sightseeing have you done recently?

S.1 Yes, I've done a lot.

or Yes, I've done plenty.

or No, I haven't any.

or No, I haven't much.

or No, I've done a few.

9. Will you be meeting many people tomorrow?

S.1 Yes, I'll meet a lot.

or Yes, I'll meet some.

or No, I’ll not meet any.

or No, I’ll not meet much.

or No, I'll meet none.

10. Do you have any free time?

S.1 Yes, I have a lot.

or Yes, I have plenty.

or No, I haven't any.

or No, I haven't much.

or No, I have none.

11. Have you done much exercise recently?

S.1 Yes, I've done a lot.

or Yes, I've done plenty.

or No, I haven't done any.

or No, I haven't done much.

or No, I have done a few.

12. How many presents can you buy?

S.1 Yes, I can buy a lot.

or Yes, I can buy plenty.

or No, I can't but any.

or No, I can't buy much.

Or No, I can buy none.

13. Do you eat many vegetable?

S.1 Yes, I eat a lot.

or Yes I eat plenty.

or No, I don't eat any.

or No, I don't eat much.

or No, I eat a few.

14. Will you be able to do any studying?

S.1 Yes, I'll able to a lot.

or Yes, I'll able to plenty.

or No, I’ll not do any.

or No, I’ll not do much.

or No, I will do none.

15. Do you drink much tea?

S.1 Yes. I drink a lot.

or Yes, I drink plenty.

or No, I don't drink any.

or No, I don't drink much.

or No, I drink none.

16. Do you need any help?

S.1 Yes, I need a lot.

or Yes, I need plenty.

or No, I don't need any.

or No, I don't need much.

or No, I need none.

17. Have you got many good ideas?

S.1 Yes, I've gotten a lot.

or Yes, I've gotten plenty.

or No, I haven't gotten any.

or No, I haven't gotten much.

or No, I have gotten none.

18. Will you be doing any traveling in the summer?

S.1 Yes, I'll do a lot.

or Yes, I'll do plenty.

or No, I’ll not travel any.

or No, I’ll not travel much.

or No, I will do none.

19. Were you able to do enough homework?

S.1 Yes, I did a lot.

or Yes, I did plenty.

or No, I didn't do any.

or No, I didn't do much.

or No, I did none.

20. Have you visit many places?

S.1 Yes, I've visit a lot.

or Yes, I've visit plenty.

or No, I haven't visit any.

or No, I haven't visit much.

or No, I have visit none.

LESSON 37

Practice on the simple perfect continues with more irregular past participles, the

function words since and for, questions with how long, and the use of there as subject.

When clauses are introduced, and the usage of present participles as adjectives is

practiced. The lesson contains more vocabulary than usual and is more demanding than

previous lesson of Book 4.

1 WHEN CLAUSES. SUBSTITUTION

I saw a fire when I was about ten.

I saw a fire when I was a t school.

He saw a fire when he was a t school.

Continue

1. she She saw a fire when she was at school.

2. they They saw a fire when they were at school.

3. downtown They saw a fire when they were downtown.

4.(question) Did they see a fire when they were downtown?

5. you Did you see a fire when you were downtown?

6. the circus Did you see the circus when you were downtown?

7. went downtown Did you see the circus when you went downtown?

8. that movie Did you see that movie when you went downtown?

9. what What did you see when you went downtown.

10. will What will you see when you go downtown?

11. do What will you do when you go downtown?

12. what do you What do you do when you go downtown?

13. come home What do you do when you come home?

14. say What do you say when you come home?

15. go to bed What do you say when you go to bed?

2 PRESENT AND PAST PARTICIPLES CONTRASTED

(a) Present participles as adjectives. Repetition

1. an amusing joke 6. discouraging test results

2. an annoying tone of voice 7. a disgusting mess

3. a boring lecture 8. an embarrassing mistake

4. a convincing explanation 9. some encouraging advice

5. a disappointing concert 10. an entertaining movie

11. an exhausting game 17. a satisfying meal

12. a fascinating young man 18. a shocking story

13. a frightening explosion 19. a surprising piece of news

14. an interesting novel 20. a thrilling circus

15. a moving speech 21. a tiring job

16. a pleasing comment 22. an upsetting quarrel

(b) WHEN clauses. Transformation

Teacher Fred told us an amusing joke.

S.1 Fred's joke amused us. We were amused when we heard Fred's joke.

Teacher He spoke to me in an annoying tone of voice.

S.2 His tone of voice annoyed me. I was annoyed when I heard his tone of voice.

Continue

1. The students attended a boring lecture.

The lecture bored the students.

The students were bored when they heard the lecture.

2. Mr. Argew gave us a convincing explanation.

Mr. Argew's explanation convinced us.

We were convinced when we heard Mr. Argew'w explanation.

3. My friens went to disappointing concert.

The concert disappointed my friends.

My friends were disappointed when they went to the concert.

4. Roy got discouraging test results.

The test results discouraged Roy.

Roy was discouraged when he got the test results.

5. We noticed a disgusting mess in the kitchen.

The mess in the kitchen disgusted us.

We were disgusted when we noticed the mess in the kitchen.

6. Ann made an embarrassing mistake.

The mistake embarrassed Ann.

Ann was embarrassed when she made the mistake.

7. The teacher gave us some encouraging advice.

The teacher's advice encouraged us.

We were encouraged when the teacher gave us some advice.

8. I saw an entertaining movie.

The movie entertained me.

I was entertained when I saw the movie.

9. The two teams finished an exhausting football game.

The football game exhausted the two teams

The two teams were exhausted when they finished the football game.

10. Sally met a fascinating young man.

The young man fascinated Sally.

Sally was fascinated when she met the young man.

11. We heard a frightening explosion.

The explosion frightened us.

We were frightened when we head the explosion.

12. The audience heard a moving speech.

The sspeech moved the audience.

The audience was moved when they heard the speech.

13. The teacher heard a pleasing comment.

The comment pleased the teacher.

The teacher was pleases when she heard the comment.

14. We had a satisfying meal.

The meal satisfied when we had the meal.

15. My mother heard a shocking story.

The story shocked my mother.

My mother was shocked when she heard the story.

16. Bill received some surprising news.

The news surprised Bill.

Bill wsa surprised when he heard the news.

17. Bob had an upsetting quarrel.

The quarrel upset Bob.

Bob was upset when he had the quarrel.

3 MORE IRREGULAR PAST PARTICIPLES

Teacher Did you beat Bob at tennis?

S.1 No. I haven’t beaten him yet.

Teacher

Did you become a teacher

S.2 No. I haven’t become one yet.

Continue

1. Did you begin a few minutes ago? No. I haven’t begun yet.

2. Did you blow out the candles? No. I haven’t blown them out yet.

3. Did you choose your partner? No. I haven’t chosen him/her yet.

4. Did you cut the cake? No. I haven’t cut it yet.

5. Did you draw a map? No. I haven’t drawn one yet.

6. Did you fall off your bicycle? No. I haven't fallen off it yet.

7. Did you fly to London? No. i haven't flown there yet.

8. Did you forget anything? No. I haven't forgotten anything yet.

9. Did the water freeze? No. It hasn't frozen yet.

10. Did you grow any flowers? No. I haven't grown any yet.

11. Did you hide my book? No. I haven't hidden it yet.

12. Did the sun shine? No. It hasn't shone yet.

13. Did they sink the ship? No. They haven't sunk it yet.

14. Did the thieves steal the jewelry? No. they haven't stolen yet.

15. Did you tear up the paper? No. I haven't torn it up yet.

16. Did you throw out yesterday's paper? No. I haven't thrown it out yet.

17. Did you wake up the children? No. I haven't woken them up yet.

18. Did you wear your new coat? No. I haven't worn it yet.

4 SIMPLE PERFECT WITH SINCE AND FOR. SUBSTITUTION

I haven't seen you for weeks.

I haven't seen you fr ages.

I haven't seen yu since last summer.

I haven't seen you since you graduated.

Continue

1. a long time I haven't seen you for a long time.

2. see a big fire I haven(t seen a big fire for long time.

3. I was a kid I haven't seen a big fire since I was a kid.

4. go to a circus I haven't gone to a circus since I was a kid.

5. many years I haven't gone to a circus for many years.

6. fly I haven't flown for many years.

7. I went to Hong Kong I haven't flown since I went to Hong Kong.

8. be abroad I haven’t been abroad since I went to Hong Kong.

9. last summer I haven’t been abroad sine I went last summer.

10. draw a picture I haven’t dawn a picture since last summer.

11. I was at school I haven't drawn a picture since I was at school.

12. beat Bob at tennis I haven't beaten Bob at tennis since I was at school.

13. two years I haven't beaten Bob at tennis for two years.

14. write a poem I haven't written a poem for two years.

15. I left school I haven't written a poem since I left school.

5 HOW LONG WITH SINCE AND FOR. CONCERSATION

Teacher be a student-many years

S.1 How long have you been a student?

S.2 I've been a student for many years.

Teacher study English-I start junior high school

S.3 How long have you studied English?

S.4 I've studied English since I started junior high school.

Continue

1. live in Japan-I was born

How long have you lived in Japan?

I've lived in Japan since I was born.

2. play tennis-three years

How long have you played tennis?

I've played tennis for three years.

3. know me - the course began

How long have you known me?

I've known you since the course began.

4. be able to drive-I got my driver's license

How long have you been able to drive?

I've been able to drive since I got my driver' license.

Continue with free answers

5. live in this area

How long have you live in this areas?

I've lived this area since I moved here 20 years ago.

6. be able to ride a bicycle

How long have you bee able to ride a bicycle?

Ive been able to ride since I was 9 years old.

7. wear those shoes

How long have you wore those shoes?

I've wore those shoes since I bought it 5 years ago.

8. take music lessons

How long have you taken music lesson?

I've taken music lesson since I was 4. years ago.

9. be in Europe

How long have you been in Europe?

I've been here since 1985.

10. speak Japanese

How long have you spoken Japanese?

I've spoken Japanese since I was born.

11. be able to swim

How long have you been able to swim?

I've been able to swim since I was 10 years old.

12. have that watch

How long have you had that watch?

I've had that watch since I was given it form my father.

13. attend this school

How long have you attended this school?

I've attended this school since I introduced by my friend

10 years ago.

14. your parents-be married

How long have your parents been married?

they've been married since 1930.

15. this lesson-last

How long have this lesson last?

It's been last since It started this morning.

16. your father-work

How long have your father woken?

My father have woken since he went to work.

6 PERFECT TENSE WITH THERE AS SUBJECT. SUBSTITUTION

There's just been a big fire.

There's just been a bus strike.

There's already been a bus strike.

Has there already been a bus strike?

Continue

1. yet Has there been a bus strike yet?

2. any rain Has there been any rain yet?

3. since June Has there been any rain since June?

4. many accidents Have there been many accidents since June?

5.(statement) There've been a lot of accidents since June.

6. recently There've been a lot of accidents recently.

7.(negative) There haven't been many accidents recently.

8. yet There haven't been many accidents yet.

9. any There haven't been any accidents yet.

10. a long time There haven't been any accidents for long time.

11. an examination There hasn't been an examination for long time.

12. since we came There hasn't been an examination since we came.

13. recently There hasn't been an examination recently.

14.(affirmative) There's been an examination recently.

15. just There's just been an examination.

16. some trouble There's just been some trouble.

17.(question) Has there just been some trouble?

18. some student demonstrations

Have there just been some student demonstrations?

19. any-since the school year began

Have there been any student demonstration since the school

year began?

20. yet Have there been any student demonstrations yet?

21.(statement) There haven't been any student demonstrations yet.

22. already There've already been some student demonstrations.

23. fights There've already been some fights.

24. yet There haven't been any fights yet.

25. for ages There haven't been any fights for ages.

7 CHART 6. DO+DETERMINER. Q&A

(a) Series A

1. S.1 Ron and Fread do a lot of swimming, don't they?

S.2 Yes, but they don't do much sightseeing.

2. S.3 Janet does a lot of sightseeing, doesn't she?

S.4 Yes, but she doesn't do much skiing.

Continue

3. John does a lot of skiing, doesn't he?

Yes but he doesn't do much riding.

4. Mr. and Mrs. Woodhouse do a lot of riding, don't they?

Yes, but they don't do much hiking.

5. Ken and Bill do a lot of hiking, don't they?

Yes, but they don't much shopping.

6. Mrs. Andres and Mary do a lot of shopping, don't they?

Yes, but they don't do much sailing.

7. Al and Gus do a lot of sailing, don't they?

Yes, but they don't do much camping.

8. Bob and Bill do a lot of camping, don't they?

Yes, but they don't do much fishing.

(b) Series A and B

1. S.1 Luise doesn't do much swimming, does she?

S.2 No, but Ron and Fred do.

2. S.3 The Johnsons don't do much sightseeing, do they?

S.4 No, but Junet does.

Continue

3. Ann and Jim don't do much skiing, do they?

No, but John does.

4. George doesn't do much riding, does he?

No, but Mr.and Mrs. Woodhouse do.

5. Chris doesn't do much hiking, does he?

No, but Ken and Bill do.

6. Mr. Andres doesn't do much shopping, does he?

No, but Mrs. Andrews and Mary do.

7. Larry doesn't do much sailing, does he?

No, but Al and Gus do.

8. Mr. Tanaka doesn't do much camping. does he?

No. but Bob and Bill do.

9. Mrs. Miller and her friend don't do much fishing, do they?

No, but Mr. Miller does.

8 DO AND PLAY ACTIVITIES CONTRASTED. CONVERSATION

Teacher tennis

S.1 Do you play any tennis?

S.2 Yes, I play a lot on weekends.

Teacher fencing

S.3 Do you do any fencing?

S.4 No, I don't any.

Teacher exercise

S.5 Do you do any exercise?

S.6 Yes, I do a little in the mornings.

Continue (free answers)

1. volleyball

S.1 Do you play any volleyball?

S.2 Yes, I play a lot on Sunday.

2. golf

S.1 Do you play any golf?

S.2 Yes, I play a little in holidays.

3. skiing

S.1 Do you do any skiing?

S.2 Yes, I do a lot in the seasons.

4. chess

S.1 Do you do any chess?

S.2. No, I don't do any.

5. athletics

S.1 Do you do any athletics?

S.2 Yes, I do a little in the evenings.

6. rowing

S.1 Do you play any rowing?

S.2 No, I don't play any.

7. mahjong

S.1 Do you play any mahjong?

S.2 Yes, I play a lot on weekends.

8. hockey

S.1 Do you play any hockey?

S.2 No, I don't play any.

9. karate

S.1 Do you do any karate?

S.2 Yes, I do a little in Saturdays.

10. baseball

S.1 Do you play any baseball?

S.2 Yes, I play a lot on Sundays.

11. running

S.1 Do you do any running?

S.2 Yes I do a little in the mornings.

12. gymnastics

S.1 Do you do any gymnastics?

S.2 No, I don't do any.

13. judo

S.1 Do you play any judo?

S.2 No, I don't play any.

14.basketball

S.1 Do you play any basketball?

S.2 Yes, I paly a lot on weekends.

15. climbing

S.1 Do you do any climbing?

S.2 Yes, I do a little in the summers.

16. badminton

S.1 Do you do any badminton?

S.2 No, I don't do any.

17. training

S.1 Do you do any training?

S.2 Yes, I do a lot eveydays.

18. ping-pong

S.1 Do you play any ping-pong?

S.2 Yes, I played a lot ten yeas ago.

19. games

S.1 Do you do any games?

S.2 Yes, I do a little baseball.

20. swimming

S.1 Do you do any swimming?

S.2 Yes, I do a lot in summer.

LESSON 38

The verbs and participles introduced in the last lesson are reviewed in

a response drill with too and either. The progressive perfect is practiced in a variey of ways, and pattern verb+to+objectverb is introduced and

practices with ask and tell only. Finally, the most common U noun counting words (a cup of, a piece od, etc.) are practiced, and the lesson ends with a selection of questions with free answers.

SIALOGUE: "PLANNING A TRIP TO EUROPE"

(Al and Gus are in the university cafeteria. They are waiting in line and filling their trays at the counter. They are talking about their forthcoming trip to Europe.)

Al About our trip, I think Ted would like to go too.

He's been asking me about it.

Gus Is that right? He hasn't said anything to me yet.

Hand me that piece of pie, will you?...Thanks.

Al I told him to ask you about our plans.

Gus Aren't you going to have a cup of coffee?

Al No. I've been drinking too much coffee recently?

I'll have a glass of milk instead.

Gus I think I will too. Did you tell Ted when we're going?

Al I told him we didn't know yet. Maybe in August.

Gus Good. We can decide the exact dates later.

Al We'll be lucky to have him along.

Gus Why?

Al He'll be able to help us with the foreign languages.

Gus That's right. He's been studying French and Spanish for years.

Al Nothing will be Greek to him.

TOO AND EITHER. RESPONSE DRILL

Teacher His pronunciation is shocking-his grades

S.1 His pronunciation is shocking.

S.2 Yes, and his grades are shocking too.

Teacher The students weren't interested-the teacher

S.3 The students weren't interested.

S.4 No, and the teacher wasn't interested either.

Teacher The elephants fascinated the children-the acrobats

S.5 The elephants fascinated the children.

S.6 Yes, and the acrobats fascinated them too.

Continue

1. The novel was thrilling--the movie

The novel was thrilling.

Yes, and the movie was thrilling too.

2. His explanation didn't convince me-his suggestions

No, and his suggestions didn't convince me either.

3. The train strike is annoying-the mail strike

The train strike is annoying.

Yes, and the mail strike is annoying too.

4. Earthquakes are really frightening-typhoons

Earthquakes are really frightening.

Yes, and typhoons are frightening too.

5. His jokes don't amuse me-his tricks

His jokes don't amuse me.

No, and his tricks don't amuse me either.

6. Beethoven's 6th symphony is moving-the 9th

Beethoven's 6th symphony is moving.

Yes, and the 9th is moving too.

7. The second half of the game was exhausting-the first half

The second half of the game was exhausting.

Yes, and the first half was exhausting too.

8. Ann's mistake was embarrassing-her apology

Ann's mistake was embarrassing.

Yes, and her apology was embarrassing too.

9. The mosquitoes here are irritating-the flies

The mosqitoes here are irritating.

Yes, and the flies are irritating too.

10. Our progress is encouraging-our grades

Our progress is encouraging.

Yes, and our grades are encouraging too.

11. Those comic books are disgusting-those magazines

Those comic books are disgusting.

Yes, and those magazines are disgusting too.

12. The food here isn't satisfying-the service

The food here isn't satisfying.

No, and the service isn't satisfying either.

THE PROGRESSIVE PERFECT TENSE

(a) Transformation

Teacher Ted's asked me about the trip.

S.1 Ted's been asking me about the trip.

Teacher He's studied French and Spanish for years.

S.2 He's been studying French and Spanish for years.

Teacher We're done our homework.

S.3 We're been doing our homework.

Continue

1. He hasn't driven to work recently.

He hasn't been driving to work recently.

2. Why haven't you given any parties?

Why haven't you been giving any parties?

3. Have you just rung the bell?

Have you just been ringing the bell?

4. I've just ridden Mike's motorcycle.

I've just been riding Mikes motorcycle.

5. They've sung some folk songs.

they've been singing some folk songs.

6. Have you shown an slides Toda?

Have you been showing an slides Yoda?

7. I've just taken a walk.

I've just been taking a walk.

8. Have you spoken to Gus about it?

ave ou been speaking to Gus about it

9. What have you drawn

What have you been drawing?

10. How long have you worn those shoes??

How long have you been wearing those shoes?

(b) Conversation

Teacher studying

S.1 What have you been doing?

S.2 I've been studying.

S.1 What have you been studying?

S.2 I've been studying English.(free choice)

S.1 Ho long have you been studying?

S.2 Since to O'clock.(fee choice)

Continue

1. writing

S.1 What have you been doing?

S.2 I've been writing.

S.1 What have you been writing?

S.2 I've been writing English.

S.1 How long have you been writing?

S.2 Since two o'clock.

2. reading

S.1 What have you been doing?

S.2 I've been reading.

S.1 What have you been reading?

S.2 I've been reading book.

S.1 How long have you been reading?

S.2 Since eight o'clock.

3. practicing

S.1 What have you been doing?

S.2 I've been practicing.

S.1 What have you been practicing?

S.2 I've been practicing golf.

S.1 How long have you been practicing?

S.2 Since three o'clock.

4. cooking

S.1 What have you been doing?

S.2 I've been cooking.

S.1 What have you been cooking?

S.2 I've been cooking dinner.

S.1 How long have you been cooking?

S.2 Since four o'clock.

5. painting

S.1 What have you been doing?

S.2 I've been painting.

S.1 What have you been painting?

S.2 I've been painting cat.

S.1 How long have you been painting?

S.2 Since nine o'clock.

6. typing

S.1 What have you been doing?

S.2 I've been typing.

S.1 What have you been typing?

S.2 I've been typing a letter.

S.1 How long have you been typing?

S.2 Since five O'clock.

7. translating

S.1 What have you been doing?

S.2 I've been translating.

S.1 What have you been translating?

S.2 I've been translating English into Japanese.

S.1 How long have you been translating?

S.2 Since six o'clock.

8. planning

S.1 What have you been doing?

S.2 I've been planning.

S.1 What have you been planning?

S.2 I've been planning trip.

S.1 How long have you been planning?

S.2 Since seven O'clock.

9. thinking (what.. about?)

S.1 What have you been doing?

S.2 I've been thinking.

S.1 What have you been thinking?

S.2 I've been thinking about the future.

S.1 How long have you been thinking?

S.2 Since last week.

10. talking (Who..to?)

S.1 What have you been doing?

S.2 I've been talking.

S.1 What have you been talking?

S.2 I've been talking with friends.

S.1 How long have you been talking?

S.2 Since this morning.

(c) Chart 6. Conversation

1. S.1 Hello Ron.

S.2 Hello Louise. Where have you been?

S.1 I've been to school. What about you?

S.2 I've just been swimming with Fred.

2. S.3 Hello Mr. Johnson.

S.4 Hello Janet. Where have you been?

S.3 I've been sightseeing. What about you?

S.4 I've ust been to church with my family.

Continue with the remaining items of the chart.

(Omit No.9 in this practice)

(d) Q&A with interrogative words

Teacher I've been thinking of buying a 16-millimeter movie camera.

Teacher (tag question)

S.1 You've been thinking of buying a movie camera, haven't you?

S.2 Yes, I have.

Teacher what king of

S.1 What kind of movie camera have you been thinking of buying?

S.2 I've been thinking of buying a 1-millimeter.

Teacher I've been using my sister's typewriter, for two months.

Teacher (tag question)

S.3 You've been using your sister's typewriter, haven't you?

S.4 Yes, I have.

Teacher whose

S.3 Whose typewriter have you been using?

S.4 I've been using my sister's.

Teacher how long

S.3 How long have you been using?

S.4 I've been using it for two months.

Continue

1. I've been trying to memorize the dialogue on the train.

(tag question)

You've been trying to memorize the dialogue, haven't you?

Yes, I have.

what What have you been trying to memorize?

I've been trying to memorize the dialogue.

wher Where have you been trying to memorize it?

I've been trying top memorize it on the train.

2. He's been driving to work since May.

(tag question)

He's been driving to work, hasn't he?

Yes, he has.

where Where has he been driving?

He's been driving to work.

how long

How long has he been driving to work?

He's been driving to work since May.

3. I've been spending a lot of money on food.

(tag question)

You've been spending a lot of money, haven't you?

Yes, I have.

how much

How much money have you been spending on food?

I've been spending a lot.

what What have you been spending a lot of money on?

I've been spending a lot on food.

4. Tom's just been talking to that girl in the blue dress.

(tag question)

Tom's just been talking to that girl, hasn't he?

Yes, he has.

who(m) Who has Tom just been talking to?

He's been talking to that girl.

which Which girl has he been talking?

He's been talking to that girl in the blue dress.

3 ASK/TELL+OBJECT+TO+VERB

(a) Chart 2. TELL

1. S.1 He told me to put my books in that bookcase.

". S.2 She told me to put my dishes in that cupboard.

3. S.3 They told me to put my clothes in that closet.

Continue with the remaining items of the chart.

(b) Chart 7. Series B. ASK

1. Teacher the dentist

S.1 The dentist asked Mrs. Humphrey to call him up.

2. Teacher the doctor

S.2 The doctor asked Mr. Rivers to give up smoking.

3. Teacher Mrs. Harrison's husband

S.3 Mrs. Harrison's husband asked her to take back the purchase.

Continue

4. the salesgirl

S.1 The salesgirl asked Mr. Sato to buy the souvenir.

5. the boss

S.1 The boss asked Ms. Saito to come earlier.

6. the teacher

S.1 The teacher asked Mr. Ueda to study hard.

7. Mrs. O'Brian's children

S.1 Mrs. O'Brian's children asked her to play games.

8. the manager

S.1 The manager asked Mr. Hase to run fast.

9. Mike's mother

S.1 Mike's mother asked him to come back soon.

4 DIRECT TO INDIRECT SPEECH WITH ASK AND TELL

Teacher "Go to bed," she told the children.

S.1 She told the children to go to bed.

Teacher "Could you help me with my work?" he asked me.

S.2 He asked me to help him with his work.

Teacher "Don't leave your lunchbox behind," his wife told him.

S.3 His wife told him not to leave his lunchbox behind.

Continue

1."Put on your coat," my mother told me.

S.1 My mother told me to put on my coat.

2. "Would you mind turning off the lights?" the teacher asked me.

S.1 The teacher asked me to turn off the lights.

3. "Please don't blow out the candles," she asked her son.

S.1 She asked her son not to blow out the candles.

4. "Don't tear up the newspaper," I told her.

S.1 I told her not to tear up the newspaper.

5. "Hand me that piece of pie, will you?" Gus asked Al.

S.1 Gus asked Al to hand him that piece of pie.

6. "Ask Gus about the trip," Al told Ted.

S.1 Al told Ted to ask Gus about the trip.

7. "Don't forget to call me back," Mr.Crow told the secretary.

S.1 Mr.Crow told the secretary not to forget to call him back.

8. "Please bring your records over," I asked Sally.

S.1 I asked Sally to bring her records over.

9. "Don't make any noise," Mrs. Rivers told her hasband.

S.1 Mrs. Rivers told her husband not to make any noise.

10. "Put the milk back in the refrigerator," Pam told Roy.

S.1 Pam told Roy to put the milk back in the refrigerator.

11. "Don't spill the sugar," Pam told Roy.

S.1 Pam told Roy not to spill the sugar.

12. "Don't throw away those books," I asked him.

S.1 I asked him not to throw away those books.

U NOUN COUNTING WORDS. TRANSFORMATION

Teacher coffee

S.1 I like coffee.

S.2 I'd like a cup of coffee.

Teacher cake

S.3 I like cake.

S.4 I'd like a slice of cake.

Continue

1. milk (a glass)

S.1 I like milk.

S.2 I'd like a glass of milk.

2. toast ( piece)

S.1 I like toast.

S.2 I'd like a piece of toast.

3. wine (a glass)

S.1 I like wine.

S.2 I'd like a glass of wine.

4. rice (a bowl)

S.1 I like rice.

S.2 I'd like a bowl of rice.

5. ham (a slice)

S.1 I like ham.

S.2 I'd like a slice of ham.

6. cheese (a piece)

S.1 I like cheese.

S.2 I'd like a piece of cheese.

7. pie (a piece)

S.1 I like pie.

S.2 I'd like a piece of pie.

8. beer (a bottle)

S.1 I like beer.

S.2 I'd like a bottle of beer.

9. ice cream (a dish)

S.1 I like ice cream.

S.2 I'd like a dish of ice cream.

10. chocolate (a bar)

S.1 I like chocolate.

S.2 I'd like a bar of chocolate.

11. sugar (a spoonful)

S.1 I like sugar.

S.2 I'd like a spoonful sugar.

12. juice (a can)

S.1 I like juice.

S.2 I'd like a can of juice.

13. tea (a cup)

S.1 I like tea.

S.2 I'd like a cup of tea.

14. soup (a bowl)

S.1 I like soup.

S.2 I'd like a bowl of soup.

15. cocoa (a cup)

S.1 I like cocoa.

S.2 I'd like a cup of cocoa.

16 grapes (a bunch)

S.1 I like grapes.

S.2 I'd like a bunch of grapes.

17. cigarettes (a pack)

S.1 I like cigarettes.

S.2 I'd like a pack of cigarettes.

18. water (a drink)

S.1 I like water.

S.2 I'd like a drink of water.

6 U NOUN COUNTING WORDS. COVERSATION

Teacher milk-tea

S.1 Would you like a glass of milk?

S.2 No, I'd prefer a cup of tea, please.

Teacher cheese-ham

S.3 Would you like a piece of cheese?

S.4 No, I'd prefer a slice of ham, please.

Continue

1. beer-cocoa

S.1 Would you like a bottle of beer?

S.2 No, I'd prefer a cup of cocoa, please.

2. rice-toast

S.1 Would you like a bowl of rice?

S.2 No, I'd prefer a piece of toast, please.

3. wine-tomato juice

S.1 Would you like a glass of wine?

S.2 No, I'd prefer a can of tomato juice, please.

4. ice cream-pie

S.1 Would you like a dish of ice cream?

S.2 No, I'd prefer a piece of pie, please.

5. grapes-cake

S.1 Would you like a bunch of grapes?

S.2 I'd prefer a slice of cake, please.

6. tea-coffee

S.1 Would you like a cup of tea?

S.2 No, I'd prefer a cup of coffee, please.

7. chocolate-cake

S.1 Would you like a bar of chocolate?

S.2 I'd prefer a slice of cake, please.

8. milk-juice

S.1 Would you like a glass of milk?

S.2 No, I'd prefer a can of juice.

9. water-beer

S.1 Would you like a drink of water?

S.2 No, I'd prefer a bottle of beer, please.

10. bread-toast

S.1 Would you like a slice of bread?

S.2 No, I'd like a piece of toast, please.

11. cake-pie

S.1 Would you like a piece of cake?

S.2 No, I'd prefer a slice of pie.

12. coffe-coke

S.1 Would you like a cup of coffee?

S.2 I'd prefer a glass of coke. please.

7 FREE ANSWERS TO QUESTIONS

Teachr What have you got in your bag?

S.1 I've got some books. Do you want to see them?

Teacher Have you done any traveling recently?

S.2 No, not much. I only took a short trip last week.

Continue

1. What will you be doing tomorrow evening?

S.1 I'll be doing a running tomorrow evening.

2. What time have you got to get up tomorrow?

S.1 I'll be got up at 6 O'clock.

3. How long have you lived in this area?

S.1 I've been here about ten years.

4. How long have you been working (going to school)?

S.1 I've been working for five years.

5. Do you think your progress in English is encouraging?

S.1 Yes, I do.

6. What did your parents tell you to do?

S.1 My parents asked me to study hard.

7. What games did you play when you were a kid?

S.1 I played cards, Japanese chess, baseball, etc.

8. Have you ever seen a big fire?

S.1 No, I haven't ever seen a big fire.

9. How much free time have you got?

S.1 I've got three hours.

10. What did you ask your mother to do?

S.1 I asked my mother to buy toys.

11. Who will you be meeting on Sunday?

S.1 I'll be meeting with my friends.

12. Are you embarrassed when you speak English?

S.1 Yes, I often embarrassed When I speak with native speaker.

13. Whose car have you been driving recently?

S.1 I've driven a my friend’s car.

14. What have you resolved to do next year?

S.1 I've resolved to do Swimming next year.

15. How often have you got to come here?

S.1 I've got here second time.

16. Do you think the programs on TV are usually entertaining?

S.1 No, I don't think so, some times boring.

LESSON 39

The function word still is practiced in combination with yet and already. Apart from that, the lesson concentrates mainly on the review of

previously introduced structures: verb tenses, especially the perfect,

the use of ask and tell, U noun counting words, and determiners as noun

substitutes. Most of the practice is of the conversation type.

1 PROGRESSIVE PREFECT TENSE. CHART DRILLS

(a) Chart 1. Substitution

1. Teacher since she graduated

S.s1 Miss Cullen has been teaching English since she graduated.

2. Teacher for a long time

S.2 Dr. Bishop has been examining patients for a long time.

3. Teacher since he became an engineer

S.3 Mr. Richards has been designing machines since he became an engineer.

Continue

4. for years

Mrs. Jones has been looking after her family for years.

5. all morning Mr. Smith has been taking photographs all morning.

6. since he was eighteen

Mr. Brown has been playing in tournaments since he was eighteen.

7. since she finished nursing school

Miss McBride has been taking care of sick people

since she finished nursing school.

8. since he decided to become a reporter

Mr. King has been writing articles

since he decided to become a reporter.

9. for ten years

Mr. Jordan has been repairing cars for ten years.

10. since the flight began

Miss. Clark has been serving passengers since the flight began.

11. all dat

Miss Green has been typing letters all day.

12. sice he finished school

Mr. Walton has been selling air conditioners since he finished school.

(b) Chart 2. Q&A

1. S.1 Where have you been keeping your books?

S.2 I've been keeping them in that bookcase.

2. S.3 Where have you been keeping the dishes?

S.4 I've been keeping them in that cupboard.

3. S.5 Where have you been keeping your clothes?

S.6 I've been keeping they in that closet.

Continue

4. S.1 Where have you been keeping your shirts?

S.2 I've been keeping them in that drawer.

5. S.1 Where have you been keeping the vegetables?

S.2 I've been keeping them in that refrigerator.

6. S.1 Where have you been keeping your records?

S.2 I've been keeping them in that cabinet.

8. S.1 Where have you been keeping your tools?

S.2 I've been keeping them in that toolbox.

9. S.1 Where have you been keeping your valuables?

S.2 I've been keeping them in that safe.

2 CHART 3. TENSE VARIATIONS

(Use the GOING TO future form and the progressive perfect)

1. Teacher since one O'clock

S.1 He's been listening to the radio since one o'clock.

2. Teacher last Sunday

S.2 They played cards last Sunday.

3. Teacher in an hour

S.3 She's going to practice the piano in an hour.

Continue

4. last night

He memorized the dialogue last night.

5. When he was in New York

He visited some relatives when he was in New York.

6. at the moment

She's washing the dishes at the moment.

7. since they came home

They've been watching television since they came home.

8. when he finishes breakfast

He's going to work when he finishes breakfast.

9. two or three times a week

She types a report two or three times a week.

10. when they get through with their work

They're going to get together with some friends

when they get through with their work.

11. every Monday

She irons the clothes every Monday.

12. for two hours

They've been attending the conference for two hours.

3 SIMPLE PERFECT WITH ALREADY. CONVERSATION

Teacher shut the door

S.1 I'm going to shut the door.

S.2 You needn't bother. I've already shut it.

S.1 Thank you.

Teacher sweep the floor

S.3 I'm going to sweep the floor.

S.4 You needn't bother. I've already swept it.

S.3 Thank you.

Continue (partially written out)

1. ring the bell

I'm going to ring the bell.

You needn't bother. I've already rung it.

2. draw a map

I'm going to draw a map.

You needn't bother. I've already drawn one.

3. blow out the candles

I'm going to blow out the candles,

You needn't bother. I've already blown the out.

4. drive Bob home

I'm going to drive Bob home.

You needn't bother. I've already driven him home.

5. set the table

I'm going to set the table.

You needn't bother. I've already set it.

6. wake up the children

I'm going to wake up the children.

You needn't bother. I've already woken the up.

7. do the dishes

I'm going to do the dishes.

You needn't bother. I've already done them.

8. tell them to go home

I'm going to tell them to go home.

You needn't bother. I've already told them.

9. choose the wallpaper

I'm going to choose the wallpaper.

You needn't bother. I've already chosen it.

10. wind the clock

I'm going to wind the clock.

You needn't bother. I've already wound it.

4 STILL, YET AND ALREADY

(a) YET and STILL. Transformation

TEacher He hasn't hung up his coat yet.

S.1 He still hasn't hung up his coat.

Teacher The water hasn't frozen yet.

S.2 The water still hasn't frozen.

Continue

1. I haven't been to Canada yet.

I still haven't bee to Canada.

2. You haven't lit the fire yet.

You still haven't lit the fire.

3. He hasn't blown out the candles on his birthday cake yet.

He still hasn't blown out the candles on his birthday cake.

4. We haven't broken anything yet.

We still haven't broken anything.

5. She hasn't chosen the color yet.

She still hasn't chosen the color.

6. We haven't driven very for yet.

We still haven't driven very for.

7. He hasn't grown up yet.

He still hasn't grown up.

8. I haven't flown to Hong Kong yet.

I still haven't flown to Hong Kong.

(b) STILL and ALREADY. Q&A

Teacher Is Jack here?-go home

S.1 Is jack still here?

S.2 No. He's already gone home.

Teacher Have you got that magazine?-throw away

S.3 Have you still got that magazine?

S.4 No. I've already thrown it away.

Continue

1. Is the fire burning?-put out

Is the fire still burning?

No. They've already put it out.

2. Is Jill taking a walk?-come back

Is Jill still taking a walk?

No. She's already come back.

3. Do you smoke? -give up

Do you still smoke?

No. I've already given it up.

4. Does she live at home? -move to an apartment

Does she still live at home?

No. She's already moved to an apartment.

5. Have you got that dog?- get rid of

Have you still got that dog?

No. I've already gotten rid of it.

6. Are the records on the table?-put away

Are the records still on the table?

No. I've already put them away.

7. Can you speak French?-forget

Can you still speak French?

No. I've already forgotten it.

8. Are the guests here?-leave

Are the guests still here?

No. They've already left.

9. Are you thinking the offer over?-turn down

Are you still thinking the offer over?

No. I've already turned it down.

10. Are the children in bed?-get up

Are the children still in bed?

No. They've already gotten up.

11. Have you got that wine?-drink

have you still got that wine?

No. I've already drunk it.

12. Is Liz wearing glasses?-get contact lenses

Is Liz still wearing glasses?

No. She's already gotten contact lenses.

13. Are the lights on?-turn off

Are the lights still on?

No. I've already turned them off.

14. Is the floor dirty?-sweep

Is the floor still dirty?

No. I've already swept it.

15. Is the class going on?-over

Is the class still going on?

No. It's already over.

5 ASK/TELL+OBJECT+TO+VERB. Q&A WITH WHO AND WHAT

Teacher The doctor told Mr. Cole to give up smoking.

S.1 Who told Mr. Cole to give up smoking?

S.2 The doctor did.

S.1 Who did the doctor tell to give up smoking?

S.2 He told Mr. Cole to give it up.

S.1 What did the doctor tell Mr. Cole to do?

S.2 He told him to give up smoking.

TEacher The students asked the teacher not to speak quickly.

S.3 Who asked the teacher not to speak quickly?

S.4 The students did.

S.3 Who did the students ask not to speak quickly?

S4 They asked the teacher.

S.3 What did the students ask the teacher not to do?

S.4 They asked her not to speak quickly.

Continue

!. Al asked Gus to help him.

Who asked Gus to help him?

Al did.

Who did Al ask to hello him?

He asked Gus.

What did Al ask Gus to do?

He asked him to help him.

2. Jim's father told him not to be careless.

Who told Jim not to be careless?

His father did.

Who did Jim's father tell not to be careless? He told Jim.

What did Jim's father tell him?

He told him not to be careless.

3. Mark asked Janet to have dinner with him.

Who asked Janet to have dinner with him?

Mark did.

Who did Mark ask to have dinner with him?

He asked Janet.

What did Mark ask Janet to do?

He asked her to have dinner with him.

6 ASK+OBJECT+TO+VERB. CONVERSATION

Teacher speak a little louder

S.1 Ask Miss. Saito. to speak a little louder.(to S.2)

S.2 Please speak a little louder, Miss. Saito.

S.3 I can't. I have a cold.(free answer)

Teacher don't say etto....

S.4 Ask Mr. Yoneda not to say etto..(to S.5)

S.5 Please don't say etto...,Mr. Yoneda.

S.6 I'm sorry. I'll try not to.

Teacher tell you about her plans

S.7 Ask Miss Goto tell you about her plans.(to S.8)

S.8 Please tell me about your plans, Miss Goto.

S.9 Of course. But, let's wait until after class.

Continue

1. don't speak Japanese

S.1 Ask Mr. kaneko not to speak Japanese.

S.2 Please don't speak Japanese, Mr. Kaneko.

S.3 I'm sorry. But, I can't speak Japanese.

2. stop laughing

S.1 Ask Mrs. Hashimoto to stop laughing.

S.2 Please stop laughing, Mrs. Hashimoto.

S.3 I'm sorry. I'll try not to.

3. try to come on time

S.1 Ask Ms. Tashiro to try to come on time.

S.2 Please try to come on time, Ms. Tashiro.

S.3 Of course, I'll try to.

4. don't open your book

S.1 Ask Mr. Ueda not to open your book.

S.2 Please don't open your book.

S.3 I'm sorry. I'll try not to.

5. pay attention

S.1 Ask Mrs. Hoshi to pay attention.

S.2 Please pay attention, Mrs. Hoshi.

S.3 Of couse, I'll try to.

6. ask the teacher a question

S.1 Ask Ms. Asukabe to ask the teacher a question.

S.2 Please ask the teacher a question, Ms. Asukabe.

S.3 Of course. I'll try to.

7. don't be shy

S.1 Ask Mr. Toyoda not to be shy.

S.2 Please don't be shy, Mr. Toyoda.

S.3 I'm sorry, I'll try not to.

8. say something

S.1 Ask Mrs. Iyama to say something.

S.2 Please say something.

S.3 I can't. I have headache.

9. help you with your homework

S.1 Ask Ms.Eto to help you with your homework.

S.2 Please help my homework, Ms. Eto.

S.3 Of course, I'll try to.

10. go home with me

S.1 Ask Mrs. Asai to go home with me.

S.2 Please go home with me Mrs. Asai.

S.3 I can't. I'm busy now.

7 U NOUN COUNTING WORDS. CONVERSATION

Teacher tea

S.1 Would you like some more tea?

S.2 Yes, thank you. I'd like another cap.

Teacher rice

S.3 Would you like some more rice?

S.4 Yes, thank you. I'd like another bowl.

Continue

1. water

S.1 Would you like some more water?

S.2 Yes, thank you. I'd like another cup.

2. bread

S.1 Would ypu like some more bread?

S.2 Yes, thank you. I'd like another slice.

3. ham

S.1 Would you like some more ham?

S.2 Yes, thank you. I'd like another slice

4. beer

S.1 Would you like some more beer?

S.2 Yes, thank you. I'd like another a bottle.

5. pie

S.1 Would you like some more pie?

S.2 Yes, thank you. I'd like another piece.

6. soup

S.1 Would you like some more soup?

S.2 Yes, thank you. I'd like another a bowl.

7. coffee

S.1 Would you like some more coffee?

S.2 Yes. thank you. I'd like another cup.

8. cheese

S.1 Would you like some more cheese?

S.2 Yes, thank you. I'd like another piece.

9. toast

S.1 Would you like some more toast?

S.2 Yes. thank you. I'd like another piece.

10. jam

S.1 Would like some more jam?

S.2 Yes, thank you. I'd like another spoonful.

11. wine

S.1 Would you like some more wine?

S.2 Yes, thank you. I'd like another glass.

12. ice cream

S.1 Would you like some more ice cream?

S.2 Yes, thank you. I'd like another dish.

13. chocolate

S.1 Would you like some more chocolate?

S.2 Yes, thank you. I'd like another bar.

14. milk

S.1 Would you like some more milk?

S.2 Yes, thank you. I'd like another glass.

15. celery(stick)

S.1 Would you like some more celery?

S.2 Yes, thank you. I'd like another stick.

16. sugar(lump)

S.1 Would you like some more sugar?

S.2 yes, thank you. I'd like another spoonful.

17. mashes potatoes(helping)

S.1 Would you like some more mashes potatoes?

S.2 Yes, thank you. I'd like another helping.

18. coke

S.1 Would you like some more coke?

S.2 Yes, thank you. I'd like another cup.

8 DETERMINERS AS NOUN SUBSTITUTION. FREE ANSWERS TO QUESTIONS

The following list of determiners can be used

some, any, a lot, plenty, quite, much, many, enough, a few, only a few,

very few, a little, only a little, very little, none, some more, any more, a lot more,

a few more, a little more.

Teacher Are there any chairs in this room?

S.1 Yes, there are a lot. They're nice chairs too.

Teacher Have you got any more ink?

S.2 Yes, I've got a little more. Do you need any?

Teacher Have you been playing much volleyball recently?

S.3 No. I've been playing very little. I've been very busy.

Teacher Have you had enough ice cream yet?

S.4 No, I haven't had enough. I'd like a little more.

Teacher Do you do any skiing in winter?

S5. Yes, I do quite a lot. It's my favorite sport.

Continue

1. Would you like some more homework?

S.1 Yes, thank you. I'd like another one.

2. Have you eaten many apples recently?

S.1 Yes, I've eaten a lot. I went Nagano Prefecture.

3. Will you be able to visit many countries when you go abroad?

S.1 Yes, I'll be able to some. It's depend on weather.

4. Have you watched much TV this week?

S.1 Yes, I've watched plenty. I had a lot of time.

5. Did you play any golf last month?

S.1 Yes, I did quite a lot. I was fine days.

6. Were you able to talk to many people at the reception?

S.1 No, I didn't any. I don't like it.

7. How many cups of tea do you drink every day?

S.1 I drink much. I like it.

8. How much money did you spend yesterday?

S.1 I spend ten thousand yen. How about you?

9. Have you got enough time to play tennis every day?

S.1 Yes, I've got a lot. It's my favorite one.

10. Have you written many letters recently?

S.1 Yes, I've written some. I was little bit busy.

11. Will you be doing any reading this evening?

S.1 I'll be reading newspaper. Something happen this morning.

12. How many days will you be able to take off next month?

S.1 I can take off three day. We are little bit busy.

13. Did you eat any toast this morning?

S.1 Yes, I did only a little. I wasn't hungry.

14. Do you take much sugar in your coffee?

S.1 No, I don't take much. I needn't one.

15. Have you ever done any judo?

S.1 Yes, I've done very few. I liked baseball.

16. Will you be buying many books this year?

S.1 Yes, I'll buy a lot. I need more books.

17. Do you think we'll have any typhoons next year?

S.1 No, We'll have only a few. Next year is skip year.

18. How many absentees are there today?

S.1 It was five. It was good result.

19. Will there be any strikes next spring?

S.1 Yes, We'll have one. economic situation is not so good.

20. Is there much more time to practice English today?

S.1 Yes, I have a lot. I can meet many native speaker here.

LESSON 40

This final lesson of book 4 has been designed to review previously

introduced structures and vocabulary, mainly in conversation practices.

1 TENSE VARIATIONS. SUBSTITUTION

She's going to set the table soon.

She's just set the table.

She's setting the table now.

Continue

1. an hour ago She set the table an hour ago.

2. usually-at noon She usually sets the table at noon.

3.(question) Does she usually set the table at noon?

4. wind the clock Does she usually wind the clock at noon?

5. already Has she already wound the clock?

6. yet Has she wound the clock yet?

7. sweeo the floor Has she swept the floor yet?

8. when she comes home Will she sweep the floor when she comes home?

9. do the dishes Will she do the dishes when she comes home?

10. when she came home Did she do the dishes when she came home?

11. be able to Was she able to do the dishes when she came home?

12. (statement) She was able to do dishes when she came home.

13. in an hour She'll be able to do the dishes in an hour.

14. usually-in the afternoon She's usually able to do the dishes

in the afternoon.

15.(negative) She isn't usually able to do the dishes in the afternoon.

16. yesterday She wasn't able to do the dishes yesterday.

17. yet She hasn't been able to do the dishes yet.

18. do the shopping She hasn't been able to do the shopping yet.

19. for two days She hasn't been able to do the shopping for two days.

20. since she caught a cold

She hasn't been able to do the shopping since she caught a cold.

21. leave the house

She hasn't been able to leave the house since she caught a cold.

22. the day before yesterday

She wasn't able to leave house the day before yesterday.

23.(affirmative) She was able to leave the house the day before yesterday.

24. When she's well again

She'll be able to leave the house when she's well again.

25. when she finished her work

She was able to leave the house when she finished her work.

2 TOO AND EITHER. RESPONSE DRILL

Teacher Roy's starving.

S.1 I am too.

Teacher He could eat a horse.

S.2 I could too.

Teacher She hasn't got much time.

S.3 I haven't either.

Continue

1. Charlie and Bruce were late. I was too.

2. Al hasn't seen Gus for weeks. I haven't either.

3. I can't work out his problem. I can't either.

4. Mark and Greg weren't in class. I wasn't either.

5. I'd like a cup of tea. I would too.

6. I went driving last Sunday. I did too.

7. Ted won’t be going to Europe. I won't either.

8. Ken's never missed class. I haven't either.

9. He decided not to take a day off. I did too.

10. Luise'll be going home soon. I will too.

11. I wouldn't like to be late. I wouldn't either.

12. I can play the guitar. I can too.

13. Mr.Crow didn't leave a message. I didn't either.

14. He doesn't get much exercise. I don't either.

15. I'll be staying at home tomorrow. I will too.

16. I've never been to Hong Kong. I haven't either.

17. They weren't tired after the game. I wasn't either.

18. We were able to get a job. I was too.

19. She isn't going to eat yet. I'm not either.

20. Roy likes peanut butter. I do too.

3 DO/PLAY+DETERMINER;TOO AND EITHER.CONVERSATION

Teacher traveling-recently

S.1 Have you done much travelling recently?

S.2 No, I haven't done much, Have you?

S.1 No, I haven't either.

Teacher tennis-be able next week

S.3 Will you be able to play much tennis next week?

S.4 Yes, I'll be able to play a lot. Will you?

Teacher exercise-these days

S5. Are you doing much exercise these days?

S.6 No, I'm not doing much. Are you?

S.5 No, I'm not either.

Continue

1. baseball-next summer

S.1 Will you be playing much baseball next summer?

2. reading-on Sundays

S.1 Do you do much reading on Sundays?

3. hiking-be able recently

S.1 Have you been able to do much hiking recently?

4. golf-last month

S.1 Did you play much golf last month?

5. badminton-usually

S.1 Do you usually play much badminton?

6. driving-be able these days

S.1 Are you able to do much driving these days?

7. sightseeing-yet

S.1 Have you done much sightseeing yet?

8. bowling-next week

S.1 Will you be doing much bowling next week?

4 SOME TRANSITIVE VERBS AND THEIR PARTICIPLES. CONVERSATION

Teacher The circus thrilled the children- their parents

S.1 Did the circus thrill the children?

S.2 Yes, They thought it was really thrilling.

S.1 What about their parents?

S.2 They were thrilled too.

Teacher The lecture interested the students-the teachers

S.3 Did the lecture interest the students?

S.4 Yes, They thought it was really interesting.

S.3 What about the teachers?

S.4 They were interested too.

Continue

1. the joke amused George-Phil

Did the joke amuse George?

Yes. He thought it was really amusing.

What about Phil?

He was amused too.

2. the bullfight fascinated the tourists- the Spaniards

Did the bullfight fascinate the tourists?

Yes. They thought it was really fascinating.

What about the Spaniards?

They were fascinated too.

3. the fire surprised Bruce-Charlie

Did the fore surprise Bruce?

Yes. He thought it was really surprising.

What about Charlie?

He was surprised too.

4. the game exhausted the players-the spectators

Did the game exhaust the players?

Yes. They thought it was really exhausting.

What about the spectators?

They were exhausted too.(with excitement)

5. Jim's compliments pleased LIz-Mary

Did Jim's compliments please Liz?

Yes. She thought they were really pleasing.

What about Mary?

She was pleased too.

6. the car accident shocked the by-standers-the drivers

Did the car accident shock the bystanders?

Yes. They thought it was really shocking.

What about the drivers?

They were shocked too.

7. the high prices annoyed the buyers- the sales staff

Did the high prices annoy the buyers?

Yes. They thought they were really annoying.

What about the sales staff?

They were annoyed too.

8. their quarrel upset Mr.and Mrs. Black-the children

Did their quarrel upset Mr. and Mrs. Black?

Yes. They thought it was really upsetting.

What about the children?

They were upset too.

9. the explosion frightened the people-the animals

Did the explosion frighten the people?

Yes. They thought it was really frightening.

What about the animals?

They were frightened too.

10. Dick's behavior disappointed his mother-his father

Did Dick's behavior disappoint his mother?

Yes. She thought it was really disappointing.

What about his father?

He was disappointed too.

11. the Disney movie entertained the children-the adults

Did the Disney movie entertain the children?

Yes. They thought it was really entertaining.

What about the adults?

They were entertained too.

12. the test results encouraged the class members-the teacher

Did the test results encourage the class members?

Yes. They thought they were really encouraging.

What about the teacher?

He/She was encouraged too.

13. the play interested the actors-the audience

Did the play interest the actors?

Yes. They thought it was really interesting.

What about the audience?

They were interested too.

14. the book reviews discouraged the author-the publishers

Did the book reviews discourage the author?

Yes. He thought they were really discouraging.

What about the publishers?

They were discouraged too.

15. spilling the soup embarrassed the diners-the waiter

Did spilling the soup embarrass the diners?

Yes. They thought it was really embarrassing.

What about the waiter?

He was embarrassed too.

16. the salary raise satisfied the employees-the employers.

Did the salary raise satisfy the employees?

Yes. They thought it was really satisfying.

What about the employers?

They were satisfied too.

17. the president's explanation connived his critics-the newspapers

Did the president's explanation convince his critics?

Yes. They thought it was really convincing.

What about the newspapers?

They were convinced too.

18. the ants irritated the picnickers-the campers

Did the ants irritate the picnickers?

Yes. They thought they were really irritating.

What about the campers?

They were irritated too.

19. Mark Anthony's speech moved the Romans-Brutus

Did Mark Anthny's speech move the Romans?

Yes. They thought it was really moving.

What about Brutus?

He was moved too.

20. the management's refusal to negotiate disgusted the strikers-

the press

Did the management's refusal to negotiate disgust the strikers?

Yes. They tjhought it was really disgusting.

What about the press?

They were disgusted too.

5 CONNECTED SENTENCES WITH AND AND BUT.CONVERSATION

Teacher Can you drive, Mr. Uemur?

S.1 Yes, I can.

Teacher What about you, Mr.Watanabe?

S.2 I can't drive.

S.3 Mr. Uemur can drive, but Mr.Watanabe can't.

Teacher Do you play hockey, Miss Hanada?

S.4 No, I don't.

Teacher What about Miss. Kondo?

S.5 I don't play hockey either.

S.6 Miss. Hanada doesn't play hockey, and Miss. Kondo doesn’t either.

Teacher Do you usually get up early Miss.Morita?

S.7 Yes, I do.

Teacher What about you, Mr. Yamaguti?

S.8 I usually get up early too.

S9. Miss. Morita usually gets up early, and Mr. Yamaguti does too.

Continue

1. Have you done your homework, Mr. Toyoda?

S.1 Yes, I've done.

What about you, Miss. Naito?

S.2 I haven't it done yet.

Mr. Toyoda have done it, and Miss. Naito haven't done it yet.

2. Will you be able to come here next week, Ms. Aoki?

S.1 Yes, I can.

What about you. Mr. Tomita?

No, I can't come.

Ms. Aoki will come and Mr. Tomita willn't.

3. Have you been working hard recently, Mr.Hoshi?

S.1 Yes, I have been.

What about you, Ms. Kitagawa?

S.2 I have been too.

Mr. Hoshi have works hard and Ms. Kitagawa have done too.

5. Are you going to do any traveling this year, Miss. Arita?

S.1 Yes. I do.

What about you, Miss. Hase?

No, I don't.

Miss Arita go to travel and Miss. Hase doesn't.

6. Would you like to go home now, Ms. Henmi?

Yes I do.

What about you, Mr. Inou?

Yes, I do too.

Ms. Henmi to go home, and Mr.Inou does too.

7. Have you ever been to India. Mr. Suzuki?

Yes, I did.

What about you, Ms. Kaneko?

No, I haven't.

Mr. Suzuki have been to India and Ms.Kaneko haven't.

8. Does TV usually bore You, Mrs. Toda?

No, I don't bore.

What about you Mr. Nasu?

No, I don't bore too.

Mrs. Toda doesn't bore and Mr. Nasu doesn't either.

6 U/C NOUNS. CONVERSATION

(a) Conversation 1

Teacher money-dollars

S.s1 Have you got much money?

S.2 No. I've only got a few dollars, I'm afraid.

Teacher meat-chicken

S.3 Have you got much meat?

S.4 No. I've got a little chicken, I'm afraid.

Continue

1. food-bread

S.1 Have you got much drinks?

S.2 No. I've only got a little food. I'm afraid.

2. time-minutes

S.1 Have you got lot of time?

S.2 No. I've only got a few Minutes. I'm afraid.

3. letters-parcels

S.1 Have you got many letters?

S.2 No, I've only got a few parcels. I'm afraid.

4. dessert-ice cream

S.1 Have you got much dessert?

S.2 No, I've only got a little ice cream. I'm afraid.

5. mail-postcards

S,1 Have you got much mail?

S.2 No, I've only got a few postcards. I'm afraid.

6. change-coins

S.1 Have you got much change?

S.2 No, I've only got a few coins. I'm afraid.

7. vegetables-potatoes

S.1 Have you got much vegetables?

S.2 No, I've only got a few potatoes. I'm afraid.

8. shampoo-soap

S.1 Have you got much shampoo?

S.2 No, I've only got a little soap.

(b) Conversation 2

Teacher notebooks-typing paper

S.1 Have you got many notebooks?

S.2 No. But I've got a lot of typing paper.

Teacher experience-self-confidence

S.3 Have you got much experience?

S.4 No. But I've got a lot of self-confidence.

Continue

1. drinks-food

S.1 Have you got many drinks?

S.2 No, But I've got a lot of food.

2. cake-cookies

S.1 Have you got much cake?

S.2 No, But I've got much cookies.

3. homework-housework

S.1 Have you got much homework?

S.2 No, But I've got a lot of housework.

4. parcels-letters

S.1 have you got many parcels?

S.2 No, But I've got a lot of letters.

5. suits-jeans and sweaters

S.1 Have you got many suits?

S.2 No, But I've got a lot of jeans.

6. furniture-pictures

S.1 Have you got many furniture?

S.2 No, But I've got many pictures.

7. cash-travler's checks

S.1 Have you got many cash?

S.2 No, But I've got a lot of traveler’s checks.

8. close friends-acquaintances

S.1 Have you got many close friends?

S.2 No, But I've got much acquaintances.

7 DIRECTED CONVERSATION

Teacher

Miss.Sasaki ask Mr.Yamamoto how much toast he ate this morning.

S.1 How much toast did you eat this morning, Mr. Yamamoto?

S.2 I don't remember. Two or three pieces, I think.

Teacher Mr.Ota ask Miss. Sonoda if she drank much tea yesterday.

S.3 Did you drink much tea yesterday, Miss. Sonoda?

S.4 Yes, I did. I drank four or five cups.

Teacher

Mr.Kanda ask Mr. Yokota to play tennis with you tomorrow.

Will you play tennis with me tomorrow, Mr. Yokota?

S.6 I'm sorry, I can't. I have to work.

Continue

Ask..

1. how much sugar he/she usually takes in his /her coffee.

S.1 How much sugar does he usually takes in his coffee, Mr. Yasuda?

S.2 I don't remember. One or Two spoons.

2. to help you with your English.

S.1 Can I help you with your English, Miss Nagoya?

S.2 Yes, I do.

3. if he/she saw a big fire when ha/she was young.

S.1 Did you see a big fire when you were young, Mr. Hayata?

S.2 I don't remember. Me be or Not, I think.

4. to smile.

S.1 Can you smile, Mrs. Yasuda?

S.2 Yes, I can.

5. what he/she has been doing recently.

S.1 Would you tell me what you have been doing recently, Ms. Yoshimoto?

S.2 I haven't been doing anything at all.

6. to tell you his/her telephone number.

S.1 Would you tell me your telephone number, Mr. Kouno?

S.2 No, I can't. I needn't tell you.

7. if he/she ever been to London.

S.1 Have you ever been to London, Ms. Kondo?

S.2 Yes, I did. It was two years ago.

8. not to bother about the test results.

S.1 Are you bother about the test results, Mr. Honda?

S.2 No, I don't.

9. what kind of camera he/she has got.

S.1 What kind camera have you got, Ms. Takaoka?

S.2 I got Canon one.

10. to pay attention.

S.1 Are you pay attention, Ms. Yano?

S.2 Yes, I do.

11. if the class will be finishing soon.

S.1 Do you know when the class will be finish soon, Mrs. Yoshida?

S.2 It will be soon. I think.

12. to have a cup of coffee with you.

S.1 Would you like a cup of coffee with you, Ms. Hanada?

S.2 Yes, I do.

END 8/22 /1999